CA2203936C - Boronic ester and acid compounds, synthesis and uses - Google Patents
Boronic ester and acid compounds, synthesis and uses Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2203936C CA2203936C CA002203936A CA2203936A CA2203936C CA 2203936 C CA2203936 C CA 2203936C CA 002203936 A CA002203936 A CA 002203936A CA 2203936 A CA2203936 A CA 2203936A CA 2203936 C CA2203936 C CA 2203936C
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- alkyl
- aryl
- compound
- cycloalkyl
- alkoxy
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Expired - Lifetime
Links
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
- C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
- C07K5/08—Tripeptides
- C07K5/0802—Tripeptides with the first amino acid being neutral
- C07K5/0804—Tripeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic
- C07K5/0808—Tripeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic the side chain containing 2 to 4 carbon atoms, e.g. Val, Ile, Leu
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
- C07F5/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 3 or 13 of the Periodic System
- C07F5/02—Boron compounds
- C07F5/025—Boronic and borinic acid compounds
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/535—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/185—Acids; Anhydrides, halides or salts thereof, e.g. sulfur acids, imidic, hydrazonic or hydroximic acids
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
- A61P11/06—Antiasthmatics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
- A61P17/06—Antipsoriatics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/08—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
- A61P19/10—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease for osteoporosis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/12—Antivirals
- A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
- A61P31/18—Antivirals for RNA viruses for HIV
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
- A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
- A61P37/06—Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C229/00—Compounds containing amino and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
- C07C229/02—Compounds containing amino and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino and carboxyl groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton
- C07C229/04—Compounds containing amino and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino and carboxyl groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated
- C07C229/26—Compounds containing amino and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino and carboxyl groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being acyclic and saturated having more than one amino group bound to the carbon skeleton, e.g. lysine
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
- C07D295/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms
- C07D295/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
- C07F5/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 3 or 13 of the Periodic System
- C07F5/02—Boron compounds
- C07F5/04—Esters of boric acids
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
- C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
- C07K5/06—Dipeptides
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
- C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
- C07K5/06—Dipeptides
- C07K5/06008—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral
- C07K5/06017—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic
- C07K5/06034—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic the side chain containing 2 to 4 carbon atoms
- C07K5/06043—Leu-amino acid
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
- C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
- C07K5/06—Dipeptides
- C07K5/06139—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being heterocyclic
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
- C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
- C07K5/06—Dipeptides
- C07K5/06191—Dipeptides containing heteroatoms different from O, S, or N
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
- C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
- C07K5/08—Tripeptides
- C07K5/0827—Tripeptides containing heteroatoms different from O, S, or N
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
Abstract
Disclosed herein is a method for reducing the rate of degradation of protein s in an animal comprising contacting cells of the animal with certain boronic ester and acid compounds. Also disclosed herein are nov el boronic ester and acid compounds, their synthesis and uses.
Description
Boronic Ester and Acid Compounds, Synthesis and Uses Cross Reference to Related Applications Background of the Invention 1. Field oJ'tlie Invention The present invention relates to boronic ester and acid compounds, their synthesis and uses.
2. . Description of Related Arl The synthesis of N-terminal peptidyl boronic ester and acid compounds, in general and of specific compounds, has been described previously (Shenvi et al. USPN 4.499,082 issued February 12, 1985; Shenvi et al. USPN 4,537,773 issued August 27, 1985; Siman et al. WO 91113904 published 'September 19, 1991; Kettner et al., J. Biol. Chem. 259(24):1 S 106-1 S 114 (1984)). These compounds have been shown to be inhibitors of certain proteolytic enzymes (Shenvi et al. USPN 4,499,082 issued February 12, 1985; Shenvi et al. USPN
4,537,773; Siman et al. WO 91/13904 published September 19,,1991; Kettner et al., J. Biol Chem. 29(24):15106-15114 (1984)). A class of N-terminal tri peptide boron c ester and acid compounds has been shown to inhibit the growth J
of cancer cells (Kinder et al. USPN 5,106,948 issued April 21, 1992). A broad class of N-terminal tri-peptide boronic ester and acid compounds and analogs thereof has been shown to inhibit renin (Kleeman et al. USPN 5, I 69,841 issued December S. 199?).
In the cell, there is a soluble proteolytic pathway that requires ATP and involves covalent conjugation of the cellular proteins with the small polypeptide ubiquitin ("Ub") (Hershko et al., A. Rev Biochem. 61:761-807 (1992);
Rechsteiner et al., A. Rev Cell. Biol. 3:1-30 (1987)). Thereafter, the conjugated proteins are hydrolyzed by a 26S proteolytic complex containing a 20S
degradative particle called the proteasome (Goldberg, Eur. J. Biochem. 203:9-(1992); Goldberg et al., Nature 357:375-379 (1992)). This multicomponent system is known to catalyze the selective degradation of highly abnormal proteins and short-lived regulatory proteins.
The 205 proteasome is composed of about I S distinct 20-30 kDa subunits.
It contains three different peptidase activities that cleave specifically on the carboxyl side of the hydrophobic, basic, and acidic amino acids (Goldberg et al., Nature 357:375-379 (1992);, Goldberg, Eur. J. Biochem. 203:9-23 (1992);
Orlowski, Biochemistry 29:10289 (1990); Rivett et al., Archs Biochem. Biophys.
218:1 (1989); Rivett et al., J. Biol. Chem. 264:12,215-12,219 (1989); Tanaka et al., New Biol. 4:1-11 (1992)). These peptidase activities are referred to as the chymotrypsin-like activity, the trypsin-like activity, and the peptidylglutamyl hydrolyzing activity, respectively.
Various inhibitors of the peptidase activities of the proteasome have been reported (Dick et al., Biochemistry 30:2725-2734 (1991 ); Goldberg et al., Nature 357:375-379 (1992); Goldberg, Eur. J. Biochem. 203:9-23 (1992); Orlowski, Biochemistry 29:10289 (1990); Rivett et al., Archs. Biochem. Biophys. 218:1 (1989); Rivett et al., J. Biol. Chem. 264:12,215-12,219 (1989); Tanaka et al., New Biol. 4:1-11- (1992); Murakami et al., Proc. Natl. Acad Sci. U.S.A. 83:7588-(1986); Li et al., Biochemistry 30:9709-9715 (1991); Goldberg, Eur: J.
Biochem.
203:9-23 (1992); Aoyagi et al., Proteases and Biological Control, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press (1975), pp. 429-454.
Stein et al., in International Application No. ~,~IC~ 95/24914 reduce the rate of loss of muscle mass in an animal by contacting cells of the muscle with a peptide aldehyde proteasome inhibitor, 2) reduce the rate of intracellular protein breakdown in an animal by contacting cells of the animal with a peptide aldehyde proteasome inhibitor, and 3) reduce the rate of degradation of p53 protein in an animal by administering to the animal a peptide aldehyde proteasome inhibitor.
Palombella et al., PCT application serial number PCT/LJS95/03315, filed March 17, 1995, describe the use of peptide aldehydes to reduce the cellular content and activity of NF-xB in an animal by contacting cells of the animal with a peptide aldehyde inhibitor of proteasome function or ubiquitin conjugation.
The transcription factor NF-xB and other members of the rel family of protein complexes play a central role in the regulation of a remarkably diverse set of genes involved in the immune and inflammatory responses (Grilli et al., International Review of Cytology 143:1-62 (1993)). NF-xB exists in an inactive form in the cytoplasm complexed with an inhibitor protein, IxB. In order for the NF-xB to become active and perform its function, it must enter the cell nucleus.
It cannot do this, however, until the IxB portion of the complex is removed, a process referred to by those skilled in the art as the activation of, or processing of, NF-xB. In some diseases, the normal performance of its function by the NF-xB can be detrimental to the health of the patient. For example, NF-xB is essential for the expression of the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV).
Accordingly, a process that would prevent the activation of the NF-xB in patients suffering from such diseases could be therapeutically beneficial.
Goldberg and Rock, WO 94/17816, filed January 27, 1994, describe the use of proteasome inhibitors to inhibit MHC-I antigen presentation. The ubiquitination/proteolysis pathway is shown to be involved in the processing of internalized cellular or viral antigens into antigenic peptides that bind to MHC-I
molecules on an antigen presenting cell. Accordingly, inhibitors of this pathway would be useful for the treatment of diseases that result from undesired response to antigen presentation, including autoimmune diseases and transplant rejection.
Cyclins are proteins that are involved in cell cycle control in eukaryotes.
Cyclins presumably act by regulating the activity of protein kinases, and their _4_ programmed degradation at specific stages of the cell cycle is required for the ' transition from one stage to the next. Experiments utilizing modified ubiquitin (Glotzer et al., Nature 349:132-138 (1991); Hershko et al., J. Biol. Chem.
266:376 (1991)) have established that the ubiquitination/proteoIysis pathway is involved in cyclin degradation. Accordingly, compounds that inhibit this pathway would cause cell cycle arrest and would be useful in the treatment of cancer, psoriasis, restenosis, and other cell proliferative diseases.
a Summary of the Invention It is an object of the present invention to provide boronic ester and acid compounds, synthesis and uses. In accordance with an aspect of the present invention there in provided a compound having the formula:
R R~ R2 R3 (la) A
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof;
wherein P is R'-C(O~ or R'-SOZ , where R' is one of aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, the ring portion of any of which can be optionally substituted, or when P is R'-C(O~, R' can also be N-morpholinyl;
fl B', at each occurrence, is independently one of N or CH;
X', at each occurrence, is independently one of-C(O)-NH-, -CHZ NH-, -CH(OH~CHz , -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -CH(OH~CH2 NH-, -CH=CH-, -C(O}-CHZ ,-S02 NH-,-SOz CH2 or-CH(OH}-CHz C(O) NH-,provided that when B' is N, then the X' attached to said B' is -C(;O)-NH-;
Xz is one of -C(O~NH-, -CH(OH}-CH2 . -CH(OH}-CH(OH}-, -C(O)-CHZ , -SOZ NH-, -S02 CHz or -CH{OH~CHZ C(O}-NH-;
R is hydrogen or alkyl, or R forms together with the adjacent R', or when A is zero, forms together with the adjacent R2, a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi--4a-or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having 4-14 ring members, that can be optionally substituted by one or two of keto, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy or aryloxy;
R', at each occurrence, is independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ-R5, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
Rz is one ofhydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or-CHz-R5, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R3 is one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ R5, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R5, in each instance, is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
Z' and ZZ are independently one of alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, or aryloxy, or together Z' and ZZ form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A is 0, 1, or 2.
In accordance with another aspect of the present invention there in provided a compound having the formula:
R R~ Rz R3 (la) A
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof;
wherein -4b-P is hydrogen or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
B', at each occurrence, is independently one of N or CH;
X', at each occurrence, is independently one of-C(O)-NH-, -CHz NH-, -CH(OH~CH2 , -CH(OH~-CH(OH)-, -CH(OH}-CHz NH-, -CH=CH-, -C(O)-CHZ . -SOZ NH-, -SOZ CHz or-CH(OH}-CHZ C(O)-NH-, provided that when B' is N, then the X' attached to said B' is -C(O~NH-;
XZ is one of -C(O)-NH-, -CH(OH)-CHZ , -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -C(O~CHZ , -SOZ NH-, -SOZ CHZ or -CH(OH)-Cl-12 C(O~NH-;
R is hydrogen or alkyl, or R forms together with the adjacent R', or when A is zero, forms together with the adjacent R2, a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi-or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having 4-14 ring members, that can be optionally substituted by one or two of keto, hydroxy, aryl, alkoxy or aryloxy;
R' at each occurrence, RZ and R3 are each independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ R5, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R5, in each instance, is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted, provided that at least one R', R2 or R3 is naphthylmethyl, pyridylmethyl or quinolinylmethyl;
Z' and Zz are independently one of alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, or aryloxy, or together Z' and ZZ form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A is 0, l, or 2;
-4c-provided that the compound is other than isovaleryl-phenylalanine-norvaline-[(naphthylmethyl), (4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane-2-yl)]methylamide or (3-t-butylsulfonyl)propionyl-norvaline-(1-naphthyl, dihydroxyboryl)methylamide.
In accordance with another aspect of the present invention there in provided a compound having the formula:
R R~ R2 R3 (la) A
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof;
wherein P is hydrogen or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
B', at each occurrence, is independently one of N or CH;
X', .at each occurrence, is independently one of-C{O~NH-,-CH2 NH-.
-CH(OH)-CHz ; -CH(OH}-CH(OH}-, -CH(OH)-CHZ NH-, -CH=CH-, -C(O~CHZ ,-SOz NH-,-SOZ CHZ or-CH(OH)-CHZ C(O)-NH-,provided that when B' is N, then the X' attached to said B' is -C(O~NH-;
XZ is one of -C(O}-NH-, -CH(OH)-CHZ , -CH(OH~CH(OH~, -C(O~CHZ , -SOZ NH-, -SOz CHz or -CH(OH)-CHz C(O)-NH-;
R forms together with the adjacent R', or when A is zero, forms together with the adjacent R2, a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having 4-14 ring members, and one or two optional substituents selected from the group consisting of keto, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy and aryloxy;
when A is 2, the R' that is not adjacent to N-R is one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5- to 10-membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ R5;
when A is 1 or 2, RZ is one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5- to 10-membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHz R5;
-4d-R3 is one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5- to 10-membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ-R5;
R5, in each instance, is independently one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5- to 10-membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl;
Z' and Zz are independently one of alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, or aryloxy, or together Z' and ZZ form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A is 0, 1, or 2.
In accordance with another aspect of the present invention there in provided a compound having the formula:
B~Z ~)~ZZ ~
R R~ RZ R3 ( 1 a) A
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof;
wherein P is hydrogen or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
B', at each occurrence, is independently one of N or CH;
X', at each occurrence, is independently one of-C(O}-NH-, -CHZ NH-, -CH(OH)-CHZ , -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -CH(OH)-CHZ NH-, -CH=CH-, -C(O)-CHZ ,-SOZ NH-,-SOz CHZ or-CH(OH~CHz C(O}-NH-,provided that when B' is N, then the X' attached to said B' is -C(O~NH-;
X'- is one of -C(O}-NH-, -CH(OH)-CHz , -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -C(O~CHz , -SOZ NH-, -SOZ CHZ or -CH(OH~CH~-C(O~-NH-;
R is hydrogen or alkyl, or R forms together with the adjacent R', or when A is zero, forms together with the adjacent R2, a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi-or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having 4-14 ring -4e-members, and one or two optional substituents selected from the group consisting of keto, hydroxy, aryl, alkoxy and aryloxy;
R' at each occurrence, RZ and R' are each independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ R5, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R5, in each instance, is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted, provided that at least one R', RZ or R'' is -Rs p~~
Az where R9 is one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl; wherein the alkyl is optionally substituted with one of C~_6 alkyl, halogen monohalo (C,_6) alkyl, and trifluoromethyl; and wherein said cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl and heteroarylalkyl groups can be optionally substituted with one or two of C,_6 alkyl, C3_8 cycloalkyl, C,_6 alkyl(C3_8}cycloalkyl, CZ_g alkenyl, CZ_8 alkynyl, cyano, amino, C,_6 alkylamino, di(C,_6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C,_~)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C,_6 alkoxy, C6_,oaryl, C6_10~'Yl(CI-6}~k3'1~ C6-~oal'Yl(CI_6)alkoxy, hydroxy, C,_6 alkylthio, C,_6 alkylsulfinyl, C,~ alkylsulfonyl, C6_,o arylthio, C6_,o arylsulfinyl, C6_,o arylsulfonyl, C6_,o aryl, C,_6 alkyl(C6_,o)aryl, and halo(C6_,o)aryl;
A' and Az are independently one of hydrogen, halogen, C1_6 alkyl, monohalo(C~_6)alkyl, or trifluoromethyl;
-4f Z' and Zz are independently one of alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, or aryloxy, or together Z' and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and AisO, l,or2.
In accordance with another aspect of the present invention there in provided a compound having the formula:
_ _ R R~ R2 R3 (la) A
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof;
wherein A is zero;
P is hydrogen or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
XZ is one of -C(O~NH-, -CHz NH-, -CH(OH~-CHZ , -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -CH(OH)-CHz NH-, -CH =CH-, -C(O)-CHZ , -SOZ NH-, -SOZ CHZ or -CH(OH~-CHZ C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or alkyl, or R forms together with the adjacent R2, a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having 4-14 ring members, where said ring system can be optionally substituted by one or two of keto, hydroxy, aryl, alkoxy or aryloxy;
RZ and R3 are each independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CH2-R5, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R5, in each instance, is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl, -4g-where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted; and Z' and ZZ are independently one of alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, or aryloxy, or together Z' and ZZ form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O;
provided that P is not C,_6 alkoxycarbonyl, C,_~ alkylcarbonyl or phenyl(C,_3)alkyl.
In accordance with another aspect of the present invention there in provided a compound having the formula:
~0-N-X13 H R~3 (2a) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof;
wherein Y is one of Rg-C(O)-, R8-SOz , R8 NH-C(O~ or Rg-O-C(O)-, where R8 is one of alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, aralkyl, any of which can be optionally substituted, or when Y is Rg-C(O)- or Rg-SOZ , then R8 can also be an optionally substituted 5-10 membered, saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle;
X' is a covalent bond or -C(O)-CHz ;
R3 is one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHz R5, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R5, in each instance, is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated. partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted; and Z' and ZZ are independently alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or together form a moiety derived from dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy -4h-groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O;
provided that when Y is R8-C(O)-, Rg is other than phenyl, benzyl or C 1_3 alkyl.
In accordance with another aspect of the present invention there in provided a compound having the formula:
Y- i -7C3 i H-B(Z')(Z~) H R3 (2a) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof;
where Y is (3a) P is one of R'-C(O)-, R'-SOZ , R'-NH-C(O~ or R'-O-C(O)-, where R' is one of alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, aralkyl, any of which can be optionally substituted, or when Y is R'-C(O~ or R'-SOZ , R' can also be an optionally substituted 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle;
X3 is a covalent bond or -C(O)-CHz ;
' R', at each occurrence, is independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ R5, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R3 is one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHI R5, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R5, in each instance, is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -W-R6, -4i-where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted; and Z' and ZZ are independently alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or together form a moiety derived from dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O.
In accordance with another aspect of the present invention there in provided a method for reducing the rate of muscle protein degradation in a cell comprising contacting a cell in need of said reducing with an effective amount of a proteasome inhibitor of the formula:
P10-N ~ 11-X11 C ~ -X12-C ~ -B(Z11~(Z12~
R10 R11 R12 R13 (lb) A1o or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
wherein P'o is hydrogen or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
B" is independently one of N or CH;
X", at each occurrence, is independently one of-C(O)-NH-, -CHZ NH-, -CH(OH)-CHz ; -CH(OH~CH(OH}-, -CH(OH~CHZ NH-, -CH=CH-, ' -C(O)-CHZ , -SOZ NH-, -SOZ CHz or-CH(OH)-CHZ C(O~-NH-, provided that when B" is N, then X" is -C(O~NH;
X'2 is one of -C(O~NH-, -CH(OH~CH2-. -CH(OH~-CH(OH)-, -C(O)-CHZ , -SOZ NH-, -SOZ CHZ or -CH(OH)-CHZ C(O}-NH-;
R'° is hydrogen or alkyl, or R'° forms together with the adjacent R", or when A'° is zero, forms together with the adjacent R'', a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having ring members, that can be optionally substituted by one or two of keto, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy or aryloxy;
-4j-R", at each occurrence, is independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R'2 and R'3 are each independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a S-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ-R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted, where R'S is aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle, or -chalcogen-alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
Z' ' and Z'2 are independently alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or Z" and Z'2 together form a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A'° is 0, 1, or 2 In accordance with another aspect of the present invention there in provided a method for reducing the activity of NF-xB in a cell, comprising contacting a cell in need of said reducing with an effective amount of a proteasome inhibitor of the formula:
P10-N ~ 11-X11 C ~ -X12-C ~ -B~Z11~~Z12~
R10 R11 R12 R13 (lb~
A1o or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
wherein P'° is hydrogen or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
-4k-B' ' is independently one of N or CH;
X", at each occurrence, is independently one of-C'.(O~NH-, -CHZ NH-, -CH(OH)-CHZ , -CH(OH~CH(OH)-, -CH(OH)-CHZ NH-, -CH=CH-, -C(O)-CHz ;-SOz NH-,-SOZ CHZ or-CH(OH)-CHz C(O)-NH-,provided that when B" is N, then X" is -C(O~NH;
X'z is one of -C(O)-NH-, -CH(OH)-CHZ ; -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -C(O)-CHZ , -SOZ NH-, -SOZ CHz or -CH(OH}-CHz C(O~NH-;
R'° is hydrogen or alkyl, or R'° forms together with the adjacent R", or when A'° is zero, forms together with the adjacent R'2, a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having ring members, that can be optionally substituted by one or two of keto, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy or aryloxy;
R", at each occurrence, is independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ R'5, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R''- and R'3 are each independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted, where R'S is aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle, or -chalcogen-alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
Z" and Z'z are independently alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or Z" and Z'2 together form a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A'°is0, l,or2.
In accordance with another aspect of the present invention there in provided a method for reducing the rate of intracellular protein breakdown, comprising contacting cells in need of said reducing with an effective amount of a proteasome inhibitor of the formula:
P10-N ~ 11-X11 C ~ -X12-C ~ -B~Z11~~Z12~
R10 R11 R12 R13 (lb) A1o or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
wherein P'o is hydrogen or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
B" is independently one of N or CH;
X", at each occurrence, is independently one of-C(O)-NH-, -CHz NH-, -CH(OH)-CHZ , -CH(OH~CH(OH~, -CH(OH~CHZ NH-, -CH=CH-, -C(O)-CHz ,-SOZ NH-,-SOZ CHz or-CH(OH)-CHZ C(O)-NH-,provided that when B" is N, then X" is -C(O)-NH;
X'2 is one of -C(O~NH-, -CH(OH~-CHZ , -CH(OH~CH(OH)-, -C(O)-CHZ , -SOz NH-, -SOZ CHZ or -CH(OH~CHZ C(O~NH-;
R'° is hydrogen or alkyl, or R'° forms together with the adjacent R", or when A'° is zero, forms together with the adjacent R'', a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having ~ ring members, that can be optionally substituted by one or two of keto, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy or aryloxy;
R", at each occurrence, is independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R'2 and R'3 are each independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -4m--CHZ R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted, where R'S is aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle, or --chalcogen-alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
Z" and Z'Z are independently alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or Z" and Z'2 together form a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A'° is 0, 1, or 2.
In accordance with another aspect of the present invention there in provided a method for reducing the rate of degradation of p53 protein in a cell, comprising administering to a cell in need of said reducing an effective amount of a proteasome inhibitor of the formula:
P10-N B11-X11 CH-X12-CH-.B~Z11~~Z12~
R10 R11 R12 R13 (lb) A1o or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
~ wherein P'° is hydrogen or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
B" is independently one of N or CH;
X", at each occurrence, is independently one of-C{O)-NH-, -CHZ NH-, -CH(OH~CHz , -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -CH(OH)-CHZ NH-, -CH=CH-, -C(O}-CHZ ,-SOZ NH-,-SOZ CHZ or-CH(OH)-CHI-C(O~NH-,provided that when B" is N, then X" is -C(O)-NH;
X'' is one of -C(O)-NH-, -CH(OH)-CHz , -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -C(O}-CHZ , -SOZ NH-, -SOZ CHZ or -CH(OH~CHz-C(O~NH-;
-4n-R'° is hydrogen or alkyl, or R'° forms together with the adjacent R", or when A'° is zero, forms together with the adjacent R'', a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having ring members., that can be optionally substituted by one or two of keto, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy or aryloxy;
R", at each occurrence, is independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R'' and R'3 are each independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted, where R'S is aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle, or -chalcogen-alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
Z" and Z'2 are independently alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or Z" and Z'2 together form a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A'°is0, l,or2.
In accordance with another aspect of the present invention there in provided a method for inhibiting cyclin degradation in a cell, comprising contacting a cell in need of said reducing with an effective amount of a proteasome inhibitor of the formula:
P10-N B11-x(11 CH-x(12-CH-B(Z11~(Z12~
R10 R11 R12 R13 (lb) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
wherein P'o is hydrogen or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
B" is independently one of N or CH;
X", at each occurrence, is independently one of-C(O)-NH-, -CHZ NH-, -CH(OH)-CHZ , -CH(OH~CH(OH)-, -CH(OH)-CHZ NH-, -CH=CH-, -C(O~CHz ,-SOZ NH-,-SOz CHZ or-CH(OH~CHz C(O)-NH-,provided that when B" is N, then X" is -C(O}-NH;
X'2 is one of -C(O~NH-, -CH(OH)-CHI-, -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -C(O~CHZ , -SOZ NH-, -SOz CHZ or -CH(OH)-CHI C(O~-NH-;
R'° is hydrogen or alkyl, or R'° forms together with the adjacent R", or when A'° is zero, forms together with the adjacent R'', a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having ring members, that can be optionally substituted by one or two of keto, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy or aryloxy;
R", at each occurrence, is independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R'2 and R'3 are each independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHz R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted, where R'S is aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle, or -~halcogen-alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
Z" and Z'2 are independently alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or Z" and Z'z together form a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring -4p-comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A'°is0, l,or2.
In accordance with another aspect of the present invention there in provided a method of preventing or treating an inflammatory condition in a patient in need thereof, said method comprising administering to said patient a proteasome inhibitor of the formula:
P10- i ~ 11-x(11 C ~ -x(12-C ~ -B~Z11~~Z12, R1o R11 R12 R13 (lb) A1o or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
wherein P'o is hydrogen or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
B" is independently one of N or CH;
X", at each occurrence, is independently one of-C(O)-NH-, -CHz NH-, -CH(OH)-CHZ , -CH(OH~CH(OH)-, -CH(OH)-CHz NH-, -CH=CH-, -C(O~CHz ,-SOZ NH-,-SOZ-CHZ or-CH(OH~CHZ-C(O)-NH-,provided that when B" is N, then X" is -C(O~-NH;
X'Z is one of -C(O)-NH-, -CH{OH)-CHz , -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -C(O)-CHZ , -SOZ NH-, -SOZ-CHZ or -CH(OH~CH~ C(O)-NH-;
- R'° is hydrogen or alkyl, or R'° forms together with the adjacent R", or when A'° is zero, forms together with the adjacent R'2, a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having ring members. that can be optionally substituted by one or two of keto, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy or aryloxy;
R", at each occurrence, is independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHz R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
-4q-R'Z and R'3 are each independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted, where R'5 is aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle, or -chalcogen-alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
Z" and Z'2 are independently alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or Z" and Z'Z together form a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A'°is0, l,or2.
In accordance with another aspect of the present invention there in provided a method for inhibiting antigen presentation in a cell comprising administering to a cell in need thereof an effective amount of a proteasome inhibitor of the formula:
P10-N ~ 11-x(11 C ~ -x(12-C ~ -B~Z11~~Z12~
R1o R11 R12 R13 (l b) A1o or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
wherein P'° is hydrogen or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
B' ' is independently one of N or CH;
X", at each occurrence, is independently one of-C(O)-NH-, -CHZ NH-, -CH(OH)-CHz , -CH(OH}-CH(OH)-, -CH{OH}-CHZ NH-, -CH=CH-, -C(O~CHz ,-SOz NH-,-S02 CHz or-CH(OH)-CHz C(O)-NH-,provided that when B" is N, then X" is -C(O)-NH;
-4r-X'Z is one of -C(O)-NH-, -CH(OH)-CHZ , -CH(OH~CH(OH~, -C(O)-CHz , -S02 NH-, -SOz CHZ or -CH(OH~CHZ C(O)-NH-;
R'° is hydrogen or alkyl, or R'° forms together with the adjacent R", or when A"' is zero, forms together with the adjacent R'Z, a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having ring members, that can be optionally substituted by one or two of keto, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy or aryloxy;
R", at each occurrence, is independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R'2 and R'3 are each independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHz R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted, where R'S is aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle, or -chalcogen-alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
Z" and Z'2 are independently alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or Z" and Z'2 together form a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A'°is0,l,or2.
In accordance with another aspect of the present invention there in provided a method for inhibiting inducible NF-xB dependent cell adhesion in an animal in need of said inhibiting, comprising administering to said animal an effective amount of a proteasome inhibitor of the formula:
P10-N B11-X11 CH-X12-CH-B~Z11~~Z12~
R10 R11 R12 R13 (lb~
,410 -4s-or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
wherein P'° is hydrogen or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
B" is independently one of N or CH;
X", at each occurrence, is independently one of-C(O)-NH-, -CHZ NH-, -CH(OH~CHZ , -CH(OH)-CH(OH}-, -CH{OH~CHZ NH-, -CH=CH-, -C(O~CHz ;-SOz NH-,-SOZ-CHZ or-CH(OH~CHZ-C(O)-NH-,provided that when B" is N, then X" is -C(O~NH;
X'z is one of -C(O}-NH-, -CH(OH~-CHz , -CH(OH}-CH(OH)-, -C(O~CHZ , -SOZ NH-, -SOZ-CHZ or -CH(OH~-CHZ-C(O~NH-;
R'° is hydrogen or alkyl, or R'° forms together with the adjacent R", or when A'° is zero, forms together with the adjacent R'Z, a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having ring members, that can be optionally substituted by one or two of keto, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy or aryloxy;
R", at each occurrence, is independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CH2 R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R'2 and R'3 are each independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or r -CHZ R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted, where R'S is aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle, or -chalcogen-alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
Z" and Z'z are independently alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or Z" and Z'2 together form a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring -4t-comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A'° is 0, 1, or 2.
In accordance with another aspect of the present invention there in provided a method for inhibiting HIV replication in an animal in need of said inhibiting, comprising administering to said animal an effective amount of a proteasome inhibitor of the formula:
P10 I ~ 11 x(11 C ~ x(12-C ~ -B~Z11~~Z12~
Rio R~~ R~2 R~3 (lb) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
wherein P'° is hydrogen or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
B" is independently one of N or CH;
X", at each occurrence, is independently one of-C(O~NH-, -CHZ NH-, -CH(OH}-CHz , -CH(OH~CH(OH)-, -CH(OH~CHz NH-, -CH=CH-, -C{O)-CHZ ,-SOz NH-,-SOz CHZ or-CH(OH~CHZ C(O~NH-,provided that when B" is N, then X" is -C(O)-NH;
X'2 is one of -C(O)-NH-, -CH(OH}-CHz , -CH(OH}-CH(OH)-.
-C(O)-CHz , -SOZ NH-, -SOZ CHz or -CH(OH~--CHZ C(O~NH-;
~ R'° is hydrogen or alkyl, or R'° forms together with the adjacent R", or when A'° is zero, forms together with the adjacent R'z, a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having ring members., that can be optionally substituted by one or two of keto, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy or aryloxy;
R' ', at each occurrence, is independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHz R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
-4u-R'2 and R'3 are each independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted, where R'S is aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle, or --chalcogen-alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
Z" and Z'Z are independently alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or Z" and Z'z together form a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A'° is 0, l, or 2.
The present invention provides previously unknown peptidyl boronic acid ester and acid compounds. The present invention also provides methods of using amino acid or peptidyI boronic ester and acid compounds, in general, as inhibitors of proteasome function.
i In a first embodiment, the present invention provides novel boronic acid and ester compounds having formula (la) or (2a), as set forth below.
An additional aspect of the present invention is related to the discovery that amino acid and peptidyl boronic acids and esters, in general, are potent and highly selective proteasome inhibitors and can be employed to inhibit proteasome 2 S . r function. Inhibition of proteasome function has a number of practical therapeutic and prophylactic applications.
In a second embodiment, the present invention provides a method for reducing the rate of muscle protein degradation in a cell comprising contacting said cell with a proteasome inhibitor having formula (lb) or (2b) as defined i below. This aspect of the present invention finds practical utility in inhibiting (reducing or preveriting) the accelerated breakdown of muscle proteins that accompanies various physiological and pathological states and is responsible to a large extent for the loss of muscle mass (atrophy) that follows nerve injury, fasting, fever. acidosis, and certain endocrinopathies.
4,537,773; Siman et al. WO 91/13904 published September 19,,1991; Kettner et al., J. Biol Chem. 29(24):15106-15114 (1984)). A class of N-terminal tri peptide boron c ester and acid compounds has been shown to inhibit the growth J
of cancer cells (Kinder et al. USPN 5,106,948 issued April 21, 1992). A broad class of N-terminal tri-peptide boronic ester and acid compounds and analogs thereof has been shown to inhibit renin (Kleeman et al. USPN 5, I 69,841 issued December S. 199?).
In the cell, there is a soluble proteolytic pathway that requires ATP and involves covalent conjugation of the cellular proteins with the small polypeptide ubiquitin ("Ub") (Hershko et al., A. Rev Biochem. 61:761-807 (1992);
Rechsteiner et al., A. Rev Cell. Biol. 3:1-30 (1987)). Thereafter, the conjugated proteins are hydrolyzed by a 26S proteolytic complex containing a 20S
degradative particle called the proteasome (Goldberg, Eur. J. Biochem. 203:9-(1992); Goldberg et al., Nature 357:375-379 (1992)). This multicomponent system is known to catalyze the selective degradation of highly abnormal proteins and short-lived regulatory proteins.
The 205 proteasome is composed of about I S distinct 20-30 kDa subunits.
It contains three different peptidase activities that cleave specifically on the carboxyl side of the hydrophobic, basic, and acidic amino acids (Goldberg et al., Nature 357:375-379 (1992);, Goldberg, Eur. J. Biochem. 203:9-23 (1992);
Orlowski, Biochemistry 29:10289 (1990); Rivett et al., Archs Biochem. Biophys.
218:1 (1989); Rivett et al., J. Biol. Chem. 264:12,215-12,219 (1989); Tanaka et al., New Biol. 4:1-11 (1992)). These peptidase activities are referred to as the chymotrypsin-like activity, the trypsin-like activity, and the peptidylglutamyl hydrolyzing activity, respectively.
Various inhibitors of the peptidase activities of the proteasome have been reported (Dick et al., Biochemistry 30:2725-2734 (1991 ); Goldberg et al., Nature 357:375-379 (1992); Goldberg, Eur. J. Biochem. 203:9-23 (1992); Orlowski, Biochemistry 29:10289 (1990); Rivett et al., Archs. Biochem. Biophys. 218:1 (1989); Rivett et al., J. Biol. Chem. 264:12,215-12,219 (1989); Tanaka et al., New Biol. 4:1-11- (1992); Murakami et al., Proc. Natl. Acad Sci. U.S.A. 83:7588-(1986); Li et al., Biochemistry 30:9709-9715 (1991); Goldberg, Eur: J.
Biochem.
203:9-23 (1992); Aoyagi et al., Proteases and Biological Control, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press (1975), pp. 429-454.
Stein et al., in International Application No. ~,~IC~ 95/24914 reduce the rate of loss of muscle mass in an animal by contacting cells of the muscle with a peptide aldehyde proteasome inhibitor, 2) reduce the rate of intracellular protein breakdown in an animal by contacting cells of the animal with a peptide aldehyde proteasome inhibitor, and 3) reduce the rate of degradation of p53 protein in an animal by administering to the animal a peptide aldehyde proteasome inhibitor.
Palombella et al., PCT application serial number PCT/LJS95/03315, filed March 17, 1995, describe the use of peptide aldehydes to reduce the cellular content and activity of NF-xB in an animal by contacting cells of the animal with a peptide aldehyde inhibitor of proteasome function or ubiquitin conjugation.
The transcription factor NF-xB and other members of the rel family of protein complexes play a central role in the regulation of a remarkably diverse set of genes involved in the immune and inflammatory responses (Grilli et al., International Review of Cytology 143:1-62 (1993)). NF-xB exists in an inactive form in the cytoplasm complexed with an inhibitor protein, IxB. In order for the NF-xB to become active and perform its function, it must enter the cell nucleus.
It cannot do this, however, until the IxB portion of the complex is removed, a process referred to by those skilled in the art as the activation of, or processing of, NF-xB. In some diseases, the normal performance of its function by the NF-xB can be detrimental to the health of the patient. For example, NF-xB is essential for the expression of the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV).
Accordingly, a process that would prevent the activation of the NF-xB in patients suffering from such diseases could be therapeutically beneficial.
Goldberg and Rock, WO 94/17816, filed January 27, 1994, describe the use of proteasome inhibitors to inhibit MHC-I antigen presentation. The ubiquitination/proteolysis pathway is shown to be involved in the processing of internalized cellular or viral antigens into antigenic peptides that bind to MHC-I
molecules on an antigen presenting cell. Accordingly, inhibitors of this pathway would be useful for the treatment of diseases that result from undesired response to antigen presentation, including autoimmune diseases and transplant rejection.
Cyclins are proteins that are involved in cell cycle control in eukaryotes.
Cyclins presumably act by regulating the activity of protein kinases, and their _4_ programmed degradation at specific stages of the cell cycle is required for the ' transition from one stage to the next. Experiments utilizing modified ubiquitin (Glotzer et al., Nature 349:132-138 (1991); Hershko et al., J. Biol. Chem.
266:376 (1991)) have established that the ubiquitination/proteoIysis pathway is involved in cyclin degradation. Accordingly, compounds that inhibit this pathway would cause cell cycle arrest and would be useful in the treatment of cancer, psoriasis, restenosis, and other cell proliferative diseases.
a Summary of the Invention It is an object of the present invention to provide boronic ester and acid compounds, synthesis and uses. In accordance with an aspect of the present invention there in provided a compound having the formula:
R R~ R2 R3 (la) A
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof;
wherein P is R'-C(O~ or R'-SOZ , where R' is one of aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, the ring portion of any of which can be optionally substituted, or when P is R'-C(O~, R' can also be N-morpholinyl;
fl B', at each occurrence, is independently one of N or CH;
X', at each occurrence, is independently one of-C(O)-NH-, -CHZ NH-, -CH(OH~CHz , -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -CH(OH~CH2 NH-, -CH=CH-, -C(O}-CHZ ,-S02 NH-,-SOz CH2 or-CH(OH}-CHz C(O) NH-,provided that when B' is N, then the X' attached to said B' is -C(;O)-NH-;
Xz is one of -C(O~NH-, -CH(OH}-CH2 . -CH(OH}-CH(OH}-, -C(O)-CHZ , -SOZ NH-, -S02 CHz or -CH{OH~CHZ C(O}-NH-;
R is hydrogen or alkyl, or R forms together with the adjacent R', or when A is zero, forms together with the adjacent R2, a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi--4a-or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having 4-14 ring members, that can be optionally substituted by one or two of keto, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy or aryloxy;
R', at each occurrence, is independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ-R5, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
Rz is one ofhydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or-CHz-R5, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R3 is one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ R5, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R5, in each instance, is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
Z' and ZZ are independently one of alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, or aryloxy, or together Z' and ZZ form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A is 0, 1, or 2.
In accordance with another aspect of the present invention there in provided a compound having the formula:
R R~ Rz R3 (la) A
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof;
wherein -4b-P is hydrogen or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
B', at each occurrence, is independently one of N or CH;
X', at each occurrence, is independently one of-C(O)-NH-, -CHz NH-, -CH(OH~CH2 , -CH(OH~-CH(OH)-, -CH(OH}-CHz NH-, -CH=CH-, -C(O)-CHZ . -SOZ NH-, -SOZ CHz or-CH(OH}-CHZ C(O)-NH-, provided that when B' is N, then the X' attached to said B' is -C(O~NH-;
XZ is one of -C(O)-NH-, -CH(OH)-CHZ , -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -C(O~CHZ , -SOZ NH-, -SOZ CHZ or -CH(OH)-Cl-12 C(O~NH-;
R is hydrogen or alkyl, or R forms together with the adjacent R', or when A is zero, forms together with the adjacent R2, a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi-or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having 4-14 ring members, that can be optionally substituted by one or two of keto, hydroxy, aryl, alkoxy or aryloxy;
R' at each occurrence, RZ and R3 are each independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ R5, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R5, in each instance, is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted, provided that at least one R', R2 or R3 is naphthylmethyl, pyridylmethyl or quinolinylmethyl;
Z' and Zz are independently one of alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, or aryloxy, or together Z' and ZZ form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A is 0, l, or 2;
-4c-provided that the compound is other than isovaleryl-phenylalanine-norvaline-[(naphthylmethyl), (4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane-2-yl)]methylamide or (3-t-butylsulfonyl)propionyl-norvaline-(1-naphthyl, dihydroxyboryl)methylamide.
In accordance with another aspect of the present invention there in provided a compound having the formula:
R R~ R2 R3 (la) A
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof;
wherein P is hydrogen or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
B', at each occurrence, is independently one of N or CH;
X', .at each occurrence, is independently one of-C{O~NH-,-CH2 NH-.
-CH(OH)-CHz ; -CH(OH}-CH(OH}-, -CH(OH)-CHZ NH-, -CH=CH-, -C(O~CHZ ,-SOz NH-,-SOZ CHZ or-CH(OH)-CHZ C(O)-NH-,provided that when B' is N, then the X' attached to said B' is -C(O~NH-;
XZ is one of -C(O}-NH-, -CH(OH)-CHZ , -CH(OH~CH(OH~, -C(O~CHZ , -SOZ NH-, -SOz CHz or -CH(OH)-CHz C(O)-NH-;
R forms together with the adjacent R', or when A is zero, forms together with the adjacent R2, a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having 4-14 ring members, and one or two optional substituents selected from the group consisting of keto, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy and aryloxy;
when A is 2, the R' that is not adjacent to N-R is one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5- to 10-membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ R5;
when A is 1 or 2, RZ is one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5- to 10-membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHz R5;
-4d-R3 is one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5- to 10-membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ-R5;
R5, in each instance, is independently one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5- to 10-membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl;
Z' and Zz are independently one of alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, or aryloxy, or together Z' and ZZ form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A is 0, 1, or 2.
In accordance with another aspect of the present invention there in provided a compound having the formula:
B~Z ~)~ZZ ~
R R~ RZ R3 ( 1 a) A
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof;
wherein P is hydrogen or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
B', at each occurrence, is independently one of N or CH;
X', at each occurrence, is independently one of-C(O}-NH-, -CHZ NH-, -CH(OH)-CHZ , -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -CH(OH)-CHZ NH-, -CH=CH-, -C(O)-CHZ ,-SOZ NH-,-SOz CHZ or-CH(OH~CHz C(O}-NH-,provided that when B' is N, then the X' attached to said B' is -C(O~NH-;
X'- is one of -C(O}-NH-, -CH(OH)-CHz , -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -C(O~CHz , -SOZ NH-, -SOZ CHZ or -CH(OH~CH~-C(O~-NH-;
R is hydrogen or alkyl, or R forms together with the adjacent R', or when A is zero, forms together with the adjacent R2, a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi-or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having 4-14 ring -4e-members, and one or two optional substituents selected from the group consisting of keto, hydroxy, aryl, alkoxy and aryloxy;
R' at each occurrence, RZ and R' are each independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ R5, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R5, in each instance, is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted, provided that at least one R', RZ or R'' is -Rs p~~
Az where R9 is one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl; wherein the alkyl is optionally substituted with one of C~_6 alkyl, halogen monohalo (C,_6) alkyl, and trifluoromethyl; and wherein said cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl and heteroarylalkyl groups can be optionally substituted with one or two of C,_6 alkyl, C3_8 cycloalkyl, C,_6 alkyl(C3_8}cycloalkyl, CZ_g alkenyl, CZ_8 alkynyl, cyano, amino, C,_6 alkylamino, di(C,_6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C,_~)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C,_6 alkoxy, C6_,oaryl, C6_10~'Yl(CI-6}~k3'1~ C6-~oal'Yl(CI_6)alkoxy, hydroxy, C,_6 alkylthio, C,_6 alkylsulfinyl, C,~ alkylsulfonyl, C6_,o arylthio, C6_,o arylsulfinyl, C6_,o arylsulfonyl, C6_,o aryl, C,_6 alkyl(C6_,o)aryl, and halo(C6_,o)aryl;
A' and Az are independently one of hydrogen, halogen, C1_6 alkyl, monohalo(C~_6)alkyl, or trifluoromethyl;
-4f Z' and Zz are independently one of alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, or aryloxy, or together Z' and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and AisO, l,or2.
In accordance with another aspect of the present invention there in provided a compound having the formula:
_ _ R R~ R2 R3 (la) A
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof;
wherein A is zero;
P is hydrogen or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
XZ is one of -C(O~NH-, -CHz NH-, -CH(OH~-CHZ , -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -CH(OH)-CHz NH-, -CH =CH-, -C(O)-CHZ , -SOZ NH-, -SOZ CHZ or -CH(OH~-CHZ C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or alkyl, or R forms together with the adjacent R2, a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having 4-14 ring members, where said ring system can be optionally substituted by one or two of keto, hydroxy, aryl, alkoxy or aryloxy;
RZ and R3 are each independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CH2-R5, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R5, in each instance, is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl, -4g-where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted; and Z' and ZZ are independently one of alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, or aryloxy, or together Z' and ZZ form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O;
provided that P is not C,_6 alkoxycarbonyl, C,_~ alkylcarbonyl or phenyl(C,_3)alkyl.
In accordance with another aspect of the present invention there in provided a compound having the formula:
~0-N-X13 H R~3 (2a) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof;
wherein Y is one of Rg-C(O)-, R8-SOz , R8 NH-C(O~ or Rg-O-C(O)-, where R8 is one of alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, aralkyl, any of which can be optionally substituted, or when Y is Rg-C(O)- or Rg-SOZ , then R8 can also be an optionally substituted 5-10 membered, saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle;
X' is a covalent bond or -C(O)-CHz ;
R3 is one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHz R5, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R5, in each instance, is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated. partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted; and Z' and ZZ are independently alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or together form a moiety derived from dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy -4h-groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O;
provided that when Y is R8-C(O)-, Rg is other than phenyl, benzyl or C 1_3 alkyl.
In accordance with another aspect of the present invention there in provided a compound having the formula:
Y- i -7C3 i H-B(Z')(Z~) H R3 (2a) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof;
where Y is (3a) P is one of R'-C(O)-, R'-SOZ , R'-NH-C(O~ or R'-O-C(O)-, where R' is one of alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, aralkyl, any of which can be optionally substituted, or when Y is R'-C(O~ or R'-SOZ , R' can also be an optionally substituted 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle;
X3 is a covalent bond or -C(O)-CHz ;
' R', at each occurrence, is independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ R5, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R3 is one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHI R5, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R5, in each instance, is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -W-R6, -4i-where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted; and Z' and ZZ are independently alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or together form a moiety derived from dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O.
In accordance with another aspect of the present invention there in provided a method for reducing the rate of muscle protein degradation in a cell comprising contacting a cell in need of said reducing with an effective amount of a proteasome inhibitor of the formula:
P10-N ~ 11-X11 C ~ -X12-C ~ -B(Z11~(Z12~
R10 R11 R12 R13 (lb) A1o or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
wherein P'o is hydrogen or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
B" is independently one of N or CH;
X", at each occurrence, is independently one of-C(O)-NH-, -CHZ NH-, -CH(OH)-CHz ; -CH(OH~CH(OH}-, -CH(OH~CHZ NH-, -CH=CH-, ' -C(O)-CHZ , -SOZ NH-, -SOZ CHz or-CH(OH)-CHZ C(O~-NH-, provided that when B" is N, then X" is -C(O~NH;
X'2 is one of -C(O~NH-, -CH(OH~CH2-. -CH(OH~-CH(OH)-, -C(O)-CHZ , -SOZ NH-, -SOZ CHZ or -CH(OH)-CHZ C(O}-NH-;
R'° is hydrogen or alkyl, or R'° forms together with the adjacent R", or when A'° is zero, forms together with the adjacent R'', a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having ring members, that can be optionally substituted by one or two of keto, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy or aryloxy;
-4j-R", at each occurrence, is independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R'2 and R'3 are each independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a S-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ-R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted, where R'S is aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle, or -chalcogen-alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
Z' ' and Z'2 are independently alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or Z" and Z'2 together form a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A'° is 0, 1, or 2 In accordance with another aspect of the present invention there in provided a method for reducing the activity of NF-xB in a cell, comprising contacting a cell in need of said reducing with an effective amount of a proteasome inhibitor of the formula:
P10-N ~ 11-X11 C ~ -X12-C ~ -B~Z11~~Z12~
R10 R11 R12 R13 (lb~
A1o or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
wherein P'° is hydrogen or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
-4k-B' ' is independently one of N or CH;
X", at each occurrence, is independently one of-C'.(O~NH-, -CHZ NH-, -CH(OH)-CHZ , -CH(OH~CH(OH)-, -CH(OH)-CHZ NH-, -CH=CH-, -C(O)-CHz ;-SOz NH-,-SOZ CHZ or-CH(OH)-CHz C(O)-NH-,provided that when B" is N, then X" is -C(O~NH;
X'z is one of -C(O)-NH-, -CH(OH)-CHZ ; -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -C(O)-CHZ , -SOZ NH-, -SOZ CHz or -CH(OH}-CHz C(O~NH-;
R'° is hydrogen or alkyl, or R'° forms together with the adjacent R", or when A'° is zero, forms together with the adjacent R'2, a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having ring members, that can be optionally substituted by one or two of keto, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy or aryloxy;
R", at each occurrence, is independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ R'5, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R''- and R'3 are each independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted, where R'S is aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle, or -chalcogen-alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
Z" and Z'z are independently alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or Z" and Z'2 together form a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A'°is0, l,or2.
In accordance with another aspect of the present invention there in provided a method for reducing the rate of intracellular protein breakdown, comprising contacting cells in need of said reducing with an effective amount of a proteasome inhibitor of the formula:
P10-N ~ 11-X11 C ~ -X12-C ~ -B~Z11~~Z12~
R10 R11 R12 R13 (lb) A1o or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
wherein P'o is hydrogen or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
B" is independently one of N or CH;
X", at each occurrence, is independently one of-C(O)-NH-, -CHz NH-, -CH(OH)-CHZ , -CH(OH~CH(OH~, -CH(OH~CHZ NH-, -CH=CH-, -C(O)-CHz ,-SOZ NH-,-SOZ CHz or-CH(OH)-CHZ C(O)-NH-,provided that when B" is N, then X" is -C(O)-NH;
X'2 is one of -C(O~NH-, -CH(OH~-CHZ , -CH(OH~CH(OH)-, -C(O)-CHZ , -SOz NH-, -SOZ CHZ or -CH(OH~CHZ C(O~NH-;
R'° is hydrogen or alkyl, or R'° forms together with the adjacent R", or when A'° is zero, forms together with the adjacent R'', a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having ~ ring members, that can be optionally substituted by one or two of keto, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy or aryloxy;
R", at each occurrence, is independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R'2 and R'3 are each independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -4m--CHZ R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted, where R'S is aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle, or --chalcogen-alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
Z" and Z'Z are independently alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or Z" and Z'2 together form a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A'° is 0, 1, or 2.
In accordance with another aspect of the present invention there in provided a method for reducing the rate of degradation of p53 protein in a cell, comprising administering to a cell in need of said reducing an effective amount of a proteasome inhibitor of the formula:
P10-N B11-X11 CH-X12-CH-.B~Z11~~Z12~
R10 R11 R12 R13 (lb) A1o or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
~ wherein P'° is hydrogen or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
B" is independently one of N or CH;
X", at each occurrence, is independently one of-C{O)-NH-, -CHZ NH-, -CH(OH~CHz , -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -CH(OH)-CHZ NH-, -CH=CH-, -C(O}-CHZ ,-SOZ NH-,-SOZ CHZ or-CH(OH)-CHI-C(O~NH-,provided that when B" is N, then X" is -C(O)-NH;
X'' is one of -C(O)-NH-, -CH(OH)-CHz , -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -C(O}-CHZ , -SOZ NH-, -SOZ CHZ or -CH(OH~CHz-C(O~NH-;
-4n-R'° is hydrogen or alkyl, or R'° forms together with the adjacent R", or when A'° is zero, forms together with the adjacent R'', a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having ring members., that can be optionally substituted by one or two of keto, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy or aryloxy;
R", at each occurrence, is independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R'' and R'3 are each independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted, where R'S is aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle, or -chalcogen-alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
Z" and Z'2 are independently alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or Z" and Z'2 together form a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A'°is0, l,or2.
In accordance with another aspect of the present invention there in provided a method for inhibiting cyclin degradation in a cell, comprising contacting a cell in need of said reducing with an effective amount of a proteasome inhibitor of the formula:
P10-N B11-x(11 CH-x(12-CH-B(Z11~(Z12~
R10 R11 R12 R13 (lb) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
wherein P'o is hydrogen or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
B" is independently one of N or CH;
X", at each occurrence, is independently one of-C(O)-NH-, -CHZ NH-, -CH(OH)-CHZ , -CH(OH~CH(OH)-, -CH(OH)-CHZ NH-, -CH=CH-, -C(O~CHz ,-SOZ NH-,-SOz CHZ or-CH(OH~CHz C(O)-NH-,provided that when B" is N, then X" is -C(O}-NH;
X'2 is one of -C(O~NH-, -CH(OH)-CHI-, -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -C(O~CHZ , -SOZ NH-, -SOz CHZ or -CH(OH)-CHI C(O~-NH-;
R'° is hydrogen or alkyl, or R'° forms together with the adjacent R", or when A'° is zero, forms together with the adjacent R'', a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having ring members, that can be optionally substituted by one or two of keto, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy or aryloxy;
R", at each occurrence, is independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R'2 and R'3 are each independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHz R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted, where R'S is aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle, or -~halcogen-alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
Z" and Z'2 are independently alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or Z" and Z'z together form a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring -4p-comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A'°is0, l,or2.
In accordance with another aspect of the present invention there in provided a method of preventing or treating an inflammatory condition in a patient in need thereof, said method comprising administering to said patient a proteasome inhibitor of the formula:
P10- i ~ 11-x(11 C ~ -x(12-C ~ -B~Z11~~Z12, R1o R11 R12 R13 (lb) A1o or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
wherein P'o is hydrogen or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
B" is independently one of N or CH;
X", at each occurrence, is independently one of-C(O)-NH-, -CHz NH-, -CH(OH)-CHZ , -CH(OH~CH(OH)-, -CH(OH)-CHz NH-, -CH=CH-, -C(O~CHz ,-SOZ NH-,-SOZ-CHZ or-CH(OH~CHZ-C(O)-NH-,provided that when B" is N, then X" is -C(O~-NH;
X'Z is one of -C(O)-NH-, -CH{OH)-CHz , -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -C(O)-CHZ , -SOZ NH-, -SOZ-CHZ or -CH(OH~CH~ C(O)-NH-;
- R'° is hydrogen or alkyl, or R'° forms together with the adjacent R", or when A'° is zero, forms together with the adjacent R'2, a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having ring members. that can be optionally substituted by one or two of keto, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy or aryloxy;
R", at each occurrence, is independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHz R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
-4q-R'Z and R'3 are each independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted, where R'5 is aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle, or -chalcogen-alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
Z" and Z'2 are independently alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or Z" and Z'Z together form a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A'°is0, l,or2.
In accordance with another aspect of the present invention there in provided a method for inhibiting antigen presentation in a cell comprising administering to a cell in need thereof an effective amount of a proteasome inhibitor of the formula:
P10-N ~ 11-x(11 C ~ -x(12-C ~ -B~Z11~~Z12~
R1o R11 R12 R13 (l b) A1o or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
wherein P'° is hydrogen or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
B' ' is independently one of N or CH;
X", at each occurrence, is independently one of-C(O)-NH-, -CHZ NH-, -CH(OH)-CHz , -CH(OH}-CH(OH)-, -CH{OH}-CHZ NH-, -CH=CH-, -C(O~CHz ,-SOz NH-,-S02 CHz or-CH(OH)-CHz C(O)-NH-,provided that when B" is N, then X" is -C(O)-NH;
-4r-X'Z is one of -C(O)-NH-, -CH(OH)-CHZ , -CH(OH~CH(OH~, -C(O)-CHz , -S02 NH-, -SOz CHZ or -CH(OH~CHZ C(O)-NH-;
R'° is hydrogen or alkyl, or R'° forms together with the adjacent R", or when A"' is zero, forms together with the adjacent R'Z, a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having ring members, that can be optionally substituted by one or two of keto, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy or aryloxy;
R", at each occurrence, is independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R'2 and R'3 are each independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHz R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted, where R'S is aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle, or -chalcogen-alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
Z" and Z'2 are independently alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or Z" and Z'2 together form a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A'°is0,l,or2.
In accordance with another aspect of the present invention there in provided a method for inhibiting inducible NF-xB dependent cell adhesion in an animal in need of said inhibiting, comprising administering to said animal an effective amount of a proteasome inhibitor of the formula:
P10-N B11-X11 CH-X12-CH-B~Z11~~Z12~
R10 R11 R12 R13 (lb~
,410 -4s-or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
wherein P'° is hydrogen or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
B" is independently one of N or CH;
X", at each occurrence, is independently one of-C(O)-NH-, -CHZ NH-, -CH(OH~CHZ , -CH(OH)-CH(OH}-, -CH{OH~CHZ NH-, -CH=CH-, -C(O~CHz ;-SOz NH-,-SOZ-CHZ or-CH(OH~CHZ-C(O)-NH-,provided that when B" is N, then X" is -C(O~NH;
X'z is one of -C(O}-NH-, -CH(OH~-CHz , -CH(OH}-CH(OH)-, -C(O~CHZ , -SOZ NH-, -SOZ-CHZ or -CH(OH~-CHZ-C(O~NH-;
R'° is hydrogen or alkyl, or R'° forms together with the adjacent R", or when A'° is zero, forms together with the adjacent R'Z, a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having ring members, that can be optionally substituted by one or two of keto, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy or aryloxy;
R", at each occurrence, is independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CH2 R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R'2 and R'3 are each independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or r -CHZ R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted, where R'S is aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle, or -chalcogen-alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
Z" and Z'z are independently alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or Z" and Z'2 together form a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring -4t-comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A'° is 0, 1, or 2.
In accordance with another aspect of the present invention there in provided a method for inhibiting HIV replication in an animal in need of said inhibiting, comprising administering to said animal an effective amount of a proteasome inhibitor of the formula:
P10 I ~ 11 x(11 C ~ x(12-C ~ -B~Z11~~Z12~
Rio R~~ R~2 R~3 (lb) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
wherein P'° is hydrogen or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
B" is independently one of N or CH;
X", at each occurrence, is independently one of-C(O~NH-, -CHZ NH-, -CH(OH}-CHz , -CH(OH~CH(OH)-, -CH(OH~CHz NH-, -CH=CH-, -C{O)-CHZ ,-SOz NH-,-SOz CHZ or-CH(OH~CHZ C(O~NH-,provided that when B" is N, then X" is -C(O)-NH;
X'2 is one of -C(O)-NH-, -CH(OH}-CHz , -CH(OH}-CH(OH)-.
-C(O)-CHz , -SOZ NH-, -SOZ CHz or -CH(OH~--CHZ C(O~NH-;
~ R'° is hydrogen or alkyl, or R'° forms together with the adjacent R", or when A'° is zero, forms together with the adjacent R'z, a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having ring members., that can be optionally substituted by one or two of keto, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy or aryloxy;
R' ', at each occurrence, is independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHz R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
-4u-R'2 and R'3 are each independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted, where R'S is aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle, or --chalcogen-alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
Z" and Z'Z are independently alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or Z" and Z'z together form a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A'° is 0, l, or 2.
The present invention provides previously unknown peptidyl boronic acid ester and acid compounds. The present invention also provides methods of using amino acid or peptidyI boronic ester and acid compounds, in general, as inhibitors of proteasome function.
i In a first embodiment, the present invention provides novel boronic acid and ester compounds having formula (la) or (2a), as set forth below.
An additional aspect of the present invention is related to the discovery that amino acid and peptidyl boronic acids and esters, in general, are potent and highly selective proteasome inhibitors and can be employed to inhibit proteasome 2 S . r function. Inhibition of proteasome function has a number of practical therapeutic and prophylactic applications.
In a second embodiment, the present invention provides a method for reducing the rate of muscle protein degradation in a cell comprising contacting said cell with a proteasome inhibitor having formula (lb) or (2b) as defined i below. This aspect of the present invention finds practical utility in inhibiting (reducing or preveriting) the accelerated breakdown of muscle proteins that accompanies various physiological and pathological states and is responsible to a large extent for the loss of muscle mass (atrophy) that follows nerve injury, fasting, fever. acidosis, and certain endocrinopathies.
In a third embodiment, the present invention provides a method for reducing the activity of NF-xB in a cell comprising contacting the cell with a proteasome inhibitor of the formula ( 1 b) or (2b), as set forth below. The inhibitors employed in the practice of the present invention are capable of S preventing this activation. Thus, blocking NF-xB activity is contemplated as possessing important practical application in various areas of medicine, e.g., inflammation, sepsis, AIDS, and the like.
In a fourth embodiment, the present invention provides a method of reducing the rate of degradation of p53 protein in a cell comprising administering to the cell a proteasome inhibitor of the formula ( 1 b) or (2b), as set forth below.
In a fifth embodiment, the present invention provides a method for inhibiting cyclin degradation in a cell comprising contacting said cells with a proteasome inhibitor of the formula ( 1 b) or (2b), as set forth below.
Inhibiting cyclin degradation is contemplated as possessing important practical application in treating cell proliferative diseases, such as cancer, restenosis and psoriasis.
In a sixth embodiment, the present invention provides a method for inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell, comprising contacting said cell with a proteasome inhibitor of the formula ( 1 a) or (2a), as set forth below.
In a seventh embodiment, the present invention provides a method for inhibiting antigen presentation in a cell comprising administering to the cell a proteasome inhibitor of the formula ( 1 b) or (2b), as set forth below.
In an eighth embodiment, the present invention provides a method for inhibiting inducible NF-xB dependent cell adhesion in an animal comprising administering to said animal a proteasome inhibitor of the formula ( 1 b) or (2b), as set forth below.
In a ninth embodiment, the present invention provides a method for inhibiting HIV replication in an animal comprising administering'to said animal a proteasome inhibitor of the formula ( 1 b) or (2b), as set forth below.
In a tenth embodiment, the present invention provides an approach for inhibiting cytolytic immune responses. The proteasome inhibitors of formula ( 1 b) or (2b) can be used to inhibit the processing of internalized cellular or viral antigens into antigenic peptides that bind to MHC-I molecules in an animal, and are therefore useful for treating autoimmune diseases and preventing rejection of foreign tissues, such as transplanted organs or grafts.
In an eleventh embodiment, the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions that comprise compounds of formula ( 1 a), ( 1 b), (2a) or (2b) in an amount effective to inhibit proteasome function in a mammal, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
Brief Description of the Figures Figure 1. Three day cumulative urinary 3-methylhistidine.
Figure 2. NF-xB binding activity.
Figure 3. Inhibition by MG-273.
Description of the Preferred Embodiments A first aspect of the present invention is directed to novel subsets of boronic acid and ester compounds having formula (la) or (2a) below. Novel compounds of formula ( 1 a) include the following:
P-N B~-X~ CH-X2-CH-B(Z~)(Z2) R R~ R2 R3 (la) A
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
wherein P is hydrogen or an amino-group-protecting moiety as further defined herein;
B', at each occurrence, is independently one of N or CH;
X', at each occurrence, is independently one of-C(O~NH-, -CHz NH-, -CH(OH~-CHZ-, -CH(OH~-CH(OH}-, -CH(OH~CHZ NH-, -CH~H-, -C(O)-CHZ-, -SOZ NH-, -SOZ-CHZ or -CH(OH}--CHZ-C(O}-NH-, provided that when B' is N, then the X' attached to said B' is -C(O}-NH-;
X2 is one of -C(O}-NH-, -CH(OH~-CH2 , -CH(OH}-CH(OH}-, -C(O)-CHz , -SOZ NH-, -SOZ-CHz or -CH(OH?-CHZ-C(O~NH-;
R is hydrogen or alkyl, or R forms together with the adjacent R', or when A is zero, forms together with the adjacent RZ, a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi-or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having 4-14 ring members, that can be optionally substituted by one or two of keto, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy or aryloxy;
R', at each occurrence, is independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHz-Rs, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
RZ is one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a S-I U membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ R5, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R' is one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or ~HZ-Rs, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R5, in each instance, is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a S-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
Z' and ZZ are independently one of alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, or aryloxy, or together Z' and ZZ form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally; a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and _g_ AisO, l,or2.
Other novel boronic acid and ester derivatives include compounds having a single amino acid side-chain. These compounds have the following formula:
Y-N-X3 CH-B(Z~)(~) H R3 (2a) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof;
wherein Y is one of R8-C(O)-, Rg-SOZ-, R$-NH-C(O)- or R8-O-C(O~, where Rg is one of alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, aralkyl, any of which can be optionally substituted, or when Y is R8-C(O~- or R8-SOz , then R8 can also be an optionally substituted 5-10 membered, saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle;
X3 is a covalent bond or -C(O~CHz-;
R3 is one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ R5, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R5, in each instance, is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted; and Z' and Z' are independently alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or together form a moiety derived from dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O;
provided that when Y is R8=~(O~, R8 is other than phenyl, benzyl or C, -C3 alkyl.
Alternatively, the group Y in formula (2a) above, can be:
~ I II
p (3a) w P is one of R'-C(O}-, R'-SOZ , R'-NH-C(O}- or R'-0-C(O~;
R' is one of alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, aralkyl, any of which can be optionally - substituted, or when Y is R'-C(O}- or R'-SOz , R' can also be an optionally substituted 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle; and R' is defined above as for formula ( 1 a).
Pharmaceutical compositions that comprise compounds of formula ( 1 a) or (2a) in an amount effective to inhibit proteasome function in a mammal, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent are within the scope of the present invention.
A second aspect of the present invention lies in the discovery that boronic acid and ester derivatives of amino acids and peptides, in general, as well as isosteric variations thereof, inhibit proteasome function. Thus, the present invention also relates to the use of proteasome inhibitors having formula ( 1 b) or (2b) for reducing the rate of proteasome dependent intracellular protein breakdown, such as reducing the rate of muscle protein degradation, reducing the rate of degradation of p53 protein, and inhibiting cyclin degradation, and for inhibiting the activity of NF-xB in a cell.
Finally, the present invention relates to the use of proteasome inhibitors having formula ( 1 b) or (2b) for treating specific conditions in animals that are mediated or exacerbated, directly or indirectly, by proteasome functions.
These conditions include inflammatory conditions, such as tissue rejection, organ rejection. arthritis, infection, dermatoses, inflammatory bowel disease, asthma, osteoporosis, osteoarthritis and autoimmune disease such as lupus and multiple sclerosis; cell proliferative diseases, such as cancer, psoriasis and restenosis; and accelerated muscle protein breakdown that accompanies various physiological and pathological states and is responsible to a large extent for the loss of muscle mass (atrophy) that follows nerve injury, fasting, fever, acidosis, and certain endocrinopathies.
Proteasome inhibitors of formula (lb) include:
pro-N B~~-X" CH--X~2-CH-B(Z~~)(Z12~
Rio R~~ R~z R~s (lb) Ago or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
wherein P'° is hydrogen or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
B" is independently one of N or CH;
X", at each occurrence, is independently one of-C(O~-NH-, -CHZ NH-, -CH(OH)-CHZ , -CH(OH~-CH(OH~-, -CH(OH}-CHZ NH-, -CH=CH-, -C(O~-CHz , -SOZ NH-, -SOz-CHZ- or -CH(OH~CHz-C(O~NH-, provided that when B" is N, then X" is -C(O}-NH;
X'Z is one of -C(O}-NH-, -CH(OH~-CHZ , -CH(OH~-CH(OH~-, -C(O~CHZ , -S02 NH-, -SOz CHz or -CH(OH~CH2-C(O}-NH-;
R'° is hydrogen or alkyl, or R'° forms together with the adjacent R", or when A'° is zero, forms together with the adjacent R'z, a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having ring members, that can be optionally substituted by one or two of keto, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy or aryloxy;
R", at each occurrence, is independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R'2 and R'3 are each independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ-R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted, where R'S is aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle, or -chalcogen-alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
Z" and Z'z are independently alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or Z" and Z'2 together form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A'°is0, l,or2 Proteasome inhibitors of formula (2b) include:
ro-N-X13 CH-~r~~~2) H R~3 (2b) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof;
wherein Y'° is one of Rg-C(O~, Rg-SO2 , R8 NH-C(O}- or R$-0-C(O~-, where R8 is one of alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, aralkyl, any of which can be optionally substituted, or when Y is R8-C(O}- or Rg SOZ-, then R8 can also be an optionally substituted S-10 membered, saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle;
X'3 is a covalent bond or -C(O~CHz ;
R'3 is one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or--CHZ-R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R'S, in each instance, is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -W-R'6, where W is a chalcogen and R'6 is alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl. alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted; and Z" and Z''- are independently alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or together form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O.
Alternatively, the group Y in formula (2b) can be:
P-CHZ -CH-C- ' R' O (3a) P is one of R'-C(O~, R'-SOZ , R'-NH-C(O}- or R'-O-C(O~;
R' is one of alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, aralkyl, any of which can be optionally substituted, or when Y is R'-C(O~ or R'-SO~ , R' can also be an optionally substituted 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle; and R' is as defined for formula ( 1 a) above.
Preferred embodiments of the aforementioned methods of use employ compounds of formula ( 1 a) and formula (2a) as defined above.
Pharmaceutical compositions comprising an effective amount of the proteasome inhibitors of formula (2a) or (2b), in combination with any conventional pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent, are included in the present invention.
The term "amino-group-protecting moiety," as used herein, refers to terminal amino protecting groups that are typically employed in organic synthesis, especially peptide synthesis. Any of the known categories of protecting groups can be employed, including acyl protecting groups, such as acetyl, and benzoyl; aromatic urethane protecting groups, such as benzyloxycarbonyl; and aliphatic urethane protecting groups, such as tert-butoxycarbonyl. See, for example, The Peptides, Gross and Mienhoffer, eds., Academic Press, New York (1981), Vol. 3, pp. 3-88; and Green, T.W. & Wuts, P.G.M.. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 2nd edition, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York (1991). Preferred protecting groups include aryl-, aralkyl-, heteroarvl- and heteroarylalkyl- carbonyl and sulfonyl moieties.
As used herein, the term "heterocycle" is intended to mean a stable 5- to 7- membered monocyclic or 7- to 10-membered bicyclic heterocyclic moieties that are either saturated or unsaturated, and which consist of carbon atoms and from 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S, wherein the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms can optionally be oxidized, the nitrogen can optionally be quaternized, and including any bicyclic group in which any of the above-defined heterocyclic rings is fused to a benzene ring.
The heterocyclic ring can be attached to its pendant group at any heteroatom or carbon atom that results in a stable formula. The heterocyclic rings described herein can be substituted on carbon or on a nitrogen atom if the resulting compound is stable. Examples of such heterocycles include, but are not limited to, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, tetrazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, indolyl, indolenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidonyl, pyrrolinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl or octahydroisoquinolinyl, azocinyl, triazinyl, 6H-1,2,5-thiadiazinyl, 2H,6H 1,5,2-dithiazinyl, thiophene(yl), thianthrenyl, furanyl, pyranyl, isobenzofuranyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathiinyl, 2H pyrrolyl, pyrrole, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H indolyl, indolyl, 1H indazolyl, purinyl, 4H quinolizinyl, isoquinolinyl, quinolinyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, cinnolinyl, pteridinyl, 4aH
carbazolyl, carbazolyl, >;i-carbolinyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, furazanyl, phenoxazinyl, isochromanyl, chromanyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, piperazinyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, quinuclidinyl, morpholinyl or oxazolidinyl. Also included are fused ring and spiro compounds containing, for example, the above heterocycles.
The term "substituted", as used herein, means that one or more hydrogens of the designated moiety are replaced with a selection from the indicated group, provided that no atom's normal valency is exceeded, and that the substitution results in a stable compound. When a substituent is keto (i.e., =O), then 2 hydrogens attached to an atom of the moiety are replaced.
By "stable compound" or "stable formula" is meant herein a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a S reaction mixture and formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent.
The term "heteroaryl" as employed herein refers to groups having S to 14 ring atoms; 6, 10 or 14 ~ electrons shared in a cyclic array; and containing carbon atoms and 1, 2 or 3 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur heteroatoms (where examples of heteroaryl groups are: thienyl, benzo[b)thienyl, naphtho[2,3-b)thienyl, thianthrenyl, furyl, pyranyl, isobenzofuranyl, benzoxazolyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathiinyl, 2H pyrrolyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H indolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, purinyl, 4H quinolizinyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinazolinyl, cinnolinyl, pteridinyl, 4aH carbazolyl, carbazolyl, 1 S ~3-carbolinyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, perimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, isothiazolyl, phenothiazinyl, isoxazolyl, furazanyl and phenoxazinyl groups).
The terms "substituted heteroaryl" or "optionally substituted heteroaryl,"
used in reference to R', refer to heteroaryl groups, as defined above, having one or more substituents selected from halogen, C,~ alkyl, C,_6 alkoxy, carboxy, amino, C,_6 alkylamino and/or di(C,_6)alkylamino.
The term "aryl" as employed herein by itself or as part of another group refers to monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic groups containing from 6 to 12 carbons in the ring portion, preferably 6-10 carbons in the ring portion, such as phenyl, 2S naphthyl or tetrahydronaphthyl.
The term "substituted aryl" as employed herein includes aryl groups, as defined above, that include one or two substituents on either the phenyl or naphthyl group selected from C,_6 alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, C,~
alkyl(C3_8)cycloalkyl, C,_8 alkenyl, CZ_R alkynyl, cyano, amino, C,_6 alkylamino, di(C,_6)alkylamino, benzvlamino. dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C,_6)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C,~ alkoxy, C~,o aryl(C,.~)alkoxy, hydroxy, C,_6 alkylthio, C,.~
alkylsulfinyl, C,~ alkylsulfonyl, C~,o aryl, C~,o arylthio, C~.,o arylsulfinyl and/or _ C~.,o arylsulfonyl.
The term "alkyl" as employed herein includes both straight and branched chain radicals of up to 12 carbons, preferably 1-8 carbons, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, t-butyl, isobutyl, pentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, heptyl, 4,4-dimethylpentyl, octyl, 2,2,4-trimethylpentyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl and dodecyl.
The term "substituted alkyl" as employed herein includes alkyl groups as defined above that have one, two or three halo substituents, or one C,_6 alkyl(C~,o)aryl, halo(C6_,o)aryl, C3_8 cycloalkyl, C,_6 alkyl(C3_g)cycloalkyl, Cz_8 alkenyl, CZ.s alkynyl, hydroxy and/or carboxy.
The term "cycloalkyl" as employed herein includes saturated cyclic hydrocarbon groups containing 3 to 12 carbons, preferably 3 to 8 carbons, which include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, 1 S cyclodecyl and cyclododecyl, any of which groups can be substituted with substituents such as halogen, C,_6 alkyl, alkoxy and/or hydroxy group.
The term "aralkyl" or "arylalkyl" as used herein by itself or as part of another group refers to C,_6alkyl groups as discussed above having an aryl substituent, such as benzyl.
The term "halogen" or "halo" as used herein by itself or as part of another group refers to chlorine, bromine, fluorine or iodine with chlorine being preferred.
For medicinal use, the pharmaceutically acceptable acid and base addition salts, those salts in which the anion does not contribute significantly to toxicity or pharmacological activity of the organic cation, are preferred. Basic salts are formed by mixing a solution of a boronic acid (Z' and Z'- are both OH) of the present invention with a solution of a pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic base, such as, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium bicarbonate, sodium carbonate, or an amino compound, such as choline hydroxide, Tris, bis-Tris, N-methylglucamine or arginine. Water-soluble salts are preferable. Thus, suitable salts include: alkaline metal salts (sodium, potassium etc.), alkaline earth metal salts (magnesium, calcium etc.), ammonium salts and salts of pharmaceutically acceptable amines (tetramethylammonium, triethylamine, methylamine, dimethylamine, cyclopentylamine, benzylamine, phenethylamine, piperidine monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, lris(hydroxymethyl)amine, lysine, arginine and N-methyl-D-glucamine).
The acid addition salts are obtained either by reaction of an organic base of formula (la) or (2a) with an organic or inorganic acid, preferably by contact in solution, or by any of the standard methods detailed in the literature available to any practitioner skilled in the art. Examples of useful organic acids are carboxylic acids such as malefic acid, acetic acid, tartaric acid, propionic acid, fumaric acid, isethionic acid, succinic acid, cyclamic acid, pivalic acid and the like; useful inorganic acids are hydrohalide acids such as HCI, HBr, HI;
sulfuric acid; phosphoric acid and the like. Preferred acids for forming acid addition salts include HCl and acetic acid.
The boronate esters of boronic acid compounds of the present invention are also preferred. These esters are formed by reacting the acid groups of the boronic acid with a hydroxy compound. Preferred hydroxy compounds are dihydroxy compounds, especially pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol or diethanolamine.
The P moiety of the proteasome inhibitor of formula ( 1 a) is preferably one of R'-C(O~, R'-SOZ , R' NH-C(O~ or R'-D-C(O~, and R' is one of alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, the ring portion of any of which can be optionally substituted, or if Y is R'-C(O~ or R'-SOz , then R' can also be a saturated or partially unsaturated heterocycle.
More preferably, P is one of R'-C(O~ or R'-SOz-, and R' is one of aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, any of which can be optionally substituted, or a saturated or partially unsaturated heterocycle.
Where R' is alkyl, it .is preferably straight chained or branched alkyl of from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1-4 carbon atoms. Useful values include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isopropyl, isobutyl and tert-butyl, with methyl being most preferred. Additionally, where R' is alkaryl, aralkyl or heteroarylalkyl, the alkyl moiety thereof is also preferably one having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and most preferably 1 carbon atom.
Where R' is aryl, it is preferably aryl of from 5 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Where R' is heteroaryl, one or more of the carbon atoms of the aforementioned aryl is replaced by one to three of O, N, or S. The aryl and heteroaryl moieties may, if desired, be ring substituted.
Useful ring substituents include one or two of hydroxy, nitro, trifluoromethyl, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, cyano, C~.,o aryl, benzyl, carboxyalkoxy, amino, and guanidino.
Preferred substituents include halogen, C,~ alkyl, C,~ alkoxy, phenyl and benzyl.
Additionally, where R' is alkaryl, aralkyl or heteroarylalkyl, the above statements equally apply.
Useful R' aryl and aralkyl groups include phenyl, 4-tolyl, benzyl, phenethyl, naphthyl, and naphthylmethyl.
Preferred heteroaryl groups are quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, furanyl or pyrrolyl. Useful values of R' heteroaryl include 8-quinolinyl, 2-quinoxalinyl, 2-pyrazinyl, 3-furanyl, 2=pyridyl, 3-pyridyl and pyridyl.
Preferred saturated or partially saturated heterocycle moieties are 5-, 6-, 9- and 10- membered heterocycles having one, two or three ring heteroatoms selected from O, S or N. A useful value is N-morpholinyl.
Preferred cycloalkyl moieties include C3_,o cycloalkyl. Useful values include cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyoloheptyl, cyclooctyl and cyclononyl.
Especially preferred values of P are 2-pyrazinecarbonyl, 8-quinolinesulfonyl and N-morpholinoyl.
As noted above, A in formula ( 1 a) and ( 1 b) can be either 0, ~ 1 or 2.
Thus, when A is zero, the residue within the brackets is not present and the inhibitor is a dipeptide. Similarly, where A is 1, the amino acid or isosteric residue within the brackets is present and the inhibitor is a tripeptide. Where A is 2, the inhibitor is a tetrapeptide. Most preferably, A is zero.
It is preferred that R', Rz, and R3 in formula ( 1 a) and ( 1 b) are each S independently one of hydrogen, C,_g alkyl, C3_,o cycloalkyl, C~,o aryl, a S-, 6-, 9-or 10- membered heteroaryl group, or -CHZ-R5, and more preferably C,_8 alkyl or -CHz RS wherein R', Rz, R3 and RS are optionally substituted. More preferably, R', RZ and R3 are each independently one of C,-0 alkyl, e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl and t-butyl, or -CHZ-R5, where RS is one of cycloalkyl, aryl or heterocycle. RS is preferably one of C6_,o aryl, C~,o ar(C,_6)alkyl, C,_6 alk(C~,o)aryl, C3_,o cycloalkyl, C ,_g alkoxy, C ,_8 alkylthio or a 5-, 6-, 9- or 10- membered heteroaryl group.
The ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or 5-, 6-, 9- or 10-membered heteroaryl groups of R', R2, R' and RS can be optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C,_6 alkyl, C3_8 cycloalkyl, C,~ alkyl(C3_g)cycloalkyl, CZ_g alkenyl, CZ_8 alkynyl, cyano, amino, C,~ alkylamino, di(C,.~)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C,.~)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C,_6 alkoxy, C6_,o aryl, C~,o aryl(C,_6)alkyl, C~,oaryl(C,~)alkoxy, hydroxy, C,_6 alkylthio, C,_6 alkylsulfinyl, C,~ alkylsulfonyl, C~.,o arylthio, C~,o arylsulfinyl, C~.,o arylsulfonyl, C~,o aryl, C,_6 alkyl(C~.,o)aryl, and halo(C~,o)aryl.
It is more preferred that at least one of R' and Rz is isobutyl or -CHz R5, and most preferred that RZ is -CHz-R5. It is preferred that Rs is C6_,o aryl, a 5-, 6-, 9- or 10- membered heteroaryl group having one to three heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S.
Most preferably, RZ is isobutyl, 6-quinolinylmethyl, 3-indolylmethyl, 4-pyridylmethyl, 3-pyridylmethyl, 2-pyridylmethyl, benzyl, 1-naphthylmethyl, 2-naphthylmethyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 4-benzyloxybenzyl, 4-(2'-pyridylmethoxy)benzyl or benzylnaphthylmethyl.
Preferably, R3 is C,_,2 alkyl, more preferably C,~ alkyl, most preferably C4 alkyl, such as isobutyl.
Where R', RZ or R3 is a substituted alkyl, it is preferably C,~ alkyl substituted with at least one cycloalkyl group, preferably a C~ cycloalkyl group.
Where R', R2, R3, or RS is substituted aryl or substituted heterocycle, it is preferably substituted with at least one C,~ alkyl group.
Where R', R2, R3 or RS is cycloalkyl, it is preferably C5~ cycloalkyl, e.g., cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl, and can be optionally substituted with at least one C~,o aryl group or at least one alkyl group, preferably a C,~ alkyl group.
Where RS is -W-R6, W is a chalcogen, preferably oxygen or sulfur, more preferably sulfur; and R6 is alkyl, preferably C,.~ alkyl, e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or isomers thereof.
Preferred values of R include hydrogen or C,_8 alkyl, more preferably C,~
alkyl. Useful values of R include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, isobutyl and n-butyl.
Additionally, R can form together with the adjacent R', or when A is zero, form together with the adjacent Rz, a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having 4-14 ring members, and can be optionally substituted by one or two of keto, hydroxy, aryl, alkoxy or aryloxy.
It is preferred that the ring system be chosen from one of I \ I \ Ho N~ N~ N
N/' , / /N \
N i N
/ I \ I
N
and /N
N
The nitrogen in each of the above formulae is attached to P in formula ( 1 a) and the open valence carbon is attached to either X' or XZ.
It is preferred that Z' and ZZ are each independently one of C,-0 alkyl, hydroxy, C,_6 alkoxy, and C~,o aryloxy; or together Z' and ZZ preferably form a S moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol or diethanolamine, or other equivalents apparent to those skilled in the art. Useful values include methyl, ethyl, propyl and n-butyl. Most preferably, Z' and Zz are hydroxy.
A preferred embodiment of the invention is directed to a subgenus of compounds having formula ( 1 a) above, where P is R'-C(O}- or R'-SOz , and R' is one of quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, furanyl or pyrrolyl, and when P is R'-C(O)-, R' can also be N-morpholinyl.
A preferred group of compounds of this embodiment are compounds of formula ( 1 a) wherein P is one of quinolinecarbonyl, pyridinecarbonyl, quinolinesulfonyl, quinoxalinecarbonyl, quinoxalinesulfonyl, pyrazinecarbonyl, pyrazinesulfonyl, furancarbonyl, furansulfonyl or N-morpholinylcarbonyl; A is zero; XZ is -C(O~-NH-; R is hydrogen or C,_8 alkyl; RZ and R3 are each independently one of hydrogen, C,_galkyl, C3_,ocycloalkyl, C~,oaryl, C~,oar(C,_ 6)alkyl, pyridylmethyl, or quinolinylmethyl; and Z' and ZZ are both hydroxy, C,_balkoxy, or C~,oaryloxy, or together Z' and ZZ form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol,1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol or diethanolamine.
Even more preferred are those compounds wherein: P is 8-quinolinecarbonyl, 8-quinolinesulfonyl, 2-quinoxalinecarbonyl, 2-quinoxalinesulfonyl, 2-pyrazinecarbonyl, 2-pyrazinesulfonyl, 3-pyridinecarbonyl. 3-pyridinesulfonyl, 3-furancarbonyl, 3-furansulfonyl or N-morpholinecarbonyl; R is hydrogen; R3 is isobutyl; Rz is isobutyl, 1-naphthylmethvl. 2-naphthylmethyl, 3-pyridylmethyl, 2-pyridylmethyl 6-quinolinylmethyl, 3-indolylmethyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 4-(2'-pyridylmethoxy)benzyl, 4-(benzyloxy)benzyl, benzylnaphthylmethyl or phenethyl; and Z' and Zz are both hydroxy, or together Z' and Zz form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol,1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol or diethanolamine.
Another preferred embodiment of the present invention is directed to compounds of formula ( 1 a) where A is zero. These compounds possess unexpectedly high potency and selectivity as inhibitors of proteasome function.
A third preferred subgenus of compounds are compounds of formula ( 1 a) where one of R', RZ or R3 corresponds to an amino acid side-chain corresponding to tyrosine or an O-substituted tyrosine derivative, fonmed by reacting the hydroxyl group of the tyrosine side-chain with a compound having a reactive functional group. This subgenus includes compounds having the formula (la), wherein at least one R', RZ or R3 is:
-CHZ
A~
where R9 is one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, wherein the alkyl is optionally substituted with one of C,.~
alkyl, halogen, monohalo (C,~) alkyl, and trifluoromethyl; and wherein said cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl and heteroarylalkyl groups can be optionally substituted with one or two of C,_6 alkyl, C3_8 cycloalkyl, C,_6 alkyl(C3_$)cycloalkyl, CZ_8 alkenyl, Cz_8 alkynyl, cyano, amino, C,_6 alkylamino, di(C,_6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C,_6)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C,_6alkoxy, C~.,oryl, C~,Qaryl(C,_6)alkyl, C~,oaryl(C,_6)alkoxy, hydroxy, C,_6alkylthio, C,~alkylsulfinyl, C,_balkylsulfonyl, C~,oarylthio, C~,oarylsulfinyl, C~.,oarylsulfonyl, C~,oaryl, C,_balkyl(C~,o)aryl, and halo(C~,o)aryl; and A' and A 2 are independently one of hydrogen, C,~alkyl, halogen, monohalo(C,~)alkyl, or trifluoromethyl.
The group -0-R9 is in either the ortho- or para- position, with para-being preferred. The groups A' and Az can be at any remaining positions on the phenyl ring.
It is prefen:ed that R9 is one of C,_galkyl, C3_,ocycloalkyl, C6_,oaryl, C~,oar (C,_6)alkyl, 5- to 10- membered heteroaryl or S- to 10-membered heteroaryl(C,_ 6)alkyl.
Useful values of R9 include benzyl, phenethyl, pyridyl, pyridylmethyl, furanylmethyl pyrrolymethyl, pyrroIidylmethyl, oxazolylmethyl and imidazolylmethyl.
The ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or 5-, 6-, 9- or 10-membered heteroaryl groups of R', R2, R' and RS can be optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C,_6 alkyl, C~8 cycloalkyl, C,_6 alkyl(C3_g)cycloalkyl, CZ_g alkenyl, CZ_g alkynyl, cyano, amino, C,~ alkylamino, di(C,_6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, vitro, carboxy, carbo(C,~)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C,.~ alkoxy, C~,o aryl, C6_,o aryl(C,_6)alkyl, C~,oaryl(C,_6)alkoxy, hydroxy, C,_6 alkylthio, C,_6 alkylsulfinyl, C,_6 alkylsulfonyl, C~.,o arylthio, C~,o arylsulfinyl, C~,o arylsulfonyl, C~.,o aryl, C,_6 alkyl(C~,o)aryl, and halo(C~,o)aryl.
A preferred class of compounds of this embodiment are compounds of formula (la) wherein: A is zero; P is one of R'-C(O~-, R'-SO2 , R'-NH~(O~
or R'-O-C(O~; R' is one of quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, furanyl or pyrrolyl, or when P is R'-C(O}-, R' can also be N-morpholinyl; XZ is -C(O~-NH-; R3 is C,_balkyl; Rz is:
-CH2 ~ ~ ~-R9 A~
where A' and Az are independently one of hydrogen, C,_6 alkyl, halogen, monohalo(C,_6)alkyl or trifluoromethyl; and R9 is one of hydrogen, C ,alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, phenethyl or pyridylmethyl; and Z' and ZZ are both hydroxy, C,_balkoxy, or C~.,oaryloxy, or together Z' and S ZZ form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol or diethanolamine.
Even more preferred are compounds of formula ( I a) wherein: A is zero;
P is 8-quinolinecarbonyl, 8-quinolinesulfonyl, 2-quinoxalinecarbonyl, 2-quinoxalinesulfonyl, 2-pyrazinecarbonyl, 2-pyrazinesulfonyl, 3-pyridinecarbonyl, 3-pyridinesulfonyl, 3-furancarbonyl, 3-furansulfonyl or N-morpholinecarbonyl; XZ is -C(O~-NH-; R3 is isobutyl; RZ is:
-CHZ ~ ~ O-R9 A~
As where A' and Az are independently one of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, chloro, fluoro, or trifluoromethyl; and R9 is one of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, butyl, phenyl, benzyl, phenethyl or pyridylmethyl; and Z' and ZZ are both hydroxy, or together Z' and ZZ form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol,1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol or diethanolamine.
A fourth preferred subgenus of compounds includes compounds of formula ( 1 a) wherein one of the amino acid side-chains, preferably the side-chain defined by R2, is an unnatural amino acid selected from naphthylmethyl, pyridylmethyl and quinolinylmethyl, with quinolinylmethyl being most preferred.
Thus, this subgenus includes compounds of formula (I a), wherein at least one R', Rz or R3 is naphthylmethyl, pyridylmethyl or quinolinylmethyl; provided that the compound is other than isovaleryl-phenylalanine-norvaline-[(naphthylmethyl), (4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane-2-yl)]methylamide or (3-t-butylsulfonyl)propionyl-norvaline-(1-naphthyl, dihydroxyboryl)methylamide.
A fifth preferred subgenus includes compounds of formula ( 1 a) where R, together with R', or with RZ when A is zero, forms a nitrogen containing heterocycle. This subgenus includes compounds having formula ( 1 a), wherein:
R forms together with the adjacent R', or when A is zero, forms together with the adjacent R~, a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having 4-14 ring members, and one or two optional substituents selected from the group consisting of keto, hydroxy, aryl, alkoxy and aryloxy;
when A is 2, the R' that is not adjacent to N-R is one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycle or -CHz R5; and when A is 1 or 2, Rz is one of 1 S hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycle or -CH2 R5, where RS is defined as above.
A preferred class of compounds of this embodiment of the invention are those wherein: A is zero; P is hydrogen; X2 is ~(O)-NH-; and R forms together with the adjacent R2, one of the nitrogen-containing ring systems shown in the above structures; R3 is C,.~alkyl; and Z' and Zz are both hydroxy, C,_balkoxy, or C6_,oaryloxy, or together Z' and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol or diethanolamine. The hydrochloride salts of these compounds are also especially preferred.
Even more preferred are those compounds wherein R forms together with the adjacent R2, a nitrogen-containing ring system having one of the structures shown above; R' is isobutyl; and Z' and Zz are both hydroxy, or together Z' and ZZ form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol or diethanolamine.
Examples of suitable proteasome inhibitors include without limitation the following compounds, as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts and boronate esters thereof:
N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-~3-( 1-naphthyl)-L-alanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(8-quinoline)sulfonyl-~i-( 1-naphthyl)-L-alanine-L-Ieucine boronic acid, N-(2-pyrazine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, L-proline-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(2-quinoline)carbonyl-L-homophenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(3-pyridine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(3-phenylpropionyl)-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N (4-morpholine)carbonyl-(O-benzyl)-L-tyrosine-L-leucine boronic acid, N (4-morpholine)carbonyl-L-tyrosine-L-leucine boronic acid, and N (4-morpholine)carbonyl-[O-(2-pyridylmethyl)]-L-tyrosine-L-leucine boronic acid.
Preferred compounds having formula (2a) include compounds where Y
is one of Rg-C(O}-, R8-SOZ , R$ NH-C(O~ or R8-O-C(O~, and R8 is one of C~.,o aryl, C~,o ar(C,_b)alkyl, or a 5-10 membered heteroaryl, any of which can be optionally substituted, or when P is Rg-C(O~, R8 can also be N-morpholinyl; provided that when Y is R8-C(O}-, then R$ is other than phenyl, benzyl or C,_3 alkyl.
Where R8 is alkyl, it is preferably alkyl of from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or isomers thereof. Additionally, where Rg is alkaryl or aralkyl, the alkyl moiety thereof is also preferably one having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
~y'here R$ is aryl, it is preferably aryl of from 6 to 10 carbon atoms, e.g., phenyl or naphthyl, which may, if desired, be ring substituted. .
Additionally, where Rs is alkaryl, aralkyl, aryloxy, alkaryloxy, or aralkoxy, the aryl moiety w0 96/13266 PCT/US95/14117 thereof is also preferably one having from 5 to 10 carbon atoms. most preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Preferably, the R$ moiety is a saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle, more preferably an isomeric pyridine ring or morpholine ring.
S Y is most preferably one of-.
, ~ , HN , or a w I / I
O
where R° is Cue,, alkyl.
In an additional preferred embodiment of the present invention, the Y
moiety of the proteasome inhibitor of formula (2a) is an isosteric amino acid replacement of formula (3a):
IH II
R~ O (3a) where R' is as defined for formula ( 1 a) above. Useful and preferred values of R' are the same as those defined for formula ( 1 a) above; and P is one of R'-C(O~, R'-SOZ , R'-NH-C(O)-- or R'-O-C(O~, and R' is one of alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, aralkyl, any of which can be optionally substituted, or when Y is R'-C(O}- or R'-SOZ , R' can also be an optionally substituted 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle.
Useful and preferred values of R', when R' is one of alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, aralkyl, any of which are optionally substituted are as defined for formula (la) above. When R' is optionally substituted 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle, preferred and useful values are as defined for heteroaryl, unsaturated and partially saturated heterocycle of the R' of formula ( I a). In this aspect of the invention Y is most preferably:
~N
OJ O
In either embodiment of the compounds of formula (2a), useful and preferred values of R3 are the same as for formula ( 1 a) above.
In formula ( 1 a) and ( I b), X' represents a peptide bond or an isostere that can be used as a peptide bond replacement in the proteasome inhibitors to increase bioavailability and reduce hydrolytic metabolism. As noted above, X' can be one of -C(O)NH-, -CHZ-NH-, -CH(OH~CH(OH?-, -CH(OH)-CHZ-CH(OH~-CHz NH-, -CH=CH-, -C(O~CHZ-, -SOZ-NH-, -SO,-CH2- or -CH(OH)-CHZ C(O}-NH-. Preferably, X' is -C(O~NH-.
Introduction of these X' moieties into the proteasome inhibitors results in the following wherein Rx and Ry have the same definitions as R' and R2, above and P, Z', ZZ and R3 are defined as above for formula ( 1 a).
Rx H O Ra N ,CHI peptide bond NH e~r~n) H
O Ry Rx O R3 I
~CH~ keto methylene isostere N NH B(rX2z) H _, O Ry Rx H O Ra P~N~N NH~CH~B(Z~HZ?) reduced peptide bond H
Rx O Rs p~N NH,CIi~~rHn) hydroxyethylene isostere H
OH Ry Rx OH O R3 PAN NH~cH~~rxn) dihydroxyethylene isostere H
HO Ry Rx ~ Rs p~N N CH~~r~~n) hydroxyethylamine isostere H HO H O
Rx O Ra PAN / NH~CH~~r~) alkene isostere H
N ~cH~ sulfonamide isostere ~N S~H ~NH B(Z~xZl) H il O Ry Rs ~cH~~rxn) sulfone methylene isostere N S NH
H II
O Ry Rx s R
I ~ statine analog H ~ H CHI-II NH-CH-B(Z~)(Z2) OH O
Thus, for example, if Z-Leu-Leu-Leu-B(OH)2 is found to undergo rapid hydrolytic metabolism to produce Z-Leu-OH and H,N-Leu-Leu-B(OH)Z, the hydroxyethylene isostere can be prepared to eliminate this reaction:
H
O"N N v 'N~B(OH)i H II H
O
O O
O_ 'N N~B(OH)Z
H ~H
H / 'O
Another group of compounds of the present invention are aza-peptide isosteres. This is the result of the replacement of the a-carbon atom of an amino acid with a nitrogen atom, e.g., Rx H O 13 ~N N N NH,CH~B(rl~~l H
O Ry wherein Rx represents R', Ry represents R2, P, Z', ZZ and R' are defined as above for formula ( 1 a) and ( 1 b).
When P and R are both H, formula ( 1 ) will exist in equilibrium with a cyclic formula (4), which is considered to be covered by the current invention:
XZ ~CH~B/ Z2 H-N B~-X~ CH-XZ-CH-B(Z~)(~) ~ / ~~_H
R R~ R2 R3 RZ ~CH~ / \ R
A X~-B~
R~
A
(11 (41 The above-described boronic ester and acid compounds include both D
and L peptidyl configurations. However, L configurations are preferred.
The present invention relates to a method for reducing the rate of muscle S protein degradation in a cell comprising contacting the cell with a proteasome inhibitor described above. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method for reducing the rate of loss of muscle mass in an animal comprising contacting cells of the muscle with a proteasome inhibitor described above.
The present invention also relates to a method for reducing the activity of NF-xB in a cell comprising contacting the cell with a proteasome inhibitor described above. More specifically, the present invention also relates to a method for reducing the activity of NF-xB in an animal comprising contacting cells of the animal with a proteasome inhibitor described above.
The present invention also relates to a method for reducing the rate of proteasome-dependent intracellular protein breakdown comprising contacting cells with a proteasome inhibitor described above. More specifically, the present invention also relates to a method for reducing the rate of intracellular protein breakdown in an animal comprising contacting cells of the animal with the proteasome inhibitor described above.
The present invention further relates to a method of reducing the rate of degradation of p53 protein in a cell comprising administering to the cell a proteasome inhibitor described above. More specifically, the present invention further provides a method of reducing the rate of degradation of p53 protein in an animal (preferably, an animal subjected to DNA damaging drugs or radiation) comprising administering to said animal a proteasome inhibitor described above.
The present invention further relates to a method for inhibiting cyclin degradation in a cell comprising contacting said cells with a proteasome inhibitor described above. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method for inhibiting cyclin degradation in an animal comprising contacting cells of said animal with a proteasome inhibitor described above.
The present invention also provides a method for treating cancer, psoriasis, restenosis, or other cell proliferative diseases in a patient comprising administering to the patient a proteasome inhibitor described above.
The present invention also relates to a method for inhibiting antigen presentation in a cell comprising administering to the cell a proteasome inhibitor described above. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method for inhibiting antigen presentation in animal comprising administering to the animal a proteasome inhibitor described above.
The present invention further provides a method for inhibiting inducible NF-xB dependent cell adhesion in an animal comprising administering to said animal a proteasome inhibitor described above.
The present invention also provides a method for inhibiting HIV infection in an animal comprising administering to said animal a proteasome inhibitor described above.
The "animals" referred to herein are preferably mammals. Both terms are intended to include humans.
Preferably, the methods described above deliver the proteasome inhibitor by either contacting cells of the animal with a proteasome inhibitor described above or by administering to the animal a proteasome inhibitor described above.
The compounds of the present invention inhibit the functioning of the proteasome. This proteasome-inhibition activity results in the inhibition or blocking of a variety of intracellular functions. In particular, inhibition of WO 96/13266 PCT/US95/1411?
proteasome function inhibits the activation or processing of transcription factor NF-xB. NF-xB plays a central role in the regulation of a diverse set of genes involved in the immune and inflammatory responses. Inhibition of proteasome function also inhibit the ubiquitination/proteolysis pathway. This pathway catalyzes selective degradation of highly abnormal proteins and short-lived regulatory proteins. The ubiquitination proteolysis pathway also is involved in the processing of internalized cellular or viral antigens into antigenic peptides that bind to MHC-I molecules. Thus, the proteasome inhibitors of the present invention can be used in reducing the activity of the cytosolic ATP-ubiquitin-dependent proteolytic system in a number of cell types.
The inhibitors can be used in vitro or in vivo. They can be administered by any number of known routes, including orally, intravenously, intramuscularly, subcutaneously, intrathecally, topically, and by infusion (Platt et al., U.S.
Patent No. 4,510, 130; Badalamente et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 86:5983-5987 (1989); Staubli et al., Brain Research 444:153-158 (1988)) and will generally be administered in combination with a physiologically acceptable carrier (e.g., physiological saline). The effective quantity of inhibitor given will be determined empirically and will be based on such considerations as the particular inhibitor used, the condition of the individual, and the size and weight of the individual.
It is to be expected that the general end-use application dose range will be about 0.01 to 100 mg per kg per day, preferably 0.1 to 75 mg per kg per day for an effective therapeutic effect.
The present invention relates to a method of inhibiting (reducing or preventing) the accelerated or enhanced proteolysis that occurs in atrophying muscles and is known to be due to activation of a nonlysosomal ATP-requiring process in which ubiquitin plays a critical role.
Inhibition of the ATP-ubiquitin-dependent pathway is a new approach for treating the negative nitrogen balance in catabolic states. This can be effected through use of an inhibitor of the present invention, resulting in reduction of loss of muscle mass in conditions in which it occurs. Excessive protein loss is common in many types of patients, including individuals with sepsis, burns, trauma, many cancers, chronic or systemic infections, neuromotor degenerative disease, such as muscular dystrophy, acidosis, or spinal or nerve injuries. It also occurs in individuals receiving corticosteroids, and those in whom food intake is reduced and/or absorption is compromised. Moreover, inhibitors of the protein breakdown pathway could possibly be valuable in animals, e.g., for combating "shipping fever", which often leads to a major weight loss in cattle or pigs.
The accelerated proteolysis evident in atrophy of skeletal muscles upon denervation or fasting is catalyzed by the nonlysosomal ATP-dependent degradative pathway. It has been shown that in a variety of catabolic states (e.g., denervation, fasting, fever, certain endocrinopathies or metabolic acidosis) muscle wasting is due primarily to accelerated protein breakdown and, in addition, that the increased proteolysis results from activation of the cytosolic ATP-ubiquitin-dependent proteolytic system, which previously had been believed to serve only in the rapid elimination of abnormal proteins and certain short-lived enzymes. The discovery that this pathway is responsible for the accelerated proteolysis in these catabolic states is based on studies in which different proteolytic pathways were blocked or measured selectively in incubated muscles, and the finding of increased mRNA for components of this pathway (e.g., for ubiquitin and proteasome subunits) and increased levels of ubiquitin-protein conjugates in the atrophying muscles. The nonlysosomal ATP-ubiquitin-dependent proteolytic process increases in muscle in these conditions and is responsible for most of the accelerated proteolysis that occurs in atrophying muscles. There is a specific increase in ubiquitin mRNA, induction of mRNA for proteasome and increased ubiquitinated protein content in atrophying muscles that is not seen in non-muscle tissue under the same conditions.
The inhibitors of the present invention can be used to reduce (totally or partially) the nonlysosomal ATP-dependent protein degradation shown to be responsible for most of the increased protein degradation that occurs during fasting, denervation, or disuse (inactivity), steroid therapy, febrile infection, and other conditions.
One approach to testing drug candidates for their ability to inhibit the ATP-ubiquitin-dependent degradative process is to measure proteolysis in cultured cells (Rock, et al., Cell 78:761 (1994)). For example, the degradation of long-lived intracellular proteins can be measured in mouse C2C 12 myoblast cells. Cells are incubated with 35S-methionine for 48 hours to label long-lived proteins and then chased for 2 hours with medium containing unlabeled methionine. After the chase period, the cells are incubated for 4 hours in the presence or absence of the test compound. The amount of protein degradation in the cell can be measured by quantitating the trichloroacetic acid soluble radioactivity released from the pre-labeled proteins into the growth medium (an indicator of intracellular proteolysis).
Inhibitors can also be tested for their ability to reduce muscle wasting in vivo. Urinary excretion of the modified amino acid 3-methyl histidine (3-MH) is probably the most well characterized method for studying myofibrillar protein degradation in vivo (see Young and Munro, Federation Proc. 37:229-2300 (1978)). 3-Methylhistidine is a post-translationally modified amino acid which cannot be reutilized for protein synthesis, and it is only known to occur in actin and myosin. It occurs in actin isolated from all sources, including cytoplasmic actin from many different cell types. It also occurs in the myosin heavy chain of fast-twitch (white, type II) muscle fibers, but it is absent from myosin of cardiac muscle and myosin of slow-twitch (red, type I) muscle fibers. Due to its presence in actin of other tissues than skeletal muscle, other tissues will contribute to urinary 3-MH. Skeletal muscle has been estimated to contribute 38-74% of the urinary 3-MH in normal rats and 79-86% of the urinary 3-MH in rats treated with corticosterone ( I 00 mg/kg/day subcutaneously) for 2-4 days (Millward and Bates, Biochem. J. 214:607-615 (1983); Kayali, et al., Am. J. Physiol. 252:E621-E626 ( 1987)).
High-dose glucocorticoid treatment is used to induce a state of muscle wasting in rats. Treating rats with daily subcutaneous injections of corticosterone ( 100 mg/kg) causes an increase of approximately 2-fold in urinary 3-MH. The increase in excretion of 3-MH is transient, with a peak increase after 2-4 days of treatment and a return to basal values after 6-7 days of treatment (Odedra, et al., Biochem. J. 214:617-627 (1983); Kayali, et al., Am. J. Physiol. 252:E621-E626 ( 1987)). Glucocorticoids have been shown to activate the ATP-ubiquitin-dependent proteolytic pathway in skeletal muscle (Wing and Goldberg, Am. J. Physiol. 264: E668-E676 ( 1993)) and proteasome inhibitors are therefore expected to inhibit the muscle wasting that occurs after glucocorticoid treatment.
The proteasome inhibitors can be administered alone or in combination with another inhibitor or an inhibitor of another pathway (e.g., a lysosomal or Ca+'-dependent pathway) responsible for loss of muscle mass.
Use of proteasome inhibitors as agents that selectively protect normal cells from DNA damage during radiation and chemotl:erapy treatment of tumors The inhibitors of the present invention will block the degradation of the tumor suppressor protein p53. This protein is degraded by the ATP ubiquitin dependent proteolysis by the proteasome (see Scheffner et al., Cell 75:495-505 (1993)).
Studies of p53 knockout mice indicate an important role for p53 in reducing incidence of tumors (Donehower et al., Nature 356:215-221 (1992)).
In normal cells expressing wild type, unmutated p53, the basal levels of p53 are very low due to very rapid degradation of p53 protein. However, expression of p53 protein in normal cells is stimulated in response to radiation and drugs that induce DNA damage (Kastan et al., Cancer Res. 51:6304-6311 (1991)). These induced high levels of wild type, unmutated p53 induce arrest of normal cell proliferation at the GI stage of the cell cycle (Kastan et al., supra;
Kuerbitz, PNAS 89: 7491-7495 (1992)). This arrest of cell proliferation permits repair of damaged DNA. By contrast, in tumor cells expressing mutant forms of p53, DNA damaging drugs or radiation do not induce cell cycle arrest (Kastan et al., supra; Kastan et al., Cell 71:587-597 (1992)). Consequently, tumor cells are selectively damaged by radiation and cytotoxic drugs.
The selective arrest response of normal cells by inducing p53 suggests that enhancing the p53 response can allow the treatment of the tumor with higher/more prolonged tumoricidal doses of radiation or antineoplastic drugs.
The idea that induction of p53 by a non toxic agent as an adjunct to radiotherapy has been reported previously (Lane, Nature 358.' 1 S-16 ( 1992), but a method for reducing it to practice was not described.
The use of proteasome inhibitors provides a method for augmenting the expression of p53 in normal cells by preventing its degradation by the proteasome. An example of this would be the systemic administration of proteasome inhibitor at a sufficient dose to inhibit p53 degradation by the proteasome during the treatment of the tumor with cytotoxic drugs or radiation.
This will prolong and increase the levels of p53 expression in normal cells and will enhance the arrest of normal cell proliferation, reducing their sensitivity to higher doses of radiation or cytotoxic drugs. Administration of proteasome inhibitors would therefore permit exposing the tumor to higher doses of radiation, enhancing the killing of tumor cells. Thus, proteasome inhibitors can be used as adjuvants to therapy with tumoricidal agents, such as radiation and cytotoxic drugs.
Topical application of proteasome inlti6itors to enhance p53 expression in skin The expression of p53 in normal skin is induced by exposure of the skin to UV irradiation, which inhibits DNA replication that is needed for cell division (Maltzman et al.. Mol. Cell. Biol. 4:1689 ( 1984); Hall et al.. Oncogene 8:
(1993)). This protects normal skin from chromosomal DNA damage by allowing time for DNA repair before DNA replication.
Defects in the p53 response pathway, such as seen with Ataxia Telangiectasia, result in increased susceptibility to ionizing radiation-induced skin tumors (Kastan et al., Cell 71:587-597 (1992))., It is well established that exposure of normal individuals increases the risk for many kinds of skin cancers.
This risk can be diminished by UV filtering chemicals in skin creams. Another approach would be to promote the resistance of the DNA in skin cells to UV
damage by the topical application of agents that enhance the skin's expression of p53 in response to UV light. Inhibiting p53 degradation by the topical application of proteasome inhibitors provides a method to enhance the p53 response.
One preferred embodiment of the present invention is the topical application of proteasome inhibitors to reduce the acknowledged risk of skin cancers that results from the treatment of psoriasis using UV light, which is often combined with psoralens or coal tar. Each of these agents can induce DNA
damage.
Use of proteasome inhibitors to reduce the activity of NF-xB
NF-xB exists in an inactive form in the cytoplasm complexed with an inhibitor protein, IxB. In order for the NF-xB to become active and perform its function, it must enter the cell nucleus. It cannot do this, however, until the IxB
portion of the complex is removed, a process referred to by those skilled in the art as the activation of, or processing of, NF-xB. In some diseases, the normal performance of its function by the NF-xB can be detrimental to the health of the patient. For example, as mentioned above, NF-xB is essential for the expression of the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV). Accordingly, a process that would prevent the activation of the NF-xB in patients suffering from such diseases could be therapeutically beneficial. The inhibitors employed in the practice of the present invention are capable of preventing this activation. Thus, blocking NF-xB activity could have important application in various areas of medicine, e.g., inflammation, through the inhibition of expression of inflammatory cytokines and cell adhesion molecules, (ref. Grilli et al., International Review of Cytology 143:
1-62 (1993)) sepsis, AIDS, and the like.
More specifically, the activity ofNF-xB is highly regulated (Grilli et al., International Review of Cytology 143: I-62 (1993); Beg et al., Genes and Development 7:2064-2070 (1993)). NF-xB comprises two subunits, p50 and an additional member of the rel gene family, e.g., p65 (also known as Rel A). In most cells, the p50 and p65 are present in an inactive precursor form in the cytoplasm, bound to IxB. In addition, the p50 subunit of NF-xB is generated by the proteolytic processing of a 105 kD precursor protein NF-xB, (p105), and this processing is also regulated. The sequence of the N-terninal 50 kD portion of p I OS is similar to that of p65 and other members of the rel gene family (the rel homology domain). By contrast, the C-terminal 55 kD of p 1 OS bears a striking resemblance to IxB-a (also known as MAD3). Significantly, unprocessed p105 can associate with p65 and other members of the rel family to form a p65/p105 heterodimer. Processing of p I OS results in the production of p50, which can form the transcriptionally active p50/p65 heterodimer. The C-terminal IxB-a-homologous sequence of p105 is rapidly degraded upon processing.
There is another rel-related protein, NF-xBz (p100), that is similar to p105 in that it, too, is processed to a DNA binding subunit, p52 (Neri et al., Cell 67:1075 (1991); Schmid et al., Nature 352:733 (1991); Bours et al., Molecular and Cellular Biology 12:685 (1992); Mercurio et al., DNA Cell Biology 11:523 (1992)). Many of the structural and regulatory features of p100 are similar to p105. In addition, the p100 protein can also form a heterodimer with p65 and other rel family members.
In summary, the transcriptional activity of heterodimers consisting of p50 and one of the many rel family proteins, such as p65, can be regulated by at least two mechanisms. First, the heterodimers associate with IxB-a to form an inactive ternary cytoplasmic complex. Second, the rel family members associate with p 1 OS and p 100 to form inactive complexes. The ternary complex can be activated by the dissociation and destruction of IxB-a, while the p65/p105 and p65/p 100 heterodimer can be activated by processing p 105 and p 100, respectively.
The dissociation of IxB-a can be induced by a remarkably large number of extracellular signals, such as lipopolysaccharides, phorbol esters, TNF-a, and a variety of cytokines. The IxB-a is then rapidly degraded. Recent studies suggest that p105 and p100 processing can also be induced by at least some of these extracellular signals.
Studies have demonstrated that p 1 OS or a truncated form of p 1 OS (p60Tth) can be processed to p50 in vitro (Fan et al., Nature 354:395-398 (1991)).
Certain of the requirements and characteristics of this in vitro processing reaction (e.g., ATP/Mg'+ dependency) implicated the involvement of the ubiquitin-mediated protein degradation pathway (Goldberg, Eur. J. Biochem. 203:9-23 ( 1992), Hershko et al., Annu. Rev. Biochem. 61:761-807 (1992)).
The proteasome is required for the processing of p105 to p50.
p105/p60T~h proteins are not processed in mammalian cell cytoplasmic extracts depleted of proteasome activity. However, addition of purified 26S proteasomes to these depleted extracts restores the processing activity. Additionally, specific inhibitors of the proteasome block the formation of p50 in mammalian cell extracts and in vivo. Also, mammalian p105 is processed to p50 in Saccharomyces cerevisiae in vivo, and a mutant deficient in the chymotrypsin-like activity of the proteasome showed a significant decrease in p105 processing.
p60Tth is ubiquitinated in vitro and this ubiquitination is a pre-requisite for p 105 processing.
As mentioned above, the C-terminal half of the p105 (p105C') is rapidly degraded during the formation of p50 and the sequence of pl O5C' is remarkably similar to that of IxB. IxB-a is rapidly degraded in response to NF-xB
inducers and this degradation has been shown to be necessary for the activation (Mellits et al., Nucleic Acids Research 21 (22):5059-5066 ( 1993); Henkel et al., Nature 365:182-185 (1993); Beg et al., Molecular and Cellular Biology 13(6):3301-3310 (1993)). IxB-a degradation and the activation of NF-xB are also blocked by inhibitors of proteasome function or ubiquitin conjugation (Palombella et al., Cell 78:773-785 ( 1994)).
Accordingly, the proteasome plays an essential role in the regulation of NF-xB activity. First, the proteasome is required for the processing of p 1 OS
and possibly p100. The degradation of the inhibitory C-terminus can also require the proteasome. Second, the proteasome appears to be required for the degradation of IxB-a in response to extracellular inducers.
The present invention relates to a method for reducing the activity of NF-xB in an animal comprising contacting cells of the animal with inhibitors of proteasome function.
Compounds can be tested for their ability to inhibit the activation of NF-xB by means of a DNA binding assay (Palombella, et al., Cell 78:773 (1994)). Whole-cell extracts are prepared from untreated or TNF-a treated cells that have been pretreated for 1 hour with the test compound. The DNA binding activity of NF-xB is measured by an electrophoretic mobility shift assay using the PRDII probe from the human IFN-~i gene promoter.
As an indirect measure of NF-xB activation, the cell-surface expression of E-selectin, I-CAM-1, and V-CAM-1 on primary human umbilical vein endothelial cells (HUVECs) can be determined by means of a cell surface fluorescent immuno-binding assay. Because E-selectin, I-CAM-1, and V-CAM-1 are under the regulatory control of NF-xB, inhibition of NF-xB activation results in reduced levels of these adhesion molecules on the cell surface.
Compounds can also be tested for their ability to inhibit a delayed-type hypersensitivity response in mice. Contact hypersensitivity is a manifestation of an in vivo T-cell mediated immune response (F~iedmann, Curr. Opinion Immunology, I: 690-693 ( 1989)). Although the exact molecular mechanisms that regulate the cellular interactions and vascular changes involved in the response remain obscure, it is clear that the process is dependent upon the interplay of ' soluble mediators, adhesion molecules, and the cytokine network (Piguet, et al., J. Exp. Med. 173: 673-679 ( 1991 ); Nickoloff, et al. J. Invest. Dermatol.
94:151S-157S (1990)). NF-xB, by mediating events such as the production of cytokines and the induction and utilization of cell-surface adhesion molecules, is a central and coordinating regulator involved in immune responses.
The compounds of formula (lb) or (2b) can be used to treat chronic or acute inflammation that is the result of transplantation rejection, arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, infection, dermatosis, inflammatory bowel disease, asthma, osteoporosis, osteoarthritis and autoimmune disease. Additionally, inflammation associated with psoriasis and restenosis can also be treated.
The term "treatment of inflammation" or "treating inflammation" is intended to include the administration of compounds of the present invention to a subject for purposes which can include prophylaxis, amelioration, prevention or cure of an inflammatory response. Such treatment need not necessarily completely ameliorate the inflammatory response. Further, such treatment can be used in conjunction with other traditional treatments for reducing the inflammatory condition known to those of skill in the art.
The proteasome inhibitors of the invention can be provided as a "preventive" treatment before detection of an inflammatory state, so as to prevent the same from developing in patients at high risk for the same, such as, for example, transplant patients.
In another embodiment, efficacious levels of the proteasome inhibitors of the invention are administered so as to provide therapeutic benefits against the secondary harmful inflammatory effects of inflammation. By an "efficacious level" of a composition of the invention is meant a level at which some relief is afforded to the patient who is the recipient of the treatment. By an "abnormal"
host inflammatory condition is meant an level of inflammation in the subject at a site which exceeds the norm for the healthy medical state of the subject, or exceeds a desired level. By "secondary" tissue damage or toxic effects is meant the tissue damage or toxic effects which occur to otherwise healthy tissues, organs, and the cells therein, due to the presence of an inflammatory response, including as a result of a "primary"inflammatory response elsewhere in the body.
Amounts and regimens for the administration of proteasome inhibitors S and compositions of the invention can be determined readily by those with ordinary skill in the clinical art of treating inflammation-related disorders such as arthritis, tissue injury and tissue rejection. Generally, the dosage of the composition of the invention will vary depending upon considerations such as:
type of pharmaceutical composition employed; age; health; medical conditions being treated; kind of concurrent treatment, if any, frequency of treatment and the nature of the effect desired; extent of tissue damage; gender; duration of the symptoms; and, counter indications, if any, and other variables to be adjusted by the individual physician. A desired dosage can be administered in one or more applications to obtain the desired results. Pharmaceutical compositions containing the proteasome inhibitors of the invention can be provided in unit dosage forms.
Thus, the proteasome inhibitors are useful for treating such conditions as tissue rejection, arthritis, local infections, dermatoses, inflammatory bowel diseases, autoimmune diseases, etc. The proteasome inhibitors of the present invention can be employed to prevent the rejection or inflammation of transplanted tissue or organs of any type, for example, heart, lung, kidney, liver, skin grafts, and tissue grafts.
Compounds of the present invention inhibit the growth of cancer cells.
Thus, the compounds can be employed to treat cancer, psoriasis, restenosis or other cell proliferative diseases in a patient in need thereof.
By the tenm "treatment of cancer" or "treating cancer" is intended description of an activity of compounds of the present invention wherein said activity prevents or alleviates or ameliorates any of the specific phenomena known in the art to be associated with the pathology commonly known as "cancer." The term "cancer" refers to the spectrum of pathological symptoms associated with the initiation or progression, as well as metastasis, of malignant tumors. By the term "tumor" is intended, for the purpose of the present invention, a new growth of tissue in which the multiplication of cells is uncontrolled and progressive. The tumor that is particularly relevant to the invention is the S , malignant tumor, one in which the primary tumor has the properties of invasion or metastasis or which shows a greater degree of anaplasia than do benign tumors.
Thus,"treatment of cancer" or "treating cancer" refers to an activity that prevents, alleviates or ameliorates any of the primary phenomena (initiation, progression, metastasis) or secondary symptoms associated with the disease.
Cancers that are treatable are broadly divided into the categories of carcinoma, lymphoma and sarcoma. Examples of carcinomas that can be treated by the composition of the present invention include, but are not limited to:
adenocarcinoma, acinic cell adenocarcinoma, adrenal cortical carcinomas, alveoli cell carcinoma, anaplastic carcinoma, basaloid carcinoma, basal cell carcinoma, bronchiolar carcinoma, bronchogenic carcinoma, renaladinol carcinoma, embryonal carcinoma, anometroid carcinoma, fibrolamolar liver cell carcinoma, follicular carcinomas, giant cell carcinomas, hepatocellular carcinoma, intraepidermal carcinoma, intraepithelial carcinoma, leptomanigio carcinoma, medullary carcinoma, melanotic carcinoma, menigual carcinoma, mesometonephric carcinoma, oat cell carcinoma, squamal cell carcinoma, sweat gland carcinoma, transitional cell carcinoma, and tubular cell carcinoma.
Sarcomas that can be treated by the composition of the present invention include, but are not limited to: amelioblastic sarcoma, angiolithic sarcoma, botryoid sarcoma, endometrial stroma sarcoma, ewing sarcoma, fascicular sarcoma, giant cell sarcoma, granulositic sarcoma, immunoblastic sarcoma, juxaccordial osteogenic sarcoma, coppices sarcoma, leukocytic sarcoma (leukemia), lymphatic sarcoma (lympho sarcoma), medullary sarcoma, myeloid sarcoma (granulocitic sarcoma), austiogenci sarcoma, periosteal sarcoma, reticulum cell sarcoma (histiocytic lymphoma), round cell sarcoma, spindle cell sarcoma, synovial sarcoma, and telangiectatic audiogenic sarcoma. Lymphomas that can be treated by the composition of the present invention include, but are not limited to:
Hodgkin's disease and lymphocytic lymphomas, such as Burkitt's lymphoma, NPDL, NML, NH and diffuse lymphomas.
The compounds of formulae ( 1 b) and (2b) appear to be particularly useful in treating metastases.
Amounts and regimens for the administration of proteasome inhibitors and compositions of the invention can be determined readily by those with ordinary skill in the clinical art of treating cancer-related disorders such as the primary phenomena (initiation, progression, metastasis) or secondary symptoms associated with the disease. Generally, the dosage of the composition of the invention will vary depending upon considerations such as: type of composition employed; age; health; medical conditions being treated; kind of concurrent treatment, if any, frequency of treatment and the nature of the effect desired;
extent of tissue damage; gender; duration of the symptoms; and, counter I 5 indications, if any, and other variables to be adjusted by the individual physician.
A desired dosage can be administered in one or more applications to obtain the desired results. Pharmaceutical compositions containing the proteasome inhibitors of the invention can be provided in unit dosage forms.
The present invention will now be illustrated by the following examples, which are not intended to be limiting in any way.
Examples Most compounds of formulas ( I a), ( 1 b), (2a) or (2b) were prepared according to the general reaction sequence depicted in Scheme I. RZ and R' are as defined above for formulas (lb) and (2b). PG represents an amino-group-protecting moiety. The general procedures employed for each compound are summarized in Table I, and detailed descriptions of these procedures are provided in the Examples. Syntheses that do not conform to the general reaction sequence are described in full in the Examples. (1S,2S,3R,SS)-Pinanediol leucine boronate trifluoroacetate salt was prepared as previously reported (Kettner, C.A.;
Shenvi, ' A.B. J. Biol. Chem. 259:15106 (1984)). N Protected (Boc-, Cbz-, or Fmoc-) amino acids were commercially available or were prepared from the corresponding free amino acid by standard protection methods, unless otherwise described in the Examples. 1-Ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC), benzotriazol-1-yloxytris(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (BOP reagent), or O-(1H benzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N;N'-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate (TBTU) were employed as coupling reagents (Sheehan, J.C. et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 87:2492 (1965);
Castro, B., et al., Synthesis 11:751 ( 1976); Tetrahedron Lett. 30:1927 ( 1989)).
All compounds were characterized by proton nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. The purity of the products was verified by thin layer chromatography and by high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC).
Scheme I
Rz Me OH .."~Me coupling ac + Me, O
CF'COzH'~ ~O
Rs (2) (3) MeI
....~Me PG= Boc, Cbz, Fmoc Me,, N4kprotection Rz H
N~BwO Me~
P-N ....1!Me H R~ NW otecbon Me O
(5) Rz ~ ., H
~O
H-Boronic acid H
O
Deprolection (4) Rz OH
H I
P-N ~~OH
~H
O Ra (6) Ta ble I
Synth esis of Boronicter and Acid ounds Es Comp Compound Coupling AgentBoronic Acid N-Terminal Deprotection' Protection MG-268 EDC A NaH, MeI
MG-273 EDC A, B RC(O)CI
MG-278 EDC A RC(O)Cl 1$ MG-283 BOP A AcZO
MG-284 -- B RC(O)Cl MG-285 BOP A RC(O)CI
MG-286 EDC A, B RC(O)C1 MG-287 EDC B AczO
MG-288 EDC A RC(O)CI
MG-289 EDC B RS(O)ZC1 MG-290 EDC B AczO
MG-291 EDC B RS(O)ZCI
MG-292 BOP B RC(O)CI
MG-293 TBTU B RC(O)CI
MG-295 BOP B RS(O)zCl MG-296 EDC B RS(O)ZCl MG-297 EDC B RS(O)ZCI
MG-298 EDC B RC(O)CI
MG-299 EDC B RC(O)CI
Boronic Acid N-Terminal Compound Coupling AgentDeprotection'Protection MG-300 EDC B RC(O)C1 MG-301 BOP B Ac20 MG-303 EDC B HCI, ether MG-305 EDC B RC(O)CI
MG-306 TBTU B RC(O)CI
MG-307 TBTU B RC(O)C1 MG-308 TBTU B RC(O)CI
MG-309 TBTU B RC(O)C1 MG-3 I 0 BOP B Ac20 MG-311 BOP B HCI, dioxane MG-312 EDC B RC(O)CI
MG-313 -- B RCOzH, TBTU
MG-314 TBTU B RC(O)CI
MG-315 BOP B RC(O)Cl MG-319 TBTU B .
MG-321 TBTU B RC(O)C 1 MG-322 TBTU B RC(O)Cl MG-323 - B AczO
MG-325 TBTU B RCOZH, TBTU
MG-328 TBTU B RC(O)CI
MG-329 TBTU B RC(O)C1 MG-332 TBTU B NaH, MeI
MG-333 TBTU B NaH, MeI
MG-334 TBTU B NaH; MeI
MG-336 TBTU B RC(O)CI
MG-337 TBTU B HC1, dioxane MG-338 EDC B RC(O)CI-Compound Coupling AgentBoronic Acid N-Terminal Deprotection'Protection MG-339 TBTU B HC1, dioxane MG-340 TBTU B HCI, dioxane MG-341 TBTU B RCOZH, TBTU
MG-342 -- B RNHz, TBTU
MG-343 TBTU B RCOZH, TBTU
MG-344 BOP B AczO
MG-345 EDC B RC(O)Cl MG-346 EDC B RC(O)C1 MG-347 EDC B RS(O)ZCI
MG-348 TBTU B HCI, dioxane MG-349 TBTU B HCI, dioxane MG-350 TBTU B PhCHZNCO
MG-352 TBTU B RCOzH, TBTU
MG-353 TBTU B RC(O)CI
MG-354 BOP B RS(O)ZCI
MG-357 TBTU B HCI, dioxane MG-3 5 8 TBTU B RC(O)C 1 MG-359 TBTU B HCI, dioxane MG-361 TBTU B RCOZH, TBTU
MG-362 -- B PhCH2NC0 MG-363 TBTU B HC1, dioxane MG-364 -- B RCOZH, TBTU
MG-366 TBTU B HCI, dioxane MG-367 -- B RC(O)CI
MG-369 TBTU B HCI, dioxane MG-380 TBTU B RS(O)~C1 I MG-382 TBTU B RCO,H, TBTU
Boronic Acid N-Terminal Compound Coupling AgentDeprotection' Protection MG-383 TBTU B RCOZH, TBTU
MG-385 TBTU B HCI, dioxane MG-386 TBTU B HCI, dioxane MG-387 TBTU B RC(O)Cl ° A = NaI04, NH40Ac, acetone-water; B = i-BuB(OH)2, IN HCI, MeOH-hexane.
See Examples for detailed descriptions of procedures.
Example l: N (4-Morplroline)carbonyl ~i-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine L-leucine boronic acid CMG 273J
A. (1S,2S,3R,SS) Pinanediol N Boc-~i-(1-napl:thyl) L-alanine-L-leucine boronate To a solution of (IS,2S,3R,SS)-pinanediol leucine boronate trifluoroacetate salt (664 mg, 1.76 mmol) and N Boc-~i-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine (555 mg, 1.76 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) at 0°C was added I-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC) (404 mg, 2.11 mmol), I-hydroxybenzotriazole monohydrate (HOBT) (285 mg, 2.11 mmol), and N methylmorpholine (NMM) (0.3 mL, 2.64 mmol). The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stir overnight. The reaction was quenched with water (100 mL), and the mixture was extracted with CHzCIz (4 x 25 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with 5% aqueous HCl and saturated aqueous NaHC03, dried over anhydrous MgS04, filtered, and concentrated to give a yellow oil. Water was added and the resultant gummy precipitate was extracted with ether (3 x 25 mL). The organic layer was dried (anhydrous MgS04), filtered, and concentrated to afford the title compound (202 mg) as a white foam.
B. (IS,2S,3R,SS)-Pinanediol ~i-(I Naphthyl)-L-alanine-L-leucine boronate triJluoroacetate salt To a solution of the product of Example lA (930 mg, 1.38 mmol) in CHZC12 (10 mL) at 0°C was added trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL) and thioanisole (1 mL). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 4 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness and dried in vacuo. The residue was used in the next reaction without further purification.
C. (IS,2S,3R,SS)-Pinanediol N (4-morpl:oline)carbonyl ~3-(I-napl:tlryl)-L-alanine-L-leucine boronate 4-Morpholinecarbonyl chloride (50 mL, 0.42 mmol) and triethylamine (I50 mL, 1.08 mmol) were added to a solution of the product of Example 1B
(0.25 g, 0.36 mmol) in CHzCl2 (6 mL). After 24 h, additional morpholinecarbonyl chloride (50 mL) and triethylamine (150 mL) were added.
After 2 days total reaction time, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, 1 S washed with IN HCl and saturated aqueous NaHC03, dried over MgS04, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (elution with 1:2 EtOAc/hexanes and 4:4: I hexanes/EtOAc/MeOH) afforded the title compound ( 124 mg).
D. N (4-Morpl:oline)carbony! ~i-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine L-leucine boronic acid To a stirred solution of the product of Example 1 C ( 124 mg, 0.21 mmol) _ in acetone ( 10 mL) was added aqueous NH40Ac (0. I N, 5 mL, 1.0 mmol), followed by NaI04 ( I 20 mg, 0.21 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 72 h, and then the acetone was evaporated. The aqueous layer was acidified to pH 3 with 1NHC1 and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL).
The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous MgS04, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (elution with 1:1 hexane/EtOAc, 2:2:1 hexanes/EtOAc/MeOH, and l:l:few drops MeOH:EtOAc:HOAc) to give the title compound (29 mg).
Example 2: N Cbz-L-Leucine-L-leucine boronic acid CMG 274J
A. (IS,2S,3R,SS) Pinanediol N Cbz-L-leucine-L-leucine boronate Benzotriazol-1-yloxytris(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (BOP reagent, 827 mg, 1.87 mmol) was added in one portion to a mixture of (1S,2S,3R,SS)-pinanediol leucine boronate trifluoroacetate salt (595 mg, 1.58 mmol), N Cbz-L-leucine (500 mg, 1.87 mmol) in acetonitrile (30 mL) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction was quenched with brine (50 mL) and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with aqueous 5% HCI, saturated aqueous NaHC03, and saturated aqueous NaCI, and then dried (anhydrous MgS04), filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (elution with 20-30% acetone/hexanes) to afford the title compound (539 mg).
B. N Cbz-L-Leucine-L-leucine boronic acid By a procedure analogous to that described in Example 1 D, the compound of Example 2A above (539 mg) was deprotected by treatment with sodium metaperiodate ( 1.2 g, 5.61 mmol) and aqueous NH40Ac (0.1 N, 10 mL, I .0 mmol) to provide the title compound as a white solid ( 154 mg).
Example 3: ~i-(1 Naphthyl)-L-alanine-L-leucine boronic acid hydrochloride salt CMG 302J and ~3-(1-Naphthyl) L-alanine L-leucine boronic acid CMG 303J
A. (IS,2S,3R,SS) Pinanediol ~i-(I-naphthyl) L-alanine-L-leucine boronate hydrochloride salt To a solution of (1S,2S,3R,SS)-pinanediol ~i-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine-L-leucine boronate trifluoroacetate salt (prepared as described in Example 1B, mg, 0.93 mmol) in ether (2 mL) was added 10 mL of IN HCI. The mixture was sonicated for several minutes. Ether was allowed to slowly evaporate. The resultant crystals were collected, washed with Hz0 and ether, and dried in vacuo to provide the title compound (300 mg).
B. ~i-(1 Naphthyl) L-alanine-L-leucine boronic acid hydrochloride salt; and ~i-(1 Naplrtl:yl)-L-alanine L-leucine boronic acid To the product of Example 3A (290 mg, 0.58 mmol) in a mixture of hexane (4 mL), MeOH (4 mL), and 1N HCl (1.3 mL) was added i-BuB(OH)z (71 mg, 0.70 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 72 h at room temperature.
The MeOH-H20 layer was washed with hexanes, and the MeOH was evaporated.
The aqueous solution was made basic with NaOH and washed with ether-EtOAc ( 1:1 ). The aqueous layer was lyophilized to give 640 mg of a yellow solid.
The solid was dissolved in MeOH, 4NHC1 in 1,4-dioxane was added, and the solution was filtered to remove a white solid. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC (elution with CH3CN-HZO) to afford 45 mg of MG-302 and 10 mg of MG-303.
Example 4 N (4-Morpholine)carbonyl-(O-benzyl)-L-tyrosine-L-leucine boronic acid CMG 306J
A. N-Boc-O-Benzyl L-tyrosine A suspension of O-benzyl-L-tyrosine (3.12 g, 11.5 mmol) in a mixture of 1,4-dioxane ( 14 mL) and water ( 14 mL) was treated, in order, with triethylamine (5.0 mL, 35.9 mmol) and a solution of (Boc)ZO (2.86 g, 13.1 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (12 mL). After 19 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (140 mL) and washed with ether. The aqueous layer was acidified with lNcitric acid (35 mL) and extracted with CHzCIz (2 x 100 mL). Additional citric acid (I
S
mL) was added to the aqueous layer, which was again extracted with CHZCIZ (100 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried (MgS04), filtered, and concentrated to give the crude product (4.5 g), which was used directly in the next reaction.
B. (IS,2S,3R,SS)-Pinanediol N Boc-(O-benzyl) L-tyrosine-L-leucine boronate To a stirred and cold (0°C) solution of (1S,2S,3R,SS)-pinanediol ~i-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine-L-leucine boronate trifluoroacetate salt (prepared as described in Example 1 B, 3.03 g, 7.98 mmol), N Boc-O-benzyl-L-tyrosine (2.97 g, 7.99 mmol), and TBTU (3.35 g, 8.84 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (30 mL) was added by syringe pump, at the rate of 1.9 mL/h, DIEA (4.2 mL, 24.1 mmol).
After the addition was complete, the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature over 30 min, and then it was added dropwise to 30 mL of rapidly stirring water. Additional water was added and the mixture was filtered. The collected solid was dissolved in MeOH, concentrated to near dryness and again added to rapidly stirring water (300 mL). The resultant white solid was collected by suction filtration, washed with water, frozen, and lyophilized to provide the title compound (4.49 g).
C. (1S,2S,3R,SS)-Pinanediol (O-benzyl)-L-tyrosine-L-leucine boronate ' The product of Example 4B (4.47 g, 7.23 mmol) was dissolved in CHZCIz (40 mL) and cooled to 0°C. A solution of4NHC1 in dioxane (40 mL, 0.16 mol) was added and the ieaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h.
Concentration afforded a yellow solid, which was triturated with hexane-ether (1:1, 100 mL). Filtration afforded the title compound (3.65 g) as a pale yellow solid.
D. (1S,2S,3R,SS)-Pinanediol N-(4-morel:oline)carbonyl (O-benzyl)-L-tyrosine-L-leucine boronate By a procedure analogous to that described in Example 1 C, the product of Example 4C (2.53 g, 4.56 mmol) was treated with 4-morpholinecarbonyl chloride (0.75 mL, 6.43 mmol) to provide the title compound (2.35 g) as a pale yellow solid.
E. N (4-morel:oline)carbonyl (O-benZyl)-L-tyrosine-L-leucine boronic acid The product of Example 4D (0.39 g, 0.62 mmol) was deprotected according to the procedure described in Example 3B to provide the title compound ( 146 mg) as a white solid.
Example S: N Methyl-N Cbz-L-leucine-L-leucine boronic acid CMG-268J
A. N Methyl N Cbz-L-leucine To a solution ofN Cbz-leucine (1.38 g, 5.2 mmol) in THF (15 mL) at 0°C
was added methyl iodide (2.5 mL, 40.1 mmol). Sodium hydride (60% dispersion in oil, 0.6 g, 15 mmol) was added cautiously, and the resultant mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (25 mL) and water (2 mL) was added dropwise. The mixture was concentrated to dryness, and the residue was partitioned between ether (1 S
mL) S and water (SO mL). The organic layer was extracted with saturated aqueous NaHC03 (25 mL), and the combined aqueous extracts were acidified to pH 2 with 3N HCI. The product was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 25 mL), dried over MgS04, filtered, and concentrated to afford the title compound (1.41 g) as a yellow solid.
B. (IS,2S,3R,SS)-Pinanediol N metl:y! N Cbz-L-leucine-L-leucine boronate By a procedure analogous to that described in Example 1 A, the product ofExample 5A (85.1 mg, 0.30 mmol) was coupled with (1S,2S,3R,SS)-pinanediol leucine boronate trifluoroacetate salt ( 1 OS mg, 0.28 mmol) in the presence of EDC (64 mg, 0.33 mmol), HOBT (45 mg, 0.33 mmol), and NMM (37 mg, 0.37 mmol) to provide, after purification by flash chromatography (elution with 3:2 hexanes/acetone), the title compound (85 mg).
C. N Methyl-N Cbz-L-leucine L-leucine boronic acid By a procedure analogous to that described in Example 1 D, the product of Example SB (85 mg, 0.16 mmol) was deprotected by treatment with NaI04 (104 mg, 0.485 mmol) and aqueous NH40Ac (O.1N, 5 mL, 0.5 mmol) in 10 mL
of acetone to provide, after purification by flash chromatography (elution with 4:4:2 hexanes/acetone/MeOH), the title compound (21 mg).
Example 6 N-(4-Morpholine)carbonyl-~i-(6-quinolinyl)-D, L-alanine-L-leucine boronic acid CMG 292J
A. ~3-(6-Quinolinyl)-D,L-alanine N Acetyl ~i-(6-quinolinyl)-D,L-alanine ethyl ester (728 mg, 2.55 mmol) was heated at reflux in 6N HCl (20 mL). After 20 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness and the residue was dried in vacuo to provide the title compound, which was used directly in the next reaction.
B. N Boc-~3-(6-Quinolinyl)-D,L-alanine To the crude product of Example 6A in a stirred mixture of 1,4-dioxane ( 10 mL), water ( 10 mL), and 2N NaOH (5 mL) at 0 °C was added di-tert-butyl pyrocarbonate (556 mg, 2.55 mmol). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 23 h, the reaction mixture was acidified to pH 4 and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL) and n-BuOH (3 x 50 mL). The combined extracts were concentrated to provide the title compound, which was used directly in the next reaction.
C. (IS,2S,3R,SS)-Pinanediol N Boc-~i-(6-quinolinyl)-D, L-alanine-L-leucine boronate By a procedure analogous to that described in Example 2A, the product of Example 6B was coupled with (IS,2S,3R,SS)-pinanediol leucine boronate trifluoroacetate salt (943 mg, 2.5 mmol) in the presence of BOP reagent ( 1.33 g, 3 mmol) and triethylamine (0.37 mL, 2.62 mmol) to provide the title compound (343 mg).
D. (IS,2S,3R,SS)-Pinanediol ~i-(6-guinolinyl)-D, L-alanine-L-leucine boronate The product of Example 6C (343 mg, 0.61 mmol) was treated with trifluoroacetic acid (7 mL) and thioanisole (1 mL) in CHZC12 (15 mL) at 0°C, as described in Example 1 B, to provide the title compound.
E. (IS,2S,3R,SS)-Pinanediol N (4-morplzoline) carbonyl ~i-(6-quinolinyl)-D,L-alanine-L-leucine boronate The product of Example 6D was coupled with 4-morpholinecarbonyl chloride (0.14 mL, 1.22 mmol) by a procedure analogous to that described in Example 1 C to produce the title compound ( 112 mg).
F. N-(4-Morpholine)carbonyl-~i-(6-quinolirry l)-D, L-alanine-L-leucine boronate Deprotection of the product of Example 6E (153 mg, 0.27 mmol) was effected according to the procedure described in Example 3B. Purification by 1 S silica gel chromatography (elution with 50:50:10 hexanes/acetone/methanol) afforded the title compound (87 mg). The product was further purified by reverse phase HPLC; S mg of the title compound was recovered.
Example 7: N (4 Morpl:oline)carbonyl ~i-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine-L-leucine metl:ylboronic acid CMG 317J; and N-(4 Morpholine) carbonyl ~i-(1-naphthyl) ~alanine-L-leucine dimetl:ylborane CMG-318J
To a suspension of MG-273 (prepared as described in Example 1, 101.5 mg, 0.23 mmol) in 3 mL of a 2:1 mixture of Et20/CHZC12 was added 1,3-propanediol (20.0 mL, 0.28 mmol). The resultant clear solution was stirred for 30 min at room temperature, and then anhydrous MgSO~ was added. Stirring was continued for an additional 30 min, and then the mixture was filtered through a cotton plug and then through a 0.2 mm PTFE filter. The solution was concentrated, toluene (2 mL) was added, and the mixture was again concentrated to produce a white solid. Anhydrous THF (3 mL) was added, and the resultant solution was cooled to 0°C. MeLi (0.8 mL, 1.12 mmol) was added. After min, the mixture was warmed to room temperature. After 20 min, the light red solution was cooled to 0°C, quenched with a few drops of water, and then diluted with 10 mL of IN HCI. The colorless solution was extracted with CH,C12 (2 x mL), and the combined extract was concentrated to afford a white solid.
Purification by flash chromatography (elution with 2-4% MeOH/CHCl3, followed 10 by 10% MeOH/CHCI3) afforded MG-317 (17.7 mg) and MG-318 (72.1 mg).
Example 8: N Benzy! (3R)-3-dioxyboryl S-methylhexanamide CMG-342J
A. tert-Butyl (3R)-3 ~(1S,2S,3R,SS)-(pinanediyldioxy)borylJ S-metJ:ylJrexanoate A 200-mL round-bottomed flask was charged with anhydrous THF (50 I S mL) and tert-butyl acetate (0.48 mL, 3.56 mmol). The solution was cooled to -78°C under nitrogen, and LDA (I.5 M solution in cyclohexane, 2.2 mL,, 3.3 mmol) was added by syringe over 8 min. The resultant solution was stirred for 10 min, and then a solution of (IS,2S,3R,SS)-pinanediol I-bromo-3-methylbutylboronate (Organometallics 9:3171 (1990)) (1.04 g, 3.15 mmol) in anhydrous THF (15 mL) was added by cannula over 8 min. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stir overnight.
The pale pink solution was concentrated, and the residue was dissolved in 200 mL of ether. The solution was washed with saturated aqueous NH4C1 and saturated aqueous NaCI. Concentration gave a clear orange oil, which was purified by flash chromatography (elution with 2-3% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford the title compound (584 mg).
B. (3R)-3-~(IS,2S,3R,SS)-(pinanediyldioxy)borylJ-S-methylhexanoic acid To a solution of the product of Example 8A (323 mg, 0.89 mmol) in CHZC12 (8 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (2.0 mL, 26 mmol). The resultant mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and dried overnight under high vacuum to produce a dark brown oil (309.3 mg).
C. N Benzyl-(3R)-3-~(IS,2S,3R,SS) pinanediyldioxy)borylJ S-metltylhexanamide To a solution of the product of Example 8B (300 mg, 0.9 mmol) and TBTU (410 mg, 1.08 mmol) in anhydrous acetonitrile (5 mL) was added benzylamine (0.12 mL, 1.10 mmol), followed by diisopropylethylamine (0.50 mL, 2.9 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature, and then was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous NaHC03 and saturated aqueous NaCI.
Concentration gave a dark brown oil, which was purified by flash chromatography (elution with 20% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford the title compound (232 mg) as a clear, colorless oil.
D. N Benzyl (3R)-3-dioxyboryl S-methylhexanamide The product of Example 8C (223 mg, 0.56 mmol) was deprotected according to the procedure described in Example 3B. Purification by flash chromatography (elution with 5% MeOH/CHC13) provided a pale yellow oil, which was dissolved in acetonitrile/MeOH. Water was added and the mixture was lyophilized overnight to produce the title compound (108 mg) as a fluffy white solid.
Example 9: N-Acetyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-isoquinolinecarbonyl L-leucine boronic acid CMG 310J
A. N-Boc-1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3-isoquinolinecarboxylic acid A solution of 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-isoquinolinecarboxylic acid (855 mg, 4.83 mmol), (Boc)z0 (1.37 g, 6.28 mmol), and INNaOH (6 mL) in a mixture of t-BuOH (12 mL) and water (12 mL) was stirred overnight at room temperature.
The reaction mixture was diluted with water (30 mL) and washed with ether-hexanes (1:1, 2 x 25 mL). The organic layer was back-extracted with 10%
NaHC03. The combined aqueous layers were carefully acidified to pH 2-3 and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 30 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with water and saturated aqueous NaCI, dried (MgS04), and concentrated to provide the title compound (1.27 g) as a white solid.
B. (1S,2S,3R,SS)-Pinanediol N Boc-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-uoquinolinecarbonyl L-leucine boronate To a mixture of (1S,2S,3R,SS)-pinanediol-L-leucine boronate trifluoroacetate salt (1.14 g, 3.03 mmol), N Boc-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-isoquinolinecarboxylic acid (762 mg, 2.75 mmol), and BOP reagent (1.34 g, 3.03 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was added, over a period of 2 h, DIEA ( 1.44 mL, 8.25 mmol). The resultant solution was stirred for 1 h after addition was complete. The reaction mixture was poured into water (300 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 75 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with dilute aqueous HCI, half saturated aqueous NaHC03, water, and saturated aqueous NaCI, dried (MgS04), and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (elution with 20% EtOAc-hexanes) to provide the title compound ( 1.04 g) as a white foamy solid.
C. (IS,2S,3R,SS)-Pinanediol 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-isoquinolinecarbonyl L-leucine boronate hydrochloride salt The product of Example 9B (755 mg) was dissolved in CHZCIZ ( 10 mL) and cooled to 0 °C. A solution of 4N HCI in dioxane (8 mL, 0.03 mol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature. Concentration and trituration with ether-hexanes afforded the title compound (565 mg) as an off white solid.
D. (IS,2S,3R,SS)-Pinanediol N acetyl 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-isoquinolinecarbony! L-leucine boronate The product of Example 9C (262 mg, 0.59 mmol) was treated at room temperature with AciO (0.085 mL, 0.89 mmol) and DIEA (0.18 mL, 1.36 mmol) in CHZCIz (S mL). After 24 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with CHZC12 (20 mL), washed with 1NHC1, half saturated NaHC03, and water, dried (Na2S04), and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (elution with EtOAc-hexanes) afforded the title compound (271 mg) as a white foamy solid.
E. N Acetyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-isoquinolinecarbony! L-leucine boronic acid By a procedure analogous to that described in Example 3B, the product of Example 9D (226 mg, 0.49 mmol) was deprotected to provide the title compound (131 mg) as a foamy, oily solid.
Example 10: N-(4 Morpholine)carbonyl-~i-(2-quinolyl)-L-alanine L-leucine boronic acid CMG 31 SJ
A. Diethyl (2-quinolylmethyl)acetamidomalonate To a solution of 2(chloromethyl)quinoline monohydrochloride (5.0 g, 23.4 mmol) and diethyl acetamidomalonate (10.1 g, 46.7 mmol) in EtOH (60 mL) was added sodium methoxide (3.78 g, 70 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 6 h. The reaction mixture was cooled, filtered, and concentrated.
The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (400 mL) and extracted with cold 4N HCI (3 x 150 mL). The aqueous layer was neutralized with 1 ON NaOH and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 200 mL). The combined organic extract was washed with water, dried (anhydrous MgS04), filtered, and concentrated to give the title compound (8.3 g).
B. N-Acetyl-(3-(2-quinolyl)-D,L-alanine etlryl ester To a solution of the product of Example l0A (8 g, 22.3 mmol) in EtOH
( 180 mL) was added 6.1 N NaOH (6.5 mL, 40 mmol). After 2 h, 11.1 N HCl ~(3 .6 mL, 40 mmol) was added, and the reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness.
The residue was suspended in 1,4-dioxane (200 mL) and the mixture was heated at reflux for 90 min. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (elution with 30-50% acetone-hexanes) to provide to title compound (4.3 g).
C. N-Acetyl ~3-(2-quinolyl)-L-alanine The product of Example 1 OB (4.3 g, 1 ~ mmol) was treated with Subtilisin Carlsberg (Sigma, 11.9 units/mg, 30 mg, 357 units) at room temperature in aqueous NaHC03 (0.2M, 120 mL). After 2 h, the reaction mixture was extracted with CHC13 (6 x 100 mL). The aqueous layer was concentrated to dryness to provide the title compound (3.5 g), which contained salts.
D. N-Boc-~3-(Z-Quinolyl)-L-alanine A solution of the product of Example l OC (3.5 g, ca. 7.4 mmol) in 6N HCI
(40 mL) was heated at reflux for 16 h. The solvent was removed and the residue was dried in vacuo.
To this residue was added 1,4-dioxane (20 mL), water (20 mL), and 2N
NaOH (10 mL, 20 mmol). The solution was cooled to 0°C and di-t-butyl pyrocarbonate ( 1.6 g, 7.5 mmol) was added. After 1 h at 0 °C, the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirring was continued for 17 h.
The reaction mixture was extracted with CHZCIz (100 mL) and n-BuOH (4 x 100 mL). The aqueous layer was acidified and again extracted with n-BuOH. The organic extracts were combined and concentrated to provide the title compound ( 1.6 g).
E. (IS,ZS,3R,SS) Pinanediol N Boc-(3-(Z-quinolyl)-L-alanine-L-leucine boronate By a procedure analogous to that described in Example 2A, the product of Example lOD (0.6 g, 1.9 mmol) was coupled with (1S,2S,3R,SS)-pinanediol leucine boronate trifluoroacetate salt (716 mg, 1.9 mmol) in the presence of BOP
reagent (0.84 g, 1.9 mmol) and triethylamine (0.27 mL, 1.9 mmol). Purification by silica gel chromatography (elution with 10-30% acetone-hexanes) afforded the title compound (194 mg). _' F (IS,2S,3R,SS) Pinanediol N-(4-morplroline)carbonyl-~i-(2-quinolyl) L-alanine L.-leucine boronate The product of Example 1 OE ( 194 mg) was treated with trifluoroacetic acid (7 mL) and thioanisole (1 mL) as described in Example 1B. The resultant S product was condensed with 4-morpholinecarbonyl chloride (568 mg, 3.8 mmol) as described in Example 2C. Purification by silica gel chromatography (elution with 20-50% acetone-hexanes) afforded the title compound (367 mg).
C. N (4 Morpholine)carbonyl (3-(2-quinolyl)-L-alanine L-leucine boronic acid The product of Example lOF (367 mg, 0.64 mmol) was deprotected according to the procedure described in Example 3B to provide the title compound (222 mg).
Example Il: N-Boc-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-isoquinotinecarboxylic acid precursor jor tl:e synthesis ojMG 310J
A. 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-1-isoquinolinecarboxylic acid A solution of 1-isoquinolinecarboxylic acid (1.67 g) in glacial acetic acid (25 mL) was hydrogenated at 60 p.s.i. over PtOZ (270 mg). When the reaction was complete, the mixture was filtered through diatomaceous earth (Celite);~'"' washing the solid pad with MeOH, and the filtrate was concentrated to dryness.
The resultant white solid was triturated with cold water and filtered to provide the title compound (775 mg).
B. N-Boc-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-isoquinolinecarboxylic acid The product of Example 11 B (762 mg, 4.3 mmol) was treated with di-tert-butyl pyrocarbonate ( 1.13 g, 5.17 mmol) according to the procedure described in Example 6B to afford the title compound (886 mg), as a foamy white solid.
Example 12: Diethanolamine N (4-morpholine)carbony! ~i-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine-L-leucine boronate CMG-286J
To a solution of N (4-morpholine)carbonyl-~3-( 1-naphthyl)-L-alanine-L-leucine boronic acid (prepared as described in Example 1, 97.4 mg, 0.22 mmol) in CHZC12 (4 mL) was added a solution of diethanolamine (25.5 mg, 0.24 mmol) in EtOAc (1 mL). The resultant solution was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 h. Anhydrous Na2S04 ( 1.5 g) was added and stirring was continued for an additional 0.5 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated, and the crude product was purified by stirring in hot EtOAc (2 mL) and precipitation with 1 S hexanes ( 1 mL). The solid was collected, washed with hexanes, and dried to provide the title compound ( 106 mg).
Example 13: N-~3-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-2(R)-(I-naphthyl)methylJ
propionyl L-leucine boronic acid CMG 324J
A. 1 Napl:thalenecarboxaldehyde To a cold (-78 °C) solution of oxalyl chloride (6.9 mL, 0.079 mol) in dry CHzCl2 (200 mL) was added dropwise dry DMSO (11.2 mL, 0.158 mol). The mixture was stirred for 10 min, and then a solution of 1-naphthalenemethanol ( 10.0 g, 0.063 mol) in dry CHzCIz (40 mL) was added over 15 min. The mixture was stirred for 10 min, and then Et3N (44 mL, 0.316 mol) was added slowly. The 2~ reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 3.5 h, to the pale yellow heterogeneous mixture was added 10% aqueous citric acid (30 mL) and water ( 100 mL). The organic phase was washed with water ( 100 mL) and saturated aqueous NaCI (100 mL), dried (anhydrous MgS04), filtered, and concentrated. Ether-hexane (1:1) was added, and the mixture was filtered.
S Concentration provided a pale orange oil (9.7 g).
B. Ethyl3-(1-naphthyl)propenoate To a solution of the product of Example 12A (9.7 g, 62 mmol) in CHZC12 ( 150 mL) was added at room temperature (carbethoxymethylene) triphenylphosphorane (25 g, 71 mmol). The resultant mixture was stirred for 1.5 h, and the homogeneous yellow solution was then concentrated to dryness.
Ether-hexane ( 1:1 ) was added, the mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to dryness to provide a pale orange oil (15.3 g).
C. Ethyl3-(1-naphthyl)propionate The product of Example 12B ( 15.3 g, 68 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of EtOAc ( 100 mL) and MeOH ( 10 mL) and hydrogenated at 1 atm. over 10% Pd/C (0.5 g). The reaction was continued for 4 days, replacing the catalyst with fresh catalyst several times. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated to provide 13 g of a crude oil.
D. 3-(1 Naphthyl)propionic acid To a solution of the product of Example 12C (13 g) in a mixture of THF
( 100 mL) and water (25 mL) was added 1 N NaOH (75 mL, 75 mmol). The brown reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The THF was removed. and the aqueous layer was washed with ether (2 x 50 mL): The aqueous w0 96/13266 PCT/US95/14117 layer was acidified to pH 2 with 6N HCl and the precipitated solid was collected, washed with water (100 mL), and lyophilized to give 9.3 g of a pale yellow solid.
E. 3-(I Naphthyl)propionyl chloride To a suspension of the product of Example 12D (4.0 g, 20 mmol) in CHzCl2 (25 mL) at 0 °C was added oxalyl chloride ( 1.9 mL, 22 mmol) and DMF
(0.1 mL). The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and then heated with a heat gun. Additional oxalyl chloride (0.5 mL) was added and heating was continued to produce a dark homogeneous mixture. The reaction mixture was concentrated, the residue was redissolved in CHzCIz-hexane, and the resultant solution was filtered. Concentration afforded 4.9 g of a green liquid.
F. 4(S)-Isopropyl 3 ~3-(I-naphthyl)-1-oxopropylJ Z-oxazolidinone To a solution of (4S')-(-)-4-isopropyl-2-oxazolidinone (2.32 g, 18 mmol) in dry THF (50 mL) at -78°C was added dropwise n-BuLi (2.SMin hexanes, mL, 20 mmol). The heterogeneous white mixture was stirred at -78°C for min, and then a solution of the product of Example 12E (4.9 g, 20 mmol) in dry THF (25 mL) was added dropwise over 15-20 min. After 1.5 h, the reaction was quenched by the addition of 1N HCl (25 mL) and saturated aqueous NaCI (25 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min, and then the THF
was removed by rotary evaporation. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc, and the combined organic extract was dried (anhydrous MgS04), filtered, and concentrated. The residue was filtered through a pad of silica gel (elution with 20% EtOAc-hexanes) to provide 2.8 g of a pale pink solid.
G. 3-~3-Benzyloxycarbonyl-2(R)-~(1-naphthyl)methylJ-1-oxopropylJ-4(S)-isopropyl-2-oxazolidinone To a solution of 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexamethyldisilazane (0.75 mL, 3.5 mmol) in dry THF (10 mL) at 0°C was added n-BuLi (2.SMin hexanes, 1.45 mL, 3.6 mmol). After 10 min, the mixture was cooled to -78°C and a solution of the product of Example 12F ( 1.0 g, 3.2 mmol) in dry THF (8 mL) was added dropwise. After 30-40 min, benzyl bromoacetate (0.75 mL, 4.8 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at -78°C for 1 h, and at 0°C for 5-10 min. The reaction was quenched by the addition of INHCI (10 mL), and the solution was extracted with ether. The combined organic extract was washed with saturated aqueous NaHC03 and saturated aqueous NaCI, dried anhydrous MgS04), filtered and concentrated. The wet solid was triturated with hexane-ether ( 1:1 ), filtered, and dried to give the title compound (0.6 g) as a white solid.
H. 3 ~2(R)-(1-naphtl:yl)methylJ 3 ~4(S)-isopropyl-2-oxazolidinoylJ
propanoic acid To the product of Example 12G (600 mg, 1.3 mmol) was added MeOH
( 15 mL), EtOH ( 15 mL), EtOAc (5 mL), and CHZC12 (5 mL), followed by I 0%
Pd/C ( 100 mg). The reaction mixture was hydrogenated under 1 atm. H2. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated. The residue was triturated with ether-hexanes, the solvents were removed, and the resultant white solid was dried in vacuo to give 480 mg of the title compound.
I. 4(S)-Isopropyl-3 ~4-morpholino-2(R)-(1-naphthyl)methyl 1,4-dioxobutylJ 2-oxazolidinone To a solution of the product of Example 12H (473 mg, I .28 mmol) in dry THF (25 mL) at 0°C was added dropwise under nitrogen morpholine (130 mL, 1.47 mmol). diethyl pyrocarbonate (240 mL, 1.47 mmol), and triethylamine (220 mL, 1.6 mmol). After 2 h, the solvent was removed in vacuo, and the residue was washed with water and extracted with ether-EtOAc (1:1 ). The combined organic extract was dried (anhydrous MgS04), filtered, and concentrated. The residue was triturated with EtOAc-hexanes to provide the title compound (410 mg).
S J. 3-(4-morpholine)carbonyll(R)-(1-naphthyl)methyl propionic acid To a solution of the product of Example 12I (400 mg, 0.913 mmol) in a mixture of THF (8 mL) and water (2 mL) at 0°C was added LiOH (80 mg, 1.9 mmol). The reaction mixture was stored at 0°C overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated to remove THF, 1 N NaOH (20 mL) was added, and the mixture was washed with CHZC12 (15 mL). The aqueous layer was acidified to pH 2 with 1N HCl and extracted with CHZC12. The combined organic extract was dried (anhydrous MgS04), filtered, and concentrated. The residue was triturated with ether-hexanes, and the solvents were removed in vacuo to provide the crude I 5 product (240 mg) as a white foam.
K. (IS,1S,3R,SS) PinanediolN ~3-(4 morpholine)carbonyl 2(R)-(1-naphthyl)metl:ylJpropionyl L-leucine boronate To a solution of the product of Example 12J (230 mg, 0.7 mmol) in DMF
(8 mL) at 0°C was added (1S,2S,3R,SS)-pinanediol leucine boronate trifluoroacetate salt (293 mg, 0.77 mmol) and TBTU (293 mg, (0.77 mmol). To the resultant mixture was added slowly over 1.5 h diisopropylethylamine (365 mL, 2.1 mmol). After addition was complete, the reaction mixture was stirred for min. Water (100 mL) was added, and the precipitated solid was collected, - washed with water (SO mL), and lyophilized to provide the title compound (300 25 mg).
L. N-~3-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-2(R)-(1-naphthyl)methylJ
propionyl-L-leucine boronic acid By a procedure analogous to that described in Example 3B, the product of Example 12K (300 mg, 0.522 mmol) was deprotected to provide the title compound (150 mg).
Example 14: traps-4-Phenoxy-L proline-L-leucine boronic acid CMG-349J
A. N Carbobenzyloxy-traps-4-ltydroxy-L proline According to the literature procedure (J. Am. Chem. Soc. 189 (1957)), traps-4-hydroxy-L-proline (5.12 g, 0.039 mol) was treated with benzyl chloroformate (8.5 mL, 0.06 mol) to provide the title compound (6.0 g) as a white solid.
B. N Carbobenzyloxy-traps-4-hydroxy L proline methyl ester To a solution of the product of Example 13A (1.08 g, 3.75 mmoi) in acetonitrile (4 mL) at 0°C was added dropwise DBU (0.62 mL, 4.12 mmol).
After 5 min, MeI (0.28 mL, 4.5 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stir overnight. The solvent was removed, the residue was dissolved in ether-EtOAc (1:1, 30 mL), and the resultant solution was washed with INHCI, dilute aqueous NaHC03, water, and saturated aqueous NaCI. The organic layer was dried (anhydrous MgS04) and concentrated to provide the title compound (822 mg) as a light yellow oil.
C. N Carbobenzyloxy-traps-4 phenoxy-L proline methyl ester To a mixture of the product of Example 13B (495 mg, 1.71 mmol), phenol (193 mg, 2.05 mmol), and triphenylphosphine (537 mg, 2.05 mmol) in THF (7 mL) at 0°C was added over 1 h diethyl azodicarboxylate (0.32 mL, 2.05 mmol).
S The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stir overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated, and the residue was dissolved in ether (8 mL) and allowed to stand at 0°C overnight. The solution was decanted and the solids were washed with cold ether. The ethereal solution was concentrated, and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (elution with 10-30% EtOAc-hexanes) to provide the title compound (295 mg).
D. N Carbobenzyloxy-traps-4 phenoxy-L proline The product of Example 13C (285 mg, 0.79 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of O.SNaqueous LiOH (20 mL) and MeOH (10 mL), and the resultant solution was stirred at room temperature overnight. The MeOH was removed in vacuo, and the aqueous layer was washed with ether (2 x 20 mL). The aqueous layer was cooled, acidified with 3N HCI, and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL).
The combined organic extract was washed with water and saturated aqueous NaCI, dried (anhydrous MgS04), filtered, and concentrated to provide the title compound (251 mg) as a light yellow solid.
E. (1S,2S,3R,SS) pinanediol N Carbobenzyloxy-traps-4 phenoxy-L proline-L-leucine boronate By a procedure analogous to that described in Example 12K, the product of Example 13D (250 mg, 0.72 mmol) was coupled with (1S,2S,3R,SS)-pinanediol leucine boronate trifluoroacetate salt (300 mg, 0.79 mmol) in the presence of TBTU (302 mg, 0.79 mmol) to provide the title compound (355 mg) as a white solid.
F. (IS,2S,3R,SS) pinanediol traps-4 phenoxy-L proline L-leucine boronate The product of Example 13E (343 mg) was hydrogenated for 20 h at 1 atm. over 10% Pd/C (45 mg) in EtOH (3 mL). The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and concentrated to provide the title compound (272 mg).
G. traps-4-Phenoxy L proline-L-leucine boronic acid By a procedure analogous to that described in Example 3B, the product of Example 13F (270 mg, 0.6 mmol) was deprotected to provide the title compound ( 130 mg) as a white solid.
Example IS: ~(3S,SR)-4 ~(8-quinolinesuljonyl)aminoJ 3-hydroxy-S-(1-naphthyl)pentanoylJ-L-leucine boronic acid A. (4S,SS)-1-Boc-4-Irydroxy-S-(1-naphthyl) pyrrolidin-2-one To a solution of N Boc-~3-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine (1.4 g, 4.44 mmol), 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxane-4,6-dione (704 mg, 4.88 mmol), and 4-DMAP (1.25 g, 10.21 mmol) in CHZCIZ (40 mL) at 0°C was added isopropenyl chlorofonmate (0.53 mL, 4.8 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h at 0°C
and for 2 h at room temperature. The reaction was quenched by the addition of aqueous KHS04. The organic layer was washed with water, dried (anhydrous MgS04), filtered, and concentrated. The residue was suspended in EtOAc (30 mL) and heated at reflux for 2 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo.
The residue was dissolved in CHzCl2-HOAc (10:1, 30 mL), and sodium borohydride (310 mg. 8.21 mmol) was added at 0°C. The mixture was stirred for 1 h at 0°C and for 15 h at room temperature. Water was added, and the organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous NaCI, dried (anhydrous MgS04), filtered, and concentrated. Purification by silica gel chromatography (elution with 20-30% acetone-hexanes) afforded the title compound ( 1.24 g).
B. (3S,SR)-4-(tert-butyloxycarbony!)amino-3-I:ydroxy-S-(1-napl:tl:yl)pentanoic acid The product of Example 14B (1.24 g, 3.64 mmol) was dissolved in acetone ( 15 mL) and aqueous NaOH ( 1 M, 4 mL, 4 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The mixture was acidified with 10% HCl and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 60 mL). The combined organic extract was washed with water, dried (anhydrous MgS04), filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (elution with 30-50% acetone-hexanes and 70:30:10 hexane:acetone:methanol) to give the title compound (0.61 g).
C. (IS,2S,3R,SS) Pinanediol ~(3S,SR)-4-(tert butyloxycarbonyl) amino-3-l:ydroxy-S-(I-nap!:thyl)pentanoylJ L-leucine boronate By a procedure analogous to that described in Example 2, the product of Example 14B (395 mg, 1.1 mmol) was coupled with (1S,2S,3R,SS)-pinanediol leucine boronate trifluoroacetate salt (415 mg, 1.1 mol) in the presence of BOP
reagent (487 mg, 1.1 mmol) to afford the title compound (261 mg).
D. (IS,2S,3R,SS)-Pinanediol ~(3S,SR)-4 (8-quinolinesulfonyl) amino-3-I:ydroxy-S-(1-napltthyl)pentanoylJ L-leucine boronate The product of Example 14C (261 mg, 0.43 mmol) was dissolved in CH~CI, (10 mL) and treated at 0°C with trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL) and 2~ thioanisole ( 1 mL). After 2 h, solvents were evaporated.
The residue was dissolved in CHzCl2 ( 10 mL) and cooled to 0 °C.
8-Quinolinesulfonyl chloride (98 mg, 0.43 mmol) and triethylamine (0.12 mL, 0.86 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0°C for 1 h and at room temperature for 15 h. The solvents were removed, water was added, and the product was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic extract was washed with saturated aqueous NaHC03 and saturated aqueous NaCI, dried (anhydrous MgS04), and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (elution with 20-50% EtOAc-hexanes) to provide the title compound ( 152 mg).
E. ~(3S,SR)-4-(8-quinolinesulfonyl)amino-3-hydroxy-S-(1-napl:tl:yl)pentanoylJ L-leucine boronic acid The product of Example 14D (152 mg, 0.22 mmol) was deprotected according to the procedure described in Example 3B to provide the title compound (12.7 mg).
Example 16: cis-3 Phenyl D,L proline L-leucine boronic acid hydrocl:loride salt CMG 3S9J
A. Dietlryl 1-acetyl-4 phenyl 2 pyrrolidinol S,S-dicarboxylate Sodium spheres (washed 3 x with hexanes and dried in vacuo; 0.13 g, 5.7 mmol) were added to a solution of diethyl acetimidomalonate (12.2 g, 56.1 mmol) in absolute EtOH under nitrogen. After the sodium had dissolved, the solution was cooled in an ice bath and cinnamaldehyde (7.8 mL, 61.7 mmol) was added dropwise. The bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The solution was adjusted to pH 4 with acetic acid (~ 3 mL). Solvents were evaporated and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (elution with EtOAc) to give a yellow solid, which was recrystallized (benzene-hexane) to provide the title compound ( 14.1 g) as a white solid.
B. Diethyll-acetyl 3 phenylpyrrolidine-2,2-dicarboxylate Trifluoroacetic acid ( 15.4 mL) was added slowly over 15 min to a solution of the product of Example I SA (7.0 g, 20.1 mmol) and triethylsilane (4.9 mL, 30.8 mmol) in CHCl3 (40 mL). After 3 h, the solvents were evaporated and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc (150 mL), washed with water, 5% aqueous NaHC03, and saturated aqueous NaCI, dried (anhydrous MgSO ~ and concentrated to give 5.9 g of a colorless oil.
C. N Acetyl 3 phenylproline etl:yl ester The product of Example 15B (5.9 g) was dissolved in O.SNNaOH (200 mL) and the resultant solution was stirred at room temperature for 21 h. The solution was washed with EtOAc (75 mL) and then acidified to pH 2 with 3N
HCI. The precipitated solids were extracted with CHC13. The organic layer was concentrated to give a gummy residue, which was dissolved in toluene (70 mL) and heated at 75 °C for 1 h. The solvent was evaporated to provide the title compound (4.2 g) as a light yellow oil.
D. N Acetyl-traps-3 phenyl D,L proline; and N acetyl cis-3-pl:enyl D,L proline etl:yl ester The product of Example ISC (4.2 g, 16 mmol) was dissolved IMNaOEt in EtOH ( 100 mL) which contained 2 mL of ethyl trifluoroacetate as a water scavenger, and the resultant solution was heated at reflux for 2 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. water (65 mL) was added, and the solution was stirred for 2.~ h. Most of the EtOH was removed by rotary _77_ evaporation and the aqueous solution was extracted with CHzCl2. The aqueous layer was acidified with 3N HCl and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extract was washed with water and saturated aqueous NaCI, dried (anhydrous MgS04), and concentrated. The orange gummy solid was triturated with ether to provide . a yellow solid, which was recrystallized (EtOAc-MeOH) to provide the acid (1.91 g) as light yellow crystals. Concentration of the CHZCIz extracts afforded the ester (396 mg) as an orange oil.
E. cis-3-Phenyl D,L proline hydrocl:loride salt The ester obtained in Example 15D (375 mg) was hydrolyzed by heating at reflux in 6N HCI (5 mL) for 17 h. The cooled reaction mixture was washed with EtOAc and the aqueous layer was concentrated to dryness.
Recrystallization (MeOH-ether) afforded the title compound (201 mg).
F. N Boc-cis-3-Phenyl D,L proline The product of Example 15E (189 mg, 0.84 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of 2N NaOH (3 mL) and 1,4-dioxane (3 mL). tert-Butyl pyrocarbonate (218 mg, 1.0 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. Dioxane was removed by rotary evaporation, water (30 mL) was added, and the mixture was washed with EtOAc. The aqueous phase was cooled to 0°C, acidified with 3N HCI, and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water and saturated aqueous NaCI, dried (anhydrous MgS04), and concentrated to give the title compound (199 mg).
_78_ G. (IS,2S,3R,SS)-Pinanediol N Boc-cu-3 phenyl D,L proline L-leucine boronate By a procedure analogous to that described in Example 4B, the product of Example 15F (192 mg, 0.66 mmol) was coupled with (1S,2S,3R,SS)pinanediol leucine boronate trifluoroacetate salt (274 mg, 0.73 mmol) in the presence of TBTU (277 mg, 0.73 mmol) to provide the title compound (286 mg).
H. cu-3 Phenyl D,L proline-L-leucine boronic acid I:ydrocl:loride salt The product of Example 15G (262 mg) was dissolved in CHZCIz (5 mL) and treated at 0 °C with 4N HCl-dioxane (4 mL). After 2 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness, and the residue was treated with isobutylboronic acid (66 mg, 0.64 mmol) according to the procedure described in Example 3B to provide the title compound (71 mg) as a white solid.
Example 17: tram-3-Phenyl D,L proline-L-leucine boronic acid Irydrochloride salt CMG-363J
A. N Boc-traps-3-Pl:enyl L proline By a procedure analogous to that described in Example lA, N acetyl-traps-3-phenyl-D,L-proline (prepared as described in Example 15D; 1.5 g, 6.44 mmol) was coupled with (S)-a-methylbenzylamine (0.92 mL, 7.08 mmol) in the presence of EDC (1.26 g, 7.08 mmol) and HOBT 9956 mg, 7.08 mmol). The diastereomeric products were separated by flash chromatography (elution with 1.5-2.5% HOAc-EtOAc). Fractions corresponding to the slower eluting band were concentrated to provide a clear, colorless oil (913 mg).
The oil (900 mg, 2.68 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of HOAc (7 mL) 2~ and 8N HCl and the mixture was heated at reflux for 18 h. The mixture was concentrated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in water (30 mL), washed with EtOAc, and again concentrated to dryness.
The residue was redissolved in 1:1 water-1,4-dioxane (15 mL) and treated with tert-butyl pyrocarbonate ( 1.13 g, 5.20 mmol) by a procedure analogous to that described in Example 15F to provide the title compound (574 mg) as a white solid.
B. traps-3-Phenyl L proline-L-leucine boronic acid hydrochloride salt By procedures analogous to those described in Examples 15G-H, the product of Example 16A (332 mg, 1.14 mmol) was coupled with (1S,2S,3R,SS)-pinanediol leucine boronate trifluoroacetate salt (452 mg, 1.20 mmol) anc~ deprotected to provide the title compound (101 mg) as a white solid.
Example 18: Kinetic experiments Table II summarizes results from kinetic experiments that measured the inhibition of the 20S proteasome by compounds having the formula of compound ( 1 ) or (2). P, AA', AA2, AA3, and Z' and ZZ represent the structures present on formula ( 1 ) or (2). The protocol for the kinetic assay described in Tables II-V is as described in Rock et al., Cell 78: 761-771 (1994). In these tables, K;
values are reported, which are dissociation constants for the equilibrium that is established when enzyme and inhibitor interact to form the enzyme:inhibitor complex. The reactions were performed using SDS-activated 20S proteasome from rabbit muscle. The substrate used was Suc-LLVY-AMC.
O ~ p ~ 00 ~ O
O D ~ _ O~ O M O Q _ N O
O O O M O
", O O O
N w -v w N ~ ~ ~ ~ x x x Z x T x x a O y y O O O O O O O O
C
o c c a c o c a a c ~ c c V ~ ~ ~ ~ a a ~ .~ ~ .. .~ ~ ~ . ~
v .~
- .:~..~.~ .:a.a ,~ .:aa .:~.~ .a ..:~
a d c ' N
W
N
I
o ~
pa d ~ ~ ~ ~ N
_. ' H er ~ a .~ z ~ z .,-z .~ .~ z d s d ~ ~ ~ a ~ a o .~ .~ .a ,~ .a O
w a.
a o ..a~ , , , , , , , N
O
.O
v w.
O
C
O
.
.
.
... a :~
H
s s ~ p N N N N N N N N N
U U U U U U U ~ U ~ U d c N ~ I~ 00 O N M ~ 00 N M
O ~p ~p ~p ~p ~O t~ I~ I~ I~ n 00 00 d N N N N N N N N N N N N
O i ~ i i ~ i ~ i V
°yr, yn o0 x N O ~ N d ~ N O
r. M O O I~ ~O ~1 O ~D
t °c °c .= ~: s = ~ ,~ .= ~ ~ = r:
O O :~ .~ O O O O ~ ~~ O
V
n d' ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ N
..7 1 ...7 ~.7 ~-~ .a ...7 ~ ~.7 j ,.~ ,.~ J D ..a .~ ..~ ~7 z Q ~-/ ~''~ o Q
~x eC td O M M O
~r ~r z z z z Q
a ,U
a s s s s n, a a Q ~ ~ a w0 l~ oo Ov O ~ N
pp pp o0 00 00 Ov Ov D\
N N N N N N N N N
O ~ V V V V ~ V V V
I U
O ~ 00 t~ ~ ~ f1 M l!1O~ N ~ M ~ N N
M O O ~ N V1 I~ 00 N ~n O O O n M O O O O O
N
N N N N N N N N N
N N N N N N N n /1 /~ /1 /1 ~ ~1 /~ /1 I~
/1 ~ /1 /1 ~1 ~ /1 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 V ~ v 'r ~ ~r ~r ~ 'r ~r ~r ~r ~r ~r ~r ~ ~
v n a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a Q
Q a~ ~ a~ a~ a~ a~ v a~ n~ a~ a~ a~ a~ a~ a~ a~ n~
,~ .-7,~ .~ ,~ ,~ ,~ ~.7,~ ~ .a .a ~.7 , , , , , , , , , ~ , , ~ ~ ~ ,~ ,..7..7r.7.a .a .~ ..7, Ll .~ .~ .~ .~ .a .~
b >, N N
C
N
m io ~ e~
z z v H z z z z ~. ~- z z z , , , , , , , , , , , o , a a .a ~ .~ a ~ a ~ a A
.a Q
a , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ~, , , ~
, , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ., O
'.
U
a C
.
v~ U ~
, , x _ _ _ s s o, n. s c. s - U
~ o ~ 0 o N a a ~ ~ ~ o 0 0 0 x ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ a x -~ a ~
__ M y vG I~ 00 O~ O N M ~f ~n ~O I~ oo O~
! p~ ~ Ov Ov p~ Cv Cv O O O O O O O O O O
d i N N N N N N N M M M M M M M M M M
, , , , , , , , , , , , , i , i i O C7 C7 C7 C~ C7 C7 C7 C7 C7 C7 C7 L7 C7 L7 C~ C7 C7 V
$3 N
M N O
x ~ ~C ~ O N N
N
,= .: V ,=
O O O O O O O U
.r .r .. .. ... '. .r .r ...a ..~ ...7 ..7 a ~ , i ~7 ,~ ..:7 ,.a ,~ ,..a \
o -\ o Q \ /z Q \ zx / \ ix zx '"~/.. ~a z z a ; a Q
; ; ; ; ; , , a O
V O
U
>, i. _ s ~ ~~ s U s .
a _ o ~ o o' Q ~ a. ~ ~ z p O N M ~ V1 ~p ~ pp M M M M M M M M
..
_C
O O N 00 N N O O s N O
N O
N
N
N N N N N N N N N N N
/~ I1 r1 ~ ~ n /1 /1 ~ /1 /1 x x x x x x x x x x x x ~ 'r ~ v, v v v ~r v 'r n a~ s a v ar a> a~ ai a~ a~ n~ a~
...ao. ...~..a,.~ ...a,.a..a.a ..~
a .a .:~i .:~ .:~,~ .:~,~ .:~,5 .5 N
Q
Q
s s 0. 0.
O O
z s s z z z z z . ; ; .:~.~ ,5 ,.a..:,..'.,.:~
i Q
Q
., , O
..
a n p v ..t.~ ~ v U >, ' i< .~ v 'r U
~ '3 0 ~
S a. n. x ' O O ~ '--O N ~, .a a.
x ~ ~ Q ~ CG U U x x O~ ~~ N M et v1 00 O~ N M rf ~O
N N N N N N N M M M M
M M M M M M M M M M M M
i ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ i i ~
C7 C~ C7 C7 t7 C7 C7 C7 C7 C7 C7 C~
V
~
N v O O
O
,,PTO ~~ ~O
V O Cv N
_N _N N _N N _N
x x ~ x . x x O O O O O O
.. .r .~ .r .r ..., Q
7 ~7 O "", Q
z= O O
... Z=
z a.
Z O p"
..7 J
Q
Q
' ' , ~ , ; , , .
a O
O
U ~,.
_ ,=, _ U
U ~~ U ~
d x ~' c.
Z ~ Z
c p t~ 00 Ov O .-.
M M M ~t M M M M M M
~6 ..
N ~G
_ n O ~ O N N
N
_N _N _N _N _N _N
Z ~ Z ~ ~ Z
O O O O O O
.. .. .r .r .....r a .~ ~ .a , , a N
0. 0.,p.
, a, , , , p ~ ~ ~ Z
, , , , Q
Q
, , , , , , , , , , , , v G. .-, U N
O ~ O
U
X ' c .
~ T
a , Q ~ U .~ Z
c M ~ V1 ~D I~ 00 c ~ ~ ~ ~ v M M M M M M
O C7 O C7 O V C~
U
o ~, tV '~ h ~!1 00 N o0 .-. O tn G O N
H
N
Z . Z
O O O O O O
~r v ~r v ~r n Q ~ d ~ ~ p ,.~ ,..~ .~ r.~
, O
O
x Q zx / ~ / ",.p / ~ ~ zx a , a a a Q
Q
l O
zx O
v v a" V O
U U
x ~ = a T ~ c~. GA °.r a O Ov O ~~ N M ct G ~ N N v1 wo O V V V V V V
V
..
N ~ '~t x M
O N O V1 O ~C
N
N
N N N N N N
N z ~ z z z z .r ~ .r Q
.a , , , o \ / o Q
Q
zx ~ z x a a~ a~
t s c4 cs. n.
, , , a ~ a Q
Q
, , , , , , , , , , , ~ '1 \zx a 0 0.. U U
, , .. ~
U ~ U v ~ \
T
N Gt, G.
, ~ , U Z ~ Z
a p ~C I~ 00 C~ ~ N
d ~ N
M M M M M M
O
U
v1 O N N
x yn ~j vC .~ ~t O:
M V vi N ~ O
N
.= .:
O . O O O O O O
.... ... .r .r .r .r ....
Q
Q
..a ~ ..a .a ..a ...~ a O O
Q
s:
Z= Z=
Z=
~, w s ' ,-.~ ,.:~ .a Q
Q
..
N
v O
_ >, _ U v_~ U
U ~ U N U
c Z p.~', x a 0.
~ °' Z a. ~ ~ Z
c G ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ o°o oNo ,. M M M M M M M
O v N _ x ~ M N
O N C~
N
N
O O O
'. .. ...
Q
J
O
_ ~ x, z x \ j z s ''°x w o_ a Q
a a O
v U _ _ L U U
Z
z x O M ~n ~D
M M M
O
U
II 0.
~
O
N .C
O C
aII v y o N , N
: ' c ~, .
>
x , 0.
a O , H N
v U
C
p II
_~
Q
~ II C
c .
~ a ~c M r ~a a I, ..
I oo O ~L
~/
U n o ~, .
a .. O
G
, ~L
L
Q' M
II
O U
U _. ~
cd Zt .C ~ N
' a O U d v _C_ C
rf -O CG
II j, .
L. rn s ~ Q
Q _ o I~
C
a o ea ' a '"
U v~ o o .'.. ' cn C'1 O
_ 4.. L
II ~
~ ~r ca ~ .a ."
z a ' ->
, o "
a, II
N ~ ~ of a. o m s c .
a~
=
c o c a c a "
a ~
c ' c .
-~
.
o ca ~
'J .fl U 'r =
C N
O C r' O
U
~
._ , h ~
I
~
~
N
II O
_ M = c0 N . v ~ N
V V ~ a~.z s Oa C N N' II
V
In Table III, P, AA', AA2, AA3, and X are substituents of the general formula: P - AA' - AAZ - AA3 - X
Table III demonstrates that dipeptide boronic acids have lower K; values than the corresponding dipeptide aldehydes.
Table III
Comparison of Dipeptide Boronic Acids to Dipeptide Aldehydes Cpd. p AA' AAZ AA' X 20S I~ (nM) MG-105 Z -- L-Leu L-Leu CHO 15,000 MG-274 Z -- L-Leu L-Leu B(OH)Z 3.0 In Table IV, P, AA', AA2, AA3, and X are substituents of the general formula: P - AA' - AAZ - AA3 - X.
Table IV demonstrates the markedly superior selectivity for the 20S
proteasome over other proteases, e.g. Cathepsin B, exhibited by the boronic esters/acids as compared to the peptide aldehydes.
O vD Q ~ M vD
x N ~r U
.. v~
C/~'~-~tOMO~ ~ oo ~O
~O O O O ~ O O
x ~O
.,r C~
'Q! 'r~'~, U U m as taa as as a W
a a ~ a .a ,~ ~ .a ,~ ,~ .a v '" .~ .~ a ..:a .:a .~ ..'.~
r o I
."
E: ~o,,~ I ~ a ~ ~ a ~ a a ~ a .~'a I
0 0, o~
a ~ .a ~o ~ .5 N
o~
.,.
o ~''' -° of o~ o :O I~. Q V V z z -/
\ ~ z~ ~z b .~ N M ~ O~
O N ~ N N N ~ M
L) O
U
The selectivity of boronic acid inhibitors of the proteasome is further demonstrated in Table V.
Table Y
Selectivity of Boronic Ester and Acid Inhibitors of the 20S Proteasome Human Human 20S Leukocyte Cathepsin Pancreatic Compound Elastase G Chymotrypsin h; (nM) K; (nM) K; (nM) K; (rilVt7 MG-262 0.03 15 55 7 MG-267 0.1 150 33,000 2,300 MG-296 1.7 36 9,200 75 MG-309 0.82 7,000 4,800 465 MG-341 0.6 2,300 628 322 Example 19: Inhibition oJProtein Degradation in C2CI2 Cells C2C12 cells (a mouse myoblast line) were labelled for 48 hrs with 'sS_methionine. The cells were then washed and preincubated for 2 hrs in the same media supplemented with 2mM unlabelled methionine. The media was removed and replaced with a fresh aliquot of the preincubation media containing 50% serum, and a concentration of the compound to be tested. The media was then removed and made up to 10% TCA and centrifuged. The TCA soluble radioactivity was counted. Inhibition of proteolysis was calculated as the percent decrease in TCA soluble radioactivity. From this data, an ECso for each compound was calculated.
Data for compounds of formula ( I ) or (2) are presented in Table VI.
0 0 0 o O o O o O ~n ~o o c ~ M ~ O ~ ~ M
N ~ O Q ~ o N
O
fi ~ ~ ~ ~ ri ci o 0 O
_a N
."' ~ N N N N N N N N N c N N
(~ I1 /~ ~1 /~ /1 ~ /1 /1 /~ /~ /~ /1 x x x x x x x x x ~ x x x 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ~ 0 0 0 v ~r ~r ~ ~ ~ 'r 'r ~ 'b 'r 'r 'r C
m V
v w o ..a.a ..~.a .a ~ .a ~ ~ ,~ .a ~ , ~ , , , , , , , , , , , , o .a a .a .a .a .~ .~ a .a .a .a ,~
N
.
.
O~' _ N
v N
O N
Z v a cV ~ ~ ~ N ~ ~ ~ = ~ e' ~ ~ ~ a.
V ~ .a z .. z .~ .a x ~ ~. z z , , , , , , , , , , , a " a a o ,~ a .~ .~ .~ a a .~
.
C
",, 4~
.,.
O
0 N N N ~ N ~ N
v O O Q O O Q ~ Q
U U U ~ U ~ U ~ ~
.
", C N O N M ~t o0 N cn v'fv0 ~ p~ p W p r t~ t~ t~ ~ 00 00 00 00 00 0o Ov O~ N N N N N N N N N N N N N
, , , , , , , , , , , , , V ~ V V ~ ~ V ~ ~ ~ V V
~6 ..
O op O O O O O O O O ~O O O O O
I~ ~ V' M p O~ ~'~O O M
M h N N M N M N ~' ~ N
n ~, ~' ~1 M
N
N
N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N
I1 ~ I1 ~1 /~ ~ /1 I1 /~ I1 /1 /~ /~ I1 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x .. ,. ., ...,. ., ~.... ~. ..,~. .. ..
n Z
a R
eC R eC c~ cticG
N
z z z ~. z z z H H ~ a. ..
a i I , 1 1 1 ~ 1 , 1 , ~ I , I 1 1 1 1 , 1 1 i , I
I 1 I , ..
U
.-. O
c O
N o v ~ V
c U
~
o a a oa 0 0 0 0 0 ~ a ~ ~
a x x a ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ o, ~ vD o0 Ov ~~ N M ~t ~D I~ 00 Ov N M
N Ov Ov Cv O O O O O O O O
O N N N N M M M M M M M M M M M
C7 C7 C7 C7 C7 C7 C7 C7 C~ C7 C~ U C7 C7 o ~
U
..
O O ~O ~ 0 ~ ~ ~ N
M C O ~t o ~ Q~ N
o r 0 M
h r., ~ N ,.., U c~
,.., N
N
N .~ ~: ~ .: .: .: .~ .: .:
O O O O O
O O O O O
v ~ ~r v v ~r v v v n y 0a.1 d t ~ 0J d d d d J ~ r~ ~ ~ ~ '.-~~ rl r~
..a ..:a.5 ..a._.;,.:;..a,.5.a / \
\ / ~ C C
. .
f~ Or Z Z O O
p e~ ~ ib ed ca cd a. z .~ s z z z z a a ~ a o ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ~; ;
., ..
..
~
, U
t ~ ~ ..
U U ~ ~' ~ U
x x o x x ~ ~ ~ ~, U U x N N N M
N N
M M M M M M M M M
V ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ V
O
U
~, o o ~ ~ o ~ o M
f"~7 ~ ~ ~ ~~ II
C C ~ i .
O
O
'a Q, U 'O
N
II ~a a' r.
~v 1~' .a .: .: .: .~ .~ ~. ~. U N il x x x x x 2 ~ ~ x a O O O O O O O O O a ~ ~
a o r~
N Qj G
.
O
, O
c... N tet a a a a a a a a a a r~ r~ r..~r~ 1~.~~ W ..~ 1-O
1~.~1~.~~ r~ r-.~r~ ..~1-~ r~ C
ct~ Q.
N
C wr ' ~
O
II
~ II
N
~ ~
O M
a Q a_ II ~y QI ~. ~ ~ a ~ '.' ~ ao a a ni G. ~
. j c l. l ~ 1 ~
z -~ c '~ N
..
al a ~ ~ ~
, a ~ a ~
a a w a ~, ~ O
I -~ ~ a ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;
" U ~
>~ II
1 b ~
et ~. ~ ,a II
c~'. Z v I
N
O
_ ~' N
O ~ ~ ~ O
~ U Z Z ~
'-' ~ O a ca O O O ~
U ~e 1 U U ~ U o ~
a c U ~. ,~ ~
~ ~ 'a x z, a '' o . ' / N n.
. ~
N N V \ / Q N .G
t v v ~ ~ 'T' ,.p 1 ~ O
yr _ .a T ,~
l C '~t ...rM V WD t~ O N U C C~3.
y r' r~ cn v ~ ~t ~r ~ N M II ' O M c~1c~1M M M M M 1 ~1 II ~ ~
V C7 C7 C7 C~ V V C7 C7 ~ II ~ ~ N
g ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ U ~ Z ~ oa Example 20: MG 273 Inhibits Corticosterone-Induced Cachexia in Rats Rats were stabilized on a diet free from 3-methylhistidine and then placed in metabolic cages for collection of 24-hour urine samples. After two days of urine collections to determine basal 3-methylhistidine output, the rats were treated with daily subcutaneous injections of corticosterone (100 mg/kg).
Starting on the second day of corticosterone treatment, some of the rats were also treated with MG-273, administered via a subcutaneous osmotic pump at a dose rate of approximately 120 pg/kg body weight/day. Control rats received vehicle only (25% DMSO/75% PEG (200)), administered in a similar fashion. Figure 1 shows that treatment with MG-273 reduced the urinary output of 3-methylhistidine, which was induced in response to corticosterone treatment.
Example 21: MG 273 Inhibits the Activation oJNF tcB
This assay was performed as previously described (Palombella, et al. Cell, 78: 773-785 ( 1994)). MG63 osteosarcoma cells were stimulated by treatment with TNF-a for the designated times. Whole cell extracts were prepared and analyzed by electrophoretic mobility shift assay using the PRDII probe from the human IFN-(i gene promoter. Figure 2 shows that NF-xB binding activity was inhibited by pretreatment for 1 hour with MG 273. An aldehyde inhibitor of the proteasome, MG-132 (Cbz-L-Leu-L-Leu-L-Leu-H), also inhibited NF-xB
binding activity, whereas MG-102 (Ac-L-Leu-L-Leu-L-Met-H), which is inactive against the 20S proteasome, did not inhibit NF-xB binding activity.
Example 22: MG-273 Inhibits Expression of Cell Adhesion Molecules on HUVE Cells ~HLIVECs in microtiter plates were exposed to the indicated concentrations of inhibitor for 1 hour, prior to the addition of 100 U/mL TNF-a. Cell surface binding assays were performed at 4°C, using saturating concentrations of monoclonal antibodies specific for the cell adhesion molecules (Becton Dickenson) and fluorescent-conjugated F(ab')2 goat anti-marine IgG (Caltag Labs, San Francisco, CA). Fluorescent immunoassays for E-selectin and I-CAM
were performed at 4 hours, those for V-CAM at 16 hours. Figure 3 shows that cell-surface expression I-CAM, V-CAM, and E-selectin on TNF-a stimulated HUVECs is significantly inhibited by MG-273 at concentrations of 0.5 ~M or above.
Example 23: BoronicAcid Compounds Block tl:e DTHResponse in Mice Naive mice were sensitized by the application of 20 pL of a 0.5% (v/v) solution of 2,4-dinitrofluorobenzene in 4:1 acetone/olive oil to both of the rear limb footpads. This procedure is performed on two consecutive days, which are referred to as days 0 and 1.
The efferent phase of the contact sensitivity response was elicited on day I 5 S by the application of 10 pL of a 0.2% (v/v) solution of 2,4-dinitrofluorobenzene in 4:1 acetone/olive oil to both sides of the left ear. The contralateral control ear was treated on both sides with 10 pL of vehicle only. The mice were lightly anaesthetized for this procedure by the intraperitoneal (i.p.) injection of a mixture of ketamine (80 mg/kg, Henry Schein) and xylazine (16 mg/kg, Henry Schein).
Test compounds were administered orally as a suspension in 0.5%
methylcellulose (4000 centipoises Fisher Scientific) 30 minutes prior to the application of the challenge dose of 2,4-dinitrofluorobenzene to the ears. The dose was delivered in a final volume of 0.5 mL using a 24 gauge 1 inch malleable feeding needle with a 1.2~ mm ball tip (Roboz Surgical).
Approximately 18 hours after the challenge, ear swelling was determined by measuring both the control and the experimental ear using a Mitutoyo Digital micrometer. The absolute difference in thickness of the experimental (left) ears vs. the control (right) ears was determined for each treatment group. Efficacy was determined by comparing this difference in thickness to the difference calculated for the vehicle control group. Test results are provided in Table VII.
Table YII
Inhibition of the DTH Response in Mice Compound Dose (mg/kg) % Inhibition While the foregoing invention has been described in some detail for purposes of clarity and understanding, it will be appreciated by one skilled in the art from a reading of this disclosure that various changes in form and detail can be made without departing from the true scope of the invention and appended claims.
In a fourth embodiment, the present invention provides a method of reducing the rate of degradation of p53 protein in a cell comprising administering to the cell a proteasome inhibitor of the formula ( 1 b) or (2b), as set forth below.
In a fifth embodiment, the present invention provides a method for inhibiting cyclin degradation in a cell comprising contacting said cells with a proteasome inhibitor of the formula ( 1 b) or (2b), as set forth below.
Inhibiting cyclin degradation is contemplated as possessing important practical application in treating cell proliferative diseases, such as cancer, restenosis and psoriasis.
In a sixth embodiment, the present invention provides a method for inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell, comprising contacting said cell with a proteasome inhibitor of the formula ( 1 a) or (2a), as set forth below.
In a seventh embodiment, the present invention provides a method for inhibiting antigen presentation in a cell comprising administering to the cell a proteasome inhibitor of the formula ( 1 b) or (2b), as set forth below.
In an eighth embodiment, the present invention provides a method for inhibiting inducible NF-xB dependent cell adhesion in an animal comprising administering to said animal a proteasome inhibitor of the formula ( 1 b) or (2b), as set forth below.
In a ninth embodiment, the present invention provides a method for inhibiting HIV replication in an animal comprising administering'to said animal a proteasome inhibitor of the formula ( 1 b) or (2b), as set forth below.
In a tenth embodiment, the present invention provides an approach for inhibiting cytolytic immune responses. The proteasome inhibitors of formula ( 1 b) or (2b) can be used to inhibit the processing of internalized cellular or viral antigens into antigenic peptides that bind to MHC-I molecules in an animal, and are therefore useful for treating autoimmune diseases and preventing rejection of foreign tissues, such as transplanted organs or grafts.
In an eleventh embodiment, the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions that comprise compounds of formula ( 1 a), ( 1 b), (2a) or (2b) in an amount effective to inhibit proteasome function in a mammal, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
Brief Description of the Figures Figure 1. Three day cumulative urinary 3-methylhistidine.
Figure 2. NF-xB binding activity.
Figure 3. Inhibition by MG-273.
Description of the Preferred Embodiments A first aspect of the present invention is directed to novel subsets of boronic acid and ester compounds having formula (la) or (2a) below. Novel compounds of formula ( 1 a) include the following:
P-N B~-X~ CH-X2-CH-B(Z~)(Z2) R R~ R2 R3 (la) A
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
wherein P is hydrogen or an amino-group-protecting moiety as further defined herein;
B', at each occurrence, is independently one of N or CH;
X', at each occurrence, is independently one of-C(O~NH-, -CHz NH-, -CH(OH~-CHZ-, -CH(OH~-CH(OH}-, -CH(OH~CHZ NH-, -CH~H-, -C(O)-CHZ-, -SOZ NH-, -SOZ-CHZ or -CH(OH}--CHZ-C(O}-NH-, provided that when B' is N, then the X' attached to said B' is -C(O}-NH-;
X2 is one of -C(O}-NH-, -CH(OH~-CH2 , -CH(OH}-CH(OH}-, -C(O)-CHz , -SOZ NH-, -SOZ-CHz or -CH(OH?-CHZ-C(O~NH-;
R is hydrogen or alkyl, or R forms together with the adjacent R', or when A is zero, forms together with the adjacent RZ, a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi-or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having 4-14 ring members, that can be optionally substituted by one or two of keto, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy or aryloxy;
R', at each occurrence, is independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHz-Rs, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
RZ is one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a S-I U membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ R5, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R' is one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or ~HZ-Rs, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R5, in each instance, is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a S-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
Z' and ZZ are independently one of alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, or aryloxy, or together Z' and ZZ form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally; a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and _g_ AisO, l,or2.
Other novel boronic acid and ester derivatives include compounds having a single amino acid side-chain. These compounds have the following formula:
Y-N-X3 CH-B(Z~)(~) H R3 (2a) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof;
wherein Y is one of R8-C(O)-, Rg-SOZ-, R$-NH-C(O)- or R8-O-C(O~, where Rg is one of alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, aralkyl, any of which can be optionally substituted, or when Y is R8-C(O~- or R8-SOz , then R8 can also be an optionally substituted 5-10 membered, saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle;
X3 is a covalent bond or -C(O~CHz-;
R3 is one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ R5, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R5, in each instance, is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted; and Z' and Z' are independently alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or together form a moiety derived from dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O;
provided that when Y is R8=~(O~, R8 is other than phenyl, benzyl or C, -C3 alkyl.
Alternatively, the group Y in formula (2a) above, can be:
~ I II
p (3a) w P is one of R'-C(O}-, R'-SOZ , R'-NH-C(O}- or R'-0-C(O~;
R' is one of alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, aralkyl, any of which can be optionally - substituted, or when Y is R'-C(O}- or R'-SOz , R' can also be an optionally substituted 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle; and R' is defined above as for formula ( 1 a).
Pharmaceutical compositions that comprise compounds of formula ( 1 a) or (2a) in an amount effective to inhibit proteasome function in a mammal, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent are within the scope of the present invention.
A second aspect of the present invention lies in the discovery that boronic acid and ester derivatives of amino acids and peptides, in general, as well as isosteric variations thereof, inhibit proteasome function. Thus, the present invention also relates to the use of proteasome inhibitors having formula ( 1 b) or (2b) for reducing the rate of proteasome dependent intracellular protein breakdown, such as reducing the rate of muscle protein degradation, reducing the rate of degradation of p53 protein, and inhibiting cyclin degradation, and for inhibiting the activity of NF-xB in a cell.
Finally, the present invention relates to the use of proteasome inhibitors having formula ( 1 b) or (2b) for treating specific conditions in animals that are mediated or exacerbated, directly or indirectly, by proteasome functions.
These conditions include inflammatory conditions, such as tissue rejection, organ rejection. arthritis, infection, dermatoses, inflammatory bowel disease, asthma, osteoporosis, osteoarthritis and autoimmune disease such as lupus and multiple sclerosis; cell proliferative diseases, such as cancer, psoriasis and restenosis; and accelerated muscle protein breakdown that accompanies various physiological and pathological states and is responsible to a large extent for the loss of muscle mass (atrophy) that follows nerve injury, fasting, fever, acidosis, and certain endocrinopathies.
Proteasome inhibitors of formula (lb) include:
pro-N B~~-X" CH--X~2-CH-B(Z~~)(Z12~
Rio R~~ R~z R~s (lb) Ago or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
wherein P'° is hydrogen or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
B" is independently one of N or CH;
X", at each occurrence, is independently one of-C(O~-NH-, -CHZ NH-, -CH(OH)-CHZ , -CH(OH~-CH(OH~-, -CH(OH}-CHZ NH-, -CH=CH-, -C(O~-CHz , -SOZ NH-, -SOz-CHZ- or -CH(OH~CHz-C(O~NH-, provided that when B" is N, then X" is -C(O}-NH;
X'Z is one of -C(O}-NH-, -CH(OH~-CHZ , -CH(OH~-CH(OH~-, -C(O~CHZ , -S02 NH-, -SOz CHz or -CH(OH~CH2-C(O}-NH-;
R'° is hydrogen or alkyl, or R'° forms together with the adjacent R", or when A'° is zero, forms together with the adjacent R'z, a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having ring members, that can be optionally substituted by one or two of keto, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy or aryloxy;
R", at each occurrence, is independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R'2 and R'3 are each independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CHZ-R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted, where R'S is aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle, or -chalcogen-alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
Z" and Z'z are independently alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or Z" and Z'2 together form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A'°is0, l,or2 Proteasome inhibitors of formula (2b) include:
ro-N-X13 CH-~r~~~2) H R~3 (2b) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof;
wherein Y'° is one of Rg-C(O~, Rg-SO2 , R8 NH-C(O}- or R$-0-C(O~-, where R8 is one of alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, aralkyl, any of which can be optionally substituted, or when Y is R8-C(O}- or Rg SOZ-, then R8 can also be an optionally substituted S-10 membered, saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle;
X'3 is a covalent bond or -C(O~CHz ;
R'3 is one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or--CHZ-R'S, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted;
R'S, in each instance, is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -W-R'6, where W is a chalcogen and R'6 is alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl. alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted; and Z" and Z''- are independently alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or together form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O.
Alternatively, the group Y in formula (2b) can be:
P-CHZ -CH-C- ' R' O (3a) P is one of R'-C(O~, R'-SOZ , R'-NH-C(O}- or R'-O-C(O~;
R' is one of alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, aralkyl, any of which can be optionally substituted, or when Y is R'-C(O~ or R'-SO~ , R' can also be an optionally substituted 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle; and R' is as defined for formula ( 1 a) above.
Preferred embodiments of the aforementioned methods of use employ compounds of formula ( 1 a) and formula (2a) as defined above.
Pharmaceutical compositions comprising an effective amount of the proteasome inhibitors of formula (2a) or (2b), in combination with any conventional pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent, are included in the present invention.
The term "amino-group-protecting moiety," as used herein, refers to terminal amino protecting groups that are typically employed in organic synthesis, especially peptide synthesis. Any of the known categories of protecting groups can be employed, including acyl protecting groups, such as acetyl, and benzoyl; aromatic urethane protecting groups, such as benzyloxycarbonyl; and aliphatic urethane protecting groups, such as tert-butoxycarbonyl. See, for example, The Peptides, Gross and Mienhoffer, eds., Academic Press, New York (1981), Vol. 3, pp. 3-88; and Green, T.W. & Wuts, P.G.M.. Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 2nd edition, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York (1991). Preferred protecting groups include aryl-, aralkyl-, heteroarvl- and heteroarylalkyl- carbonyl and sulfonyl moieties.
As used herein, the term "heterocycle" is intended to mean a stable 5- to 7- membered monocyclic or 7- to 10-membered bicyclic heterocyclic moieties that are either saturated or unsaturated, and which consist of carbon atoms and from 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O and S, wherein the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms can optionally be oxidized, the nitrogen can optionally be quaternized, and including any bicyclic group in which any of the above-defined heterocyclic rings is fused to a benzene ring.
The heterocyclic ring can be attached to its pendant group at any heteroatom or carbon atom that results in a stable formula. The heterocyclic rings described herein can be substituted on carbon or on a nitrogen atom if the resulting compound is stable. Examples of such heterocycles include, but are not limited to, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, tetrazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, indolyl, indolenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidonyl, pyrrolinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl or octahydroisoquinolinyl, azocinyl, triazinyl, 6H-1,2,5-thiadiazinyl, 2H,6H 1,5,2-dithiazinyl, thiophene(yl), thianthrenyl, furanyl, pyranyl, isobenzofuranyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathiinyl, 2H pyrrolyl, pyrrole, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H indolyl, indolyl, 1H indazolyl, purinyl, 4H quinolizinyl, isoquinolinyl, quinolinyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, cinnolinyl, pteridinyl, 4aH
carbazolyl, carbazolyl, >;i-carbolinyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, furazanyl, phenoxazinyl, isochromanyl, chromanyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, piperazinyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, quinuclidinyl, morpholinyl or oxazolidinyl. Also included are fused ring and spiro compounds containing, for example, the above heterocycles.
The term "substituted", as used herein, means that one or more hydrogens of the designated moiety are replaced with a selection from the indicated group, provided that no atom's normal valency is exceeded, and that the substitution results in a stable compound. When a substituent is keto (i.e., =O), then 2 hydrogens attached to an atom of the moiety are replaced.
By "stable compound" or "stable formula" is meant herein a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a S reaction mixture and formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent.
The term "heteroaryl" as employed herein refers to groups having S to 14 ring atoms; 6, 10 or 14 ~ electrons shared in a cyclic array; and containing carbon atoms and 1, 2 or 3 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur heteroatoms (where examples of heteroaryl groups are: thienyl, benzo[b)thienyl, naphtho[2,3-b)thienyl, thianthrenyl, furyl, pyranyl, isobenzofuranyl, benzoxazolyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathiinyl, 2H pyrrolyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H indolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, purinyl, 4H quinolizinyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinazolinyl, cinnolinyl, pteridinyl, 4aH carbazolyl, carbazolyl, 1 S ~3-carbolinyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, perimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, isothiazolyl, phenothiazinyl, isoxazolyl, furazanyl and phenoxazinyl groups).
The terms "substituted heteroaryl" or "optionally substituted heteroaryl,"
used in reference to R', refer to heteroaryl groups, as defined above, having one or more substituents selected from halogen, C,~ alkyl, C,_6 alkoxy, carboxy, amino, C,_6 alkylamino and/or di(C,_6)alkylamino.
The term "aryl" as employed herein by itself or as part of another group refers to monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic groups containing from 6 to 12 carbons in the ring portion, preferably 6-10 carbons in the ring portion, such as phenyl, 2S naphthyl or tetrahydronaphthyl.
The term "substituted aryl" as employed herein includes aryl groups, as defined above, that include one or two substituents on either the phenyl or naphthyl group selected from C,_6 alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, C,~
alkyl(C3_8)cycloalkyl, C,_8 alkenyl, CZ_R alkynyl, cyano, amino, C,_6 alkylamino, di(C,_6)alkylamino, benzvlamino. dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C,_6)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C,~ alkoxy, C~,o aryl(C,.~)alkoxy, hydroxy, C,_6 alkylthio, C,.~
alkylsulfinyl, C,~ alkylsulfonyl, C~,o aryl, C~,o arylthio, C~.,o arylsulfinyl and/or _ C~.,o arylsulfonyl.
The term "alkyl" as employed herein includes both straight and branched chain radicals of up to 12 carbons, preferably 1-8 carbons, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, t-butyl, isobutyl, pentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, heptyl, 4,4-dimethylpentyl, octyl, 2,2,4-trimethylpentyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl and dodecyl.
The term "substituted alkyl" as employed herein includes alkyl groups as defined above that have one, two or three halo substituents, or one C,_6 alkyl(C~,o)aryl, halo(C6_,o)aryl, C3_8 cycloalkyl, C,_6 alkyl(C3_g)cycloalkyl, Cz_8 alkenyl, CZ.s alkynyl, hydroxy and/or carboxy.
The term "cycloalkyl" as employed herein includes saturated cyclic hydrocarbon groups containing 3 to 12 carbons, preferably 3 to 8 carbons, which include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, 1 S cyclodecyl and cyclododecyl, any of which groups can be substituted with substituents such as halogen, C,_6 alkyl, alkoxy and/or hydroxy group.
The term "aralkyl" or "arylalkyl" as used herein by itself or as part of another group refers to C,_6alkyl groups as discussed above having an aryl substituent, such as benzyl.
The term "halogen" or "halo" as used herein by itself or as part of another group refers to chlorine, bromine, fluorine or iodine with chlorine being preferred.
For medicinal use, the pharmaceutically acceptable acid and base addition salts, those salts in which the anion does not contribute significantly to toxicity or pharmacological activity of the organic cation, are preferred. Basic salts are formed by mixing a solution of a boronic acid (Z' and Z'- are both OH) of the present invention with a solution of a pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic base, such as, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium bicarbonate, sodium carbonate, or an amino compound, such as choline hydroxide, Tris, bis-Tris, N-methylglucamine or arginine. Water-soluble salts are preferable. Thus, suitable salts include: alkaline metal salts (sodium, potassium etc.), alkaline earth metal salts (magnesium, calcium etc.), ammonium salts and salts of pharmaceutically acceptable amines (tetramethylammonium, triethylamine, methylamine, dimethylamine, cyclopentylamine, benzylamine, phenethylamine, piperidine monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, lris(hydroxymethyl)amine, lysine, arginine and N-methyl-D-glucamine).
The acid addition salts are obtained either by reaction of an organic base of formula (la) or (2a) with an organic or inorganic acid, preferably by contact in solution, or by any of the standard methods detailed in the literature available to any practitioner skilled in the art. Examples of useful organic acids are carboxylic acids such as malefic acid, acetic acid, tartaric acid, propionic acid, fumaric acid, isethionic acid, succinic acid, cyclamic acid, pivalic acid and the like; useful inorganic acids are hydrohalide acids such as HCI, HBr, HI;
sulfuric acid; phosphoric acid and the like. Preferred acids for forming acid addition salts include HCl and acetic acid.
The boronate esters of boronic acid compounds of the present invention are also preferred. These esters are formed by reacting the acid groups of the boronic acid with a hydroxy compound. Preferred hydroxy compounds are dihydroxy compounds, especially pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol or diethanolamine.
The P moiety of the proteasome inhibitor of formula ( 1 a) is preferably one of R'-C(O~, R'-SOZ , R' NH-C(O~ or R'-D-C(O~, and R' is one of alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, the ring portion of any of which can be optionally substituted, or if Y is R'-C(O~ or R'-SOz , then R' can also be a saturated or partially unsaturated heterocycle.
More preferably, P is one of R'-C(O~ or R'-SOz-, and R' is one of aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, any of which can be optionally substituted, or a saturated or partially unsaturated heterocycle.
Where R' is alkyl, it .is preferably straight chained or branched alkyl of from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1-4 carbon atoms. Useful values include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isopropyl, isobutyl and tert-butyl, with methyl being most preferred. Additionally, where R' is alkaryl, aralkyl or heteroarylalkyl, the alkyl moiety thereof is also preferably one having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and most preferably 1 carbon atom.
Where R' is aryl, it is preferably aryl of from 5 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Where R' is heteroaryl, one or more of the carbon atoms of the aforementioned aryl is replaced by one to three of O, N, or S. The aryl and heteroaryl moieties may, if desired, be ring substituted.
Useful ring substituents include one or two of hydroxy, nitro, trifluoromethyl, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, cyano, C~.,o aryl, benzyl, carboxyalkoxy, amino, and guanidino.
Preferred substituents include halogen, C,~ alkyl, C,~ alkoxy, phenyl and benzyl.
Additionally, where R' is alkaryl, aralkyl or heteroarylalkyl, the above statements equally apply.
Useful R' aryl and aralkyl groups include phenyl, 4-tolyl, benzyl, phenethyl, naphthyl, and naphthylmethyl.
Preferred heteroaryl groups are quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, furanyl or pyrrolyl. Useful values of R' heteroaryl include 8-quinolinyl, 2-quinoxalinyl, 2-pyrazinyl, 3-furanyl, 2=pyridyl, 3-pyridyl and pyridyl.
Preferred saturated or partially saturated heterocycle moieties are 5-, 6-, 9- and 10- membered heterocycles having one, two or three ring heteroatoms selected from O, S or N. A useful value is N-morpholinyl.
Preferred cycloalkyl moieties include C3_,o cycloalkyl. Useful values include cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyoloheptyl, cyclooctyl and cyclononyl.
Especially preferred values of P are 2-pyrazinecarbonyl, 8-quinolinesulfonyl and N-morpholinoyl.
As noted above, A in formula ( 1 a) and ( 1 b) can be either 0, ~ 1 or 2.
Thus, when A is zero, the residue within the brackets is not present and the inhibitor is a dipeptide. Similarly, where A is 1, the amino acid or isosteric residue within the brackets is present and the inhibitor is a tripeptide. Where A is 2, the inhibitor is a tetrapeptide. Most preferably, A is zero.
It is preferred that R', Rz, and R3 in formula ( 1 a) and ( 1 b) are each S independently one of hydrogen, C,_g alkyl, C3_,o cycloalkyl, C~,o aryl, a S-, 6-, 9-or 10- membered heteroaryl group, or -CHZ-R5, and more preferably C,_8 alkyl or -CHz RS wherein R', Rz, R3 and RS are optionally substituted. More preferably, R', RZ and R3 are each independently one of C,-0 alkyl, e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl and t-butyl, or -CHZ-R5, where RS is one of cycloalkyl, aryl or heterocycle. RS is preferably one of C6_,o aryl, C~,o ar(C,_6)alkyl, C,_6 alk(C~,o)aryl, C3_,o cycloalkyl, C ,_g alkoxy, C ,_8 alkylthio or a 5-, 6-, 9- or 10- membered heteroaryl group.
The ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or 5-, 6-, 9- or 10-membered heteroaryl groups of R', R2, R' and RS can be optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C,_6 alkyl, C3_8 cycloalkyl, C,~ alkyl(C3_g)cycloalkyl, CZ_g alkenyl, CZ_8 alkynyl, cyano, amino, C,~ alkylamino, di(C,.~)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C,.~)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C,_6 alkoxy, C6_,o aryl, C~,o aryl(C,_6)alkyl, C~,oaryl(C,~)alkoxy, hydroxy, C,_6 alkylthio, C,_6 alkylsulfinyl, C,~ alkylsulfonyl, C~.,o arylthio, C~,o arylsulfinyl, C~.,o arylsulfonyl, C~,o aryl, C,_6 alkyl(C~.,o)aryl, and halo(C~,o)aryl.
It is more preferred that at least one of R' and Rz is isobutyl or -CHz R5, and most preferred that RZ is -CHz-R5. It is preferred that Rs is C6_,o aryl, a 5-, 6-, 9- or 10- membered heteroaryl group having one to three heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S.
Most preferably, RZ is isobutyl, 6-quinolinylmethyl, 3-indolylmethyl, 4-pyridylmethyl, 3-pyridylmethyl, 2-pyridylmethyl, benzyl, 1-naphthylmethyl, 2-naphthylmethyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 4-benzyloxybenzyl, 4-(2'-pyridylmethoxy)benzyl or benzylnaphthylmethyl.
Preferably, R3 is C,_,2 alkyl, more preferably C,~ alkyl, most preferably C4 alkyl, such as isobutyl.
Where R', RZ or R3 is a substituted alkyl, it is preferably C,~ alkyl substituted with at least one cycloalkyl group, preferably a C~ cycloalkyl group.
Where R', R2, R3, or RS is substituted aryl or substituted heterocycle, it is preferably substituted with at least one C,~ alkyl group.
Where R', R2, R3 or RS is cycloalkyl, it is preferably C5~ cycloalkyl, e.g., cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl, and can be optionally substituted with at least one C~,o aryl group or at least one alkyl group, preferably a C,~ alkyl group.
Where RS is -W-R6, W is a chalcogen, preferably oxygen or sulfur, more preferably sulfur; and R6 is alkyl, preferably C,.~ alkyl, e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or isomers thereof.
Preferred values of R include hydrogen or C,_8 alkyl, more preferably C,~
alkyl. Useful values of R include methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, isobutyl and n-butyl.
Additionally, R can form together with the adjacent R', or when A is zero, form together with the adjacent Rz, a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having 4-14 ring members, and can be optionally substituted by one or two of keto, hydroxy, aryl, alkoxy or aryloxy.
It is preferred that the ring system be chosen from one of I \ I \ Ho N~ N~ N
N/' , / /N \
N i N
/ I \ I
N
and /N
N
The nitrogen in each of the above formulae is attached to P in formula ( 1 a) and the open valence carbon is attached to either X' or XZ.
It is preferred that Z' and ZZ are each independently one of C,-0 alkyl, hydroxy, C,_6 alkoxy, and C~,o aryloxy; or together Z' and ZZ preferably form a S moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol or diethanolamine, or other equivalents apparent to those skilled in the art. Useful values include methyl, ethyl, propyl and n-butyl. Most preferably, Z' and Zz are hydroxy.
A preferred embodiment of the invention is directed to a subgenus of compounds having formula ( 1 a) above, where P is R'-C(O}- or R'-SOz , and R' is one of quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, furanyl or pyrrolyl, and when P is R'-C(O)-, R' can also be N-morpholinyl.
A preferred group of compounds of this embodiment are compounds of formula ( 1 a) wherein P is one of quinolinecarbonyl, pyridinecarbonyl, quinolinesulfonyl, quinoxalinecarbonyl, quinoxalinesulfonyl, pyrazinecarbonyl, pyrazinesulfonyl, furancarbonyl, furansulfonyl or N-morpholinylcarbonyl; A is zero; XZ is -C(O~-NH-; R is hydrogen or C,_8 alkyl; RZ and R3 are each independently one of hydrogen, C,_galkyl, C3_,ocycloalkyl, C~,oaryl, C~,oar(C,_ 6)alkyl, pyridylmethyl, or quinolinylmethyl; and Z' and ZZ are both hydroxy, C,_balkoxy, or C~,oaryloxy, or together Z' and ZZ form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol,1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol or diethanolamine.
Even more preferred are those compounds wherein: P is 8-quinolinecarbonyl, 8-quinolinesulfonyl, 2-quinoxalinecarbonyl, 2-quinoxalinesulfonyl, 2-pyrazinecarbonyl, 2-pyrazinesulfonyl, 3-pyridinecarbonyl. 3-pyridinesulfonyl, 3-furancarbonyl, 3-furansulfonyl or N-morpholinecarbonyl; R is hydrogen; R3 is isobutyl; Rz is isobutyl, 1-naphthylmethvl. 2-naphthylmethyl, 3-pyridylmethyl, 2-pyridylmethyl 6-quinolinylmethyl, 3-indolylmethyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 4-(2'-pyridylmethoxy)benzyl, 4-(benzyloxy)benzyl, benzylnaphthylmethyl or phenethyl; and Z' and Zz are both hydroxy, or together Z' and Zz form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol,1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol or diethanolamine.
Another preferred embodiment of the present invention is directed to compounds of formula ( 1 a) where A is zero. These compounds possess unexpectedly high potency and selectivity as inhibitors of proteasome function.
A third preferred subgenus of compounds are compounds of formula ( 1 a) where one of R', RZ or R3 corresponds to an amino acid side-chain corresponding to tyrosine or an O-substituted tyrosine derivative, fonmed by reacting the hydroxyl group of the tyrosine side-chain with a compound having a reactive functional group. This subgenus includes compounds having the formula (la), wherein at least one R', RZ or R3 is:
-CHZ
A~
where R9 is one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, wherein the alkyl is optionally substituted with one of C,.~
alkyl, halogen, monohalo (C,~) alkyl, and trifluoromethyl; and wherein said cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl and heteroarylalkyl groups can be optionally substituted with one or two of C,_6 alkyl, C3_8 cycloalkyl, C,_6 alkyl(C3_$)cycloalkyl, CZ_8 alkenyl, Cz_8 alkynyl, cyano, amino, C,_6 alkylamino, di(C,_6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C,_6)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C,_6alkoxy, C~.,oryl, C~,Qaryl(C,_6)alkyl, C~,oaryl(C,_6)alkoxy, hydroxy, C,_6alkylthio, C,~alkylsulfinyl, C,_balkylsulfonyl, C~,oarylthio, C~,oarylsulfinyl, C~.,oarylsulfonyl, C~,oaryl, C,_balkyl(C~,o)aryl, and halo(C~,o)aryl; and A' and A 2 are independently one of hydrogen, C,~alkyl, halogen, monohalo(C,~)alkyl, or trifluoromethyl.
The group -0-R9 is in either the ortho- or para- position, with para-being preferred. The groups A' and Az can be at any remaining positions on the phenyl ring.
It is prefen:ed that R9 is one of C,_galkyl, C3_,ocycloalkyl, C6_,oaryl, C~,oar (C,_6)alkyl, 5- to 10- membered heteroaryl or S- to 10-membered heteroaryl(C,_ 6)alkyl.
Useful values of R9 include benzyl, phenethyl, pyridyl, pyridylmethyl, furanylmethyl pyrrolymethyl, pyrroIidylmethyl, oxazolylmethyl and imidazolylmethyl.
The ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or 5-, 6-, 9- or 10-membered heteroaryl groups of R', R2, R' and RS can be optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C,_6 alkyl, C~8 cycloalkyl, C,_6 alkyl(C3_g)cycloalkyl, CZ_g alkenyl, CZ_g alkynyl, cyano, amino, C,~ alkylamino, di(C,_6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, vitro, carboxy, carbo(C,~)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C,.~ alkoxy, C~,o aryl, C6_,o aryl(C,_6)alkyl, C~,oaryl(C,_6)alkoxy, hydroxy, C,_6 alkylthio, C,_6 alkylsulfinyl, C,_6 alkylsulfonyl, C~.,o arylthio, C~,o arylsulfinyl, C~,o arylsulfonyl, C~.,o aryl, C,_6 alkyl(C~,o)aryl, and halo(C~,o)aryl.
A preferred class of compounds of this embodiment are compounds of formula (la) wherein: A is zero; P is one of R'-C(O~-, R'-SO2 , R'-NH~(O~
or R'-O-C(O~; R' is one of quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, furanyl or pyrrolyl, or when P is R'-C(O}-, R' can also be N-morpholinyl; XZ is -C(O~-NH-; R3 is C,_balkyl; Rz is:
-CH2 ~ ~ ~-R9 A~
where A' and Az are independently one of hydrogen, C,_6 alkyl, halogen, monohalo(C,_6)alkyl or trifluoromethyl; and R9 is one of hydrogen, C ,alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, phenethyl or pyridylmethyl; and Z' and ZZ are both hydroxy, C,_balkoxy, or C~.,oaryloxy, or together Z' and S ZZ form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol or diethanolamine.
Even more preferred are compounds of formula ( I a) wherein: A is zero;
P is 8-quinolinecarbonyl, 8-quinolinesulfonyl, 2-quinoxalinecarbonyl, 2-quinoxalinesulfonyl, 2-pyrazinecarbonyl, 2-pyrazinesulfonyl, 3-pyridinecarbonyl, 3-pyridinesulfonyl, 3-furancarbonyl, 3-furansulfonyl or N-morpholinecarbonyl; XZ is -C(O~-NH-; R3 is isobutyl; RZ is:
-CHZ ~ ~ O-R9 A~
As where A' and Az are independently one of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, chloro, fluoro, or trifluoromethyl; and R9 is one of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, butyl, phenyl, benzyl, phenethyl or pyridylmethyl; and Z' and ZZ are both hydroxy, or together Z' and ZZ form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol,1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol or diethanolamine.
A fourth preferred subgenus of compounds includes compounds of formula ( 1 a) wherein one of the amino acid side-chains, preferably the side-chain defined by R2, is an unnatural amino acid selected from naphthylmethyl, pyridylmethyl and quinolinylmethyl, with quinolinylmethyl being most preferred.
Thus, this subgenus includes compounds of formula (I a), wherein at least one R', Rz or R3 is naphthylmethyl, pyridylmethyl or quinolinylmethyl; provided that the compound is other than isovaleryl-phenylalanine-norvaline-[(naphthylmethyl), (4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane-2-yl)]methylamide or (3-t-butylsulfonyl)propionyl-norvaline-(1-naphthyl, dihydroxyboryl)methylamide.
A fifth preferred subgenus includes compounds of formula ( 1 a) where R, together with R', or with RZ when A is zero, forms a nitrogen containing heterocycle. This subgenus includes compounds having formula ( 1 a), wherein:
R forms together with the adjacent R', or when A is zero, forms together with the adjacent R~, a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having 4-14 ring members, and one or two optional substituents selected from the group consisting of keto, hydroxy, aryl, alkoxy and aryloxy;
when A is 2, the R' that is not adjacent to N-R is one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycle or -CHz R5; and when A is 1 or 2, Rz is one of 1 S hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycle or -CH2 R5, where RS is defined as above.
A preferred class of compounds of this embodiment of the invention are those wherein: A is zero; P is hydrogen; X2 is ~(O)-NH-; and R forms together with the adjacent R2, one of the nitrogen-containing ring systems shown in the above structures; R3 is C,.~alkyl; and Z' and Zz are both hydroxy, C,_balkoxy, or C6_,oaryloxy, or together Z' and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol or diethanolamine. The hydrochloride salts of these compounds are also especially preferred.
Even more preferred are those compounds wherein R forms together with the adjacent R2, a nitrogen-containing ring system having one of the structures shown above; R' is isobutyl; and Z' and Zz are both hydroxy, or together Z' and ZZ form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol or diethanolamine.
Examples of suitable proteasome inhibitors include without limitation the following compounds, as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts and boronate esters thereof:
N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-~3-( 1-naphthyl)-L-alanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(8-quinoline)sulfonyl-~i-( 1-naphthyl)-L-alanine-L-Ieucine boronic acid, N-(2-pyrazine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, L-proline-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(2-quinoline)carbonyl-L-homophenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(3-pyridine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(3-phenylpropionyl)-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N (4-morpholine)carbonyl-(O-benzyl)-L-tyrosine-L-leucine boronic acid, N (4-morpholine)carbonyl-L-tyrosine-L-leucine boronic acid, and N (4-morpholine)carbonyl-[O-(2-pyridylmethyl)]-L-tyrosine-L-leucine boronic acid.
Preferred compounds having formula (2a) include compounds where Y
is one of Rg-C(O}-, R8-SOZ , R$ NH-C(O~ or R8-O-C(O~, and R8 is one of C~.,o aryl, C~,o ar(C,_b)alkyl, or a 5-10 membered heteroaryl, any of which can be optionally substituted, or when P is Rg-C(O~, R8 can also be N-morpholinyl; provided that when Y is R8-C(O}-, then R$ is other than phenyl, benzyl or C,_3 alkyl.
Where R8 is alkyl, it is preferably alkyl of from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, or isomers thereof. Additionally, where Rg is alkaryl or aralkyl, the alkyl moiety thereof is also preferably one having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
~y'here R$ is aryl, it is preferably aryl of from 6 to 10 carbon atoms, e.g., phenyl or naphthyl, which may, if desired, be ring substituted. .
Additionally, where Rs is alkaryl, aralkyl, aryloxy, alkaryloxy, or aralkoxy, the aryl moiety w0 96/13266 PCT/US95/14117 thereof is also preferably one having from 5 to 10 carbon atoms. most preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Preferably, the R$ moiety is a saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle, more preferably an isomeric pyridine ring or morpholine ring.
S Y is most preferably one of-.
, ~ , HN , or a w I / I
O
where R° is Cue,, alkyl.
In an additional preferred embodiment of the present invention, the Y
moiety of the proteasome inhibitor of formula (2a) is an isosteric amino acid replacement of formula (3a):
IH II
R~ O (3a) where R' is as defined for formula ( 1 a) above. Useful and preferred values of R' are the same as those defined for formula ( 1 a) above; and P is one of R'-C(O~, R'-SOZ , R'-NH-C(O)-- or R'-O-C(O~, and R' is one of alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, aralkyl, any of which can be optionally substituted, or when Y is R'-C(O}- or R'-SOZ , R' can also be an optionally substituted 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle.
Useful and preferred values of R', when R' is one of alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, aralkyl, any of which are optionally substituted are as defined for formula (la) above. When R' is optionally substituted 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle, preferred and useful values are as defined for heteroaryl, unsaturated and partially saturated heterocycle of the R' of formula ( I a). In this aspect of the invention Y is most preferably:
~N
OJ O
In either embodiment of the compounds of formula (2a), useful and preferred values of R3 are the same as for formula ( 1 a) above.
In formula ( 1 a) and ( I b), X' represents a peptide bond or an isostere that can be used as a peptide bond replacement in the proteasome inhibitors to increase bioavailability and reduce hydrolytic metabolism. As noted above, X' can be one of -C(O)NH-, -CHZ-NH-, -CH(OH~CH(OH?-, -CH(OH)-CHZ-CH(OH~-CHz NH-, -CH=CH-, -C(O~CHZ-, -SOZ-NH-, -SO,-CH2- or -CH(OH)-CHZ C(O}-NH-. Preferably, X' is -C(O~NH-.
Introduction of these X' moieties into the proteasome inhibitors results in the following wherein Rx and Ry have the same definitions as R' and R2, above and P, Z', ZZ and R3 are defined as above for formula ( 1 a).
Rx H O Ra N ,CHI peptide bond NH e~r~n) H
O Ry Rx O R3 I
~CH~ keto methylene isostere N NH B(rX2z) H _, O Ry Rx H O Ra P~N~N NH~CH~B(Z~HZ?) reduced peptide bond H
Rx O Rs p~N NH,CIi~~rHn) hydroxyethylene isostere H
OH Ry Rx OH O R3 PAN NH~cH~~rxn) dihydroxyethylene isostere H
HO Ry Rx ~ Rs p~N N CH~~r~~n) hydroxyethylamine isostere H HO H O
Rx O Ra PAN / NH~CH~~r~) alkene isostere H
N ~cH~ sulfonamide isostere ~N S~H ~NH B(Z~xZl) H il O Ry Rs ~cH~~rxn) sulfone methylene isostere N S NH
H II
O Ry Rx s R
I ~ statine analog H ~ H CHI-II NH-CH-B(Z~)(Z2) OH O
Thus, for example, if Z-Leu-Leu-Leu-B(OH)2 is found to undergo rapid hydrolytic metabolism to produce Z-Leu-OH and H,N-Leu-Leu-B(OH)Z, the hydroxyethylene isostere can be prepared to eliminate this reaction:
H
O"N N v 'N~B(OH)i H II H
O
O O
O_ 'N N~B(OH)Z
H ~H
H / 'O
Another group of compounds of the present invention are aza-peptide isosteres. This is the result of the replacement of the a-carbon atom of an amino acid with a nitrogen atom, e.g., Rx H O 13 ~N N N NH,CH~B(rl~~l H
O Ry wherein Rx represents R', Ry represents R2, P, Z', ZZ and R' are defined as above for formula ( 1 a) and ( 1 b).
When P and R are both H, formula ( 1 ) will exist in equilibrium with a cyclic formula (4), which is considered to be covered by the current invention:
XZ ~CH~B/ Z2 H-N B~-X~ CH-XZ-CH-B(Z~)(~) ~ / ~~_H
R R~ R2 R3 RZ ~CH~ / \ R
A X~-B~
R~
A
(11 (41 The above-described boronic ester and acid compounds include both D
and L peptidyl configurations. However, L configurations are preferred.
The present invention relates to a method for reducing the rate of muscle S protein degradation in a cell comprising contacting the cell with a proteasome inhibitor described above. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method for reducing the rate of loss of muscle mass in an animal comprising contacting cells of the muscle with a proteasome inhibitor described above.
The present invention also relates to a method for reducing the activity of NF-xB in a cell comprising contacting the cell with a proteasome inhibitor described above. More specifically, the present invention also relates to a method for reducing the activity of NF-xB in an animal comprising contacting cells of the animal with a proteasome inhibitor described above.
The present invention also relates to a method for reducing the rate of proteasome-dependent intracellular protein breakdown comprising contacting cells with a proteasome inhibitor described above. More specifically, the present invention also relates to a method for reducing the rate of intracellular protein breakdown in an animal comprising contacting cells of the animal with the proteasome inhibitor described above.
The present invention further relates to a method of reducing the rate of degradation of p53 protein in a cell comprising administering to the cell a proteasome inhibitor described above. More specifically, the present invention further provides a method of reducing the rate of degradation of p53 protein in an animal (preferably, an animal subjected to DNA damaging drugs or radiation) comprising administering to said animal a proteasome inhibitor described above.
The present invention further relates to a method for inhibiting cyclin degradation in a cell comprising contacting said cells with a proteasome inhibitor described above. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method for inhibiting cyclin degradation in an animal comprising contacting cells of said animal with a proteasome inhibitor described above.
The present invention also provides a method for treating cancer, psoriasis, restenosis, or other cell proliferative diseases in a patient comprising administering to the patient a proteasome inhibitor described above.
The present invention also relates to a method for inhibiting antigen presentation in a cell comprising administering to the cell a proteasome inhibitor described above. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method for inhibiting antigen presentation in animal comprising administering to the animal a proteasome inhibitor described above.
The present invention further provides a method for inhibiting inducible NF-xB dependent cell adhesion in an animal comprising administering to said animal a proteasome inhibitor described above.
The present invention also provides a method for inhibiting HIV infection in an animal comprising administering to said animal a proteasome inhibitor described above.
The "animals" referred to herein are preferably mammals. Both terms are intended to include humans.
Preferably, the methods described above deliver the proteasome inhibitor by either contacting cells of the animal with a proteasome inhibitor described above or by administering to the animal a proteasome inhibitor described above.
The compounds of the present invention inhibit the functioning of the proteasome. This proteasome-inhibition activity results in the inhibition or blocking of a variety of intracellular functions. In particular, inhibition of WO 96/13266 PCT/US95/1411?
proteasome function inhibits the activation or processing of transcription factor NF-xB. NF-xB plays a central role in the regulation of a diverse set of genes involved in the immune and inflammatory responses. Inhibition of proteasome function also inhibit the ubiquitination/proteolysis pathway. This pathway catalyzes selective degradation of highly abnormal proteins and short-lived regulatory proteins. The ubiquitination proteolysis pathway also is involved in the processing of internalized cellular or viral antigens into antigenic peptides that bind to MHC-I molecules. Thus, the proteasome inhibitors of the present invention can be used in reducing the activity of the cytosolic ATP-ubiquitin-dependent proteolytic system in a number of cell types.
The inhibitors can be used in vitro or in vivo. They can be administered by any number of known routes, including orally, intravenously, intramuscularly, subcutaneously, intrathecally, topically, and by infusion (Platt et al., U.S.
Patent No. 4,510, 130; Badalamente et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 86:5983-5987 (1989); Staubli et al., Brain Research 444:153-158 (1988)) and will generally be administered in combination with a physiologically acceptable carrier (e.g., physiological saline). The effective quantity of inhibitor given will be determined empirically and will be based on such considerations as the particular inhibitor used, the condition of the individual, and the size and weight of the individual.
It is to be expected that the general end-use application dose range will be about 0.01 to 100 mg per kg per day, preferably 0.1 to 75 mg per kg per day for an effective therapeutic effect.
The present invention relates to a method of inhibiting (reducing or preventing) the accelerated or enhanced proteolysis that occurs in atrophying muscles and is known to be due to activation of a nonlysosomal ATP-requiring process in which ubiquitin plays a critical role.
Inhibition of the ATP-ubiquitin-dependent pathway is a new approach for treating the negative nitrogen balance in catabolic states. This can be effected through use of an inhibitor of the present invention, resulting in reduction of loss of muscle mass in conditions in which it occurs. Excessive protein loss is common in many types of patients, including individuals with sepsis, burns, trauma, many cancers, chronic or systemic infections, neuromotor degenerative disease, such as muscular dystrophy, acidosis, or spinal or nerve injuries. It also occurs in individuals receiving corticosteroids, and those in whom food intake is reduced and/or absorption is compromised. Moreover, inhibitors of the protein breakdown pathway could possibly be valuable in animals, e.g., for combating "shipping fever", which often leads to a major weight loss in cattle or pigs.
The accelerated proteolysis evident in atrophy of skeletal muscles upon denervation or fasting is catalyzed by the nonlysosomal ATP-dependent degradative pathway. It has been shown that in a variety of catabolic states (e.g., denervation, fasting, fever, certain endocrinopathies or metabolic acidosis) muscle wasting is due primarily to accelerated protein breakdown and, in addition, that the increased proteolysis results from activation of the cytosolic ATP-ubiquitin-dependent proteolytic system, which previously had been believed to serve only in the rapid elimination of abnormal proteins and certain short-lived enzymes. The discovery that this pathway is responsible for the accelerated proteolysis in these catabolic states is based on studies in which different proteolytic pathways were blocked or measured selectively in incubated muscles, and the finding of increased mRNA for components of this pathway (e.g., for ubiquitin and proteasome subunits) and increased levels of ubiquitin-protein conjugates in the atrophying muscles. The nonlysosomal ATP-ubiquitin-dependent proteolytic process increases in muscle in these conditions and is responsible for most of the accelerated proteolysis that occurs in atrophying muscles. There is a specific increase in ubiquitin mRNA, induction of mRNA for proteasome and increased ubiquitinated protein content in atrophying muscles that is not seen in non-muscle tissue under the same conditions.
The inhibitors of the present invention can be used to reduce (totally or partially) the nonlysosomal ATP-dependent protein degradation shown to be responsible for most of the increased protein degradation that occurs during fasting, denervation, or disuse (inactivity), steroid therapy, febrile infection, and other conditions.
One approach to testing drug candidates for their ability to inhibit the ATP-ubiquitin-dependent degradative process is to measure proteolysis in cultured cells (Rock, et al., Cell 78:761 (1994)). For example, the degradation of long-lived intracellular proteins can be measured in mouse C2C 12 myoblast cells. Cells are incubated with 35S-methionine for 48 hours to label long-lived proteins and then chased for 2 hours with medium containing unlabeled methionine. After the chase period, the cells are incubated for 4 hours in the presence or absence of the test compound. The amount of protein degradation in the cell can be measured by quantitating the trichloroacetic acid soluble radioactivity released from the pre-labeled proteins into the growth medium (an indicator of intracellular proteolysis).
Inhibitors can also be tested for their ability to reduce muscle wasting in vivo. Urinary excretion of the modified amino acid 3-methyl histidine (3-MH) is probably the most well characterized method for studying myofibrillar protein degradation in vivo (see Young and Munro, Federation Proc. 37:229-2300 (1978)). 3-Methylhistidine is a post-translationally modified amino acid which cannot be reutilized for protein synthesis, and it is only known to occur in actin and myosin. It occurs in actin isolated from all sources, including cytoplasmic actin from many different cell types. It also occurs in the myosin heavy chain of fast-twitch (white, type II) muscle fibers, but it is absent from myosin of cardiac muscle and myosin of slow-twitch (red, type I) muscle fibers. Due to its presence in actin of other tissues than skeletal muscle, other tissues will contribute to urinary 3-MH. Skeletal muscle has been estimated to contribute 38-74% of the urinary 3-MH in normal rats and 79-86% of the urinary 3-MH in rats treated with corticosterone ( I 00 mg/kg/day subcutaneously) for 2-4 days (Millward and Bates, Biochem. J. 214:607-615 (1983); Kayali, et al., Am. J. Physiol. 252:E621-E626 ( 1987)).
High-dose glucocorticoid treatment is used to induce a state of muscle wasting in rats. Treating rats with daily subcutaneous injections of corticosterone ( 100 mg/kg) causes an increase of approximately 2-fold in urinary 3-MH. The increase in excretion of 3-MH is transient, with a peak increase after 2-4 days of treatment and a return to basal values after 6-7 days of treatment (Odedra, et al., Biochem. J. 214:617-627 (1983); Kayali, et al., Am. J. Physiol. 252:E621-E626 ( 1987)). Glucocorticoids have been shown to activate the ATP-ubiquitin-dependent proteolytic pathway in skeletal muscle (Wing and Goldberg, Am. J. Physiol. 264: E668-E676 ( 1993)) and proteasome inhibitors are therefore expected to inhibit the muscle wasting that occurs after glucocorticoid treatment.
The proteasome inhibitors can be administered alone or in combination with another inhibitor or an inhibitor of another pathway (e.g., a lysosomal or Ca+'-dependent pathway) responsible for loss of muscle mass.
Use of proteasome inhibitors as agents that selectively protect normal cells from DNA damage during radiation and chemotl:erapy treatment of tumors The inhibitors of the present invention will block the degradation of the tumor suppressor protein p53. This protein is degraded by the ATP ubiquitin dependent proteolysis by the proteasome (see Scheffner et al., Cell 75:495-505 (1993)).
Studies of p53 knockout mice indicate an important role for p53 in reducing incidence of tumors (Donehower et al., Nature 356:215-221 (1992)).
In normal cells expressing wild type, unmutated p53, the basal levels of p53 are very low due to very rapid degradation of p53 protein. However, expression of p53 protein in normal cells is stimulated in response to radiation and drugs that induce DNA damage (Kastan et al., Cancer Res. 51:6304-6311 (1991)). These induced high levels of wild type, unmutated p53 induce arrest of normal cell proliferation at the GI stage of the cell cycle (Kastan et al., supra;
Kuerbitz, PNAS 89: 7491-7495 (1992)). This arrest of cell proliferation permits repair of damaged DNA. By contrast, in tumor cells expressing mutant forms of p53, DNA damaging drugs or radiation do not induce cell cycle arrest (Kastan et al., supra; Kastan et al., Cell 71:587-597 (1992)). Consequently, tumor cells are selectively damaged by radiation and cytotoxic drugs.
The selective arrest response of normal cells by inducing p53 suggests that enhancing the p53 response can allow the treatment of the tumor with higher/more prolonged tumoricidal doses of radiation or antineoplastic drugs.
The idea that induction of p53 by a non toxic agent as an adjunct to radiotherapy has been reported previously (Lane, Nature 358.' 1 S-16 ( 1992), but a method for reducing it to practice was not described.
The use of proteasome inhibitors provides a method for augmenting the expression of p53 in normal cells by preventing its degradation by the proteasome. An example of this would be the systemic administration of proteasome inhibitor at a sufficient dose to inhibit p53 degradation by the proteasome during the treatment of the tumor with cytotoxic drugs or radiation.
This will prolong and increase the levels of p53 expression in normal cells and will enhance the arrest of normal cell proliferation, reducing their sensitivity to higher doses of radiation or cytotoxic drugs. Administration of proteasome inhibitors would therefore permit exposing the tumor to higher doses of radiation, enhancing the killing of tumor cells. Thus, proteasome inhibitors can be used as adjuvants to therapy with tumoricidal agents, such as radiation and cytotoxic drugs.
Topical application of proteasome inlti6itors to enhance p53 expression in skin The expression of p53 in normal skin is induced by exposure of the skin to UV irradiation, which inhibits DNA replication that is needed for cell division (Maltzman et al.. Mol. Cell. Biol. 4:1689 ( 1984); Hall et al.. Oncogene 8:
(1993)). This protects normal skin from chromosomal DNA damage by allowing time for DNA repair before DNA replication.
Defects in the p53 response pathway, such as seen with Ataxia Telangiectasia, result in increased susceptibility to ionizing radiation-induced skin tumors (Kastan et al., Cell 71:587-597 (1992))., It is well established that exposure of normal individuals increases the risk for many kinds of skin cancers.
This risk can be diminished by UV filtering chemicals in skin creams. Another approach would be to promote the resistance of the DNA in skin cells to UV
damage by the topical application of agents that enhance the skin's expression of p53 in response to UV light. Inhibiting p53 degradation by the topical application of proteasome inhibitors provides a method to enhance the p53 response.
One preferred embodiment of the present invention is the topical application of proteasome inhibitors to reduce the acknowledged risk of skin cancers that results from the treatment of psoriasis using UV light, which is often combined with psoralens or coal tar. Each of these agents can induce DNA
damage.
Use of proteasome inhibitors to reduce the activity of NF-xB
NF-xB exists in an inactive form in the cytoplasm complexed with an inhibitor protein, IxB. In order for the NF-xB to become active and perform its function, it must enter the cell nucleus. It cannot do this, however, until the IxB
portion of the complex is removed, a process referred to by those skilled in the art as the activation of, or processing of, NF-xB. In some diseases, the normal performance of its function by the NF-xB can be detrimental to the health of the patient. For example, as mentioned above, NF-xB is essential for the expression of the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV). Accordingly, a process that would prevent the activation of the NF-xB in patients suffering from such diseases could be therapeutically beneficial. The inhibitors employed in the practice of the present invention are capable of preventing this activation. Thus, blocking NF-xB activity could have important application in various areas of medicine, e.g., inflammation, through the inhibition of expression of inflammatory cytokines and cell adhesion molecules, (ref. Grilli et al., International Review of Cytology 143:
1-62 (1993)) sepsis, AIDS, and the like.
More specifically, the activity ofNF-xB is highly regulated (Grilli et al., International Review of Cytology 143: I-62 (1993); Beg et al., Genes and Development 7:2064-2070 (1993)). NF-xB comprises two subunits, p50 and an additional member of the rel gene family, e.g., p65 (also known as Rel A). In most cells, the p50 and p65 are present in an inactive precursor form in the cytoplasm, bound to IxB. In addition, the p50 subunit of NF-xB is generated by the proteolytic processing of a 105 kD precursor protein NF-xB, (p105), and this processing is also regulated. The sequence of the N-terninal 50 kD portion of p I OS is similar to that of p65 and other members of the rel gene family (the rel homology domain). By contrast, the C-terminal 55 kD of p 1 OS bears a striking resemblance to IxB-a (also known as MAD3). Significantly, unprocessed p105 can associate with p65 and other members of the rel family to form a p65/p105 heterodimer. Processing of p I OS results in the production of p50, which can form the transcriptionally active p50/p65 heterodimer. The C-terminal IxB-a-homologous sequence of p105 is rapidly degraded upon processing.
There is another rel-related protein, NF-xBz (p100), that is similar to p105 in that it, too, is processed to a DNA binding subunit, p52 (Neri et al., Cell 67:1075 (1991); Schmid et al., Nature 352:733 (1991); Bours et al., Molecular and Cellular Biology 12:685 (1992); Mercurio et al., DNA Cell Biology 11:523 (1992)). Many of the structural and regulatory features of p100 are similar to p105. In addition, the p100 protein can also form a heterodimer with p65 and other rel family members.
In summary, the transcriptional activity of heterodimers consisting of p50 and one of the many rel family proteins, such as p65, can be regulated by at least two mechanisms. First, the heterodimers associate with IxB-a to form an inactive ternary cytoplasmic complex. Second, the rel family members associate with p 1 OS and p 100 to form inactive complexes. The ternary complex can be activated by the dissociation and destruction of IxB-a, while the p65/p105 and p65/p 100 heterodimer can be activated by processing p 105 and p 100, respectively.
The dissociation of IxB-a can be induced by a remarkably large number of extracellular signals, such as lipopolysaccharides, phorbol esters, TNF-a, and a variety of cytokines. The IxB-a is then rapidly degraded. Recent studies suggest that p105 and p100 processing can also be induced by at least some of these extracellular signals.
Studies have demonstrated that p 1 OS or a truncated form of p 1 OS (p60Tth) can be processed to p50 in vitro (Fan et al., Nature 354:395-398 (1991)).
Certain of the requirements and characteristics of this in vitro processing reaction (e.g., ATP/Mg'+ dependency) implicated the involvement of the ubiquitin-mediated protein degradation pathway (Goldberg, Eur. J. Biochem. 203:9-23 ( 1992), Hershko et al., Annu. Rev. Biochem. 61:761-807 (1992)).
The proteasome is required for the processing of p105 to p50.
p105/p60T~h proteins are not processed in mammalian cell cytoplasmic extracts depleted of proteasome activity. However, addition of purified 26S proteasomes to these depleted extracts restores the processing activity. Additionally, specific inhibitors of the proteasome block the formation of p50 in mammalian cell extracts and in vivo. Also, mammalian p105 is processed to p50 in Saccharomyces cerevisiae in vivo, and a mutant deficient in the chymotrypsin-like activity of the proteasome showed a significant decrease in p105 processing.
p60Tth is ubiquitinated in vitro and this ubiquitination is a pre-requisite for p 105 processing.
As mentioned above, the C-terminal half of the p105 (p105C') is rapidly degraded during the formation of p50 and the sequence of pl O5C' is remarkably similar to that of IxB. IxB-a is rapidly degraded in response to NF-xB
inducers and this degradation has been shown to be necessary for the activation (Mellits et al., Nucleic Acids Research 21 (22):5059-5066 ( 1993); Henkel et al., Nature 365:182-185 (1993); Beg et al., Molecular and Cellular Biology 13(6):3301-3310 (1993)). IxB-a degradation and the activation of NF-xB are also blocked by inhibitors of proteasome function or ubiquitin conjugation (Palombella et al., Cell 78:773-785 ( 1994)).
Accordingly, the proteasome plays an essential role in the regulation of NF-xB activity. First, the proteasome is required for the processing of p 1 OS
and possibly p100. The degradation of the inhibitory C-terminus can also require the proteasome. Second, the proteasome appears to be required for the degradation of IxB-a in response to extracellular inducers.
The present invention relates to a method for reducing the activity of NF-xB in an animal comprising contacting cells of the animal with inhibitors of proteasome function.
Compounds can be tested for their ability to inhibit the activation of NF-xB by means of a DNA binding assay (Palombella, et al., Cell 78:773 (1994)). Whole-cell extracts are prepared from untreated or TNF-a treated cells that have been pretreated for 1 hour with the test compound. The DNA binding activity of NF-xB is measured by an electrophoretic mobility shift assay using the PRDII probe from the human IFN-~i gene promoter.
As an indirect measure of NF-xB activation, the cell-surface expression of E-selectin, I-CAM-1, and V-CAM-1 on primary human umbilical vein endothelial cells (HUVECs) can be determined by means of a cell surface fluorescent immuno-binding assay. Because E-selectin, I-CAM-1, and V-CAM-1 are under the regulatory control of NF-xB, inhibition of NF-xB activation results in reduced levels of these adhesion molecules on the cell surface.
Compounds can also be tested for their ability to inhibit a delayed-type hypersensitivity response in mice. Contact hypersensitivity is a manifestation of an in vivo T-cell mediated immune response (F~iedmann, Curr. Opinion Immunology, I: 690-693 ( 1989)). Although the exact molecular mechanisms that regulate the cellular interactions and vascular changes involved in the response remain obscure, it is clear that the process is dependent upon the interplay of ' soluble mediators, adhesion molecules, and the cytokine network (Piguet, et al., J. Exp. Med. 173: 673-679 ( 1991 ); Nickoloff, et al. J. Invest. Dermatol.
94:151S-157S (1990)). NF-xB, by mediating events such as the production of cytokines and the induction and utilization of cell-surface adhesion molecules, is a central and coordinating regulator involved in immune responses.
The compounds of formula (lb) or (2b) can be used to treat chronic or acute inflammation that is the result of transplantation rejection, arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, infection, dermatosis, inflammatory bowel disease, asthma, osteoporosis, osteoarthritis and autoimmune disease. Additionally, inflammation associated with psoriasis and restenosis can also be treated.
The term "treatment of inflammation" or "treating inflammation" is intended to include the administration of compounds of the present invention to a subject for purposes which can include prophylaxis, amelioration, prevention or cure of an inflammatory response. Such treatment need not necessarily completely ameliorate the inflammatory response. Further, such treatment can be used in conjunction with other traditional treatments for reducing the inflammatory condition known to those of skill in the art.
The proteasome inhibitors of the invention can be provided as a "preventive" treatment before detection of an inflammatory state, so as to prevent the same from developing in patients at high risk for the same, such as, for example, transplant patients.
In another embodiment, efficacious levels of the proteasome inhibitors of the invention are administered so as to provide therapeutic benefits against the secondary harmful inflammatory effects of inflammation. By an "efficacious level" of a composition of the invention is meant a level at which some relief is afforded to the patient who is the recipient of the treatment. By an "abnormal"
host inflammatory condition is meant an level of inflammation in the subject at a site which exceeds the norm for the healthy medical state of the subject, or exceeds a desired level. By "secondary" tissue damage or toxic effects is meant the tissue damage or toxic effects which occur to otherwise healthy tissues, organs, and the cells therein, due to the presence of an inflammatory response, including as a result of a "primary"inflammatory response elsewhere in the body.
Amounts and regimens for the administration of proteasome inhibitors S and compositions of the invention can be determined readily by those with ordinary skill in the clinical art of treating inflammation-related disorders such as arthritis, tissue injury and tissue rejection. Generally, the dosage of the composition of the invention will vary depending upon considerations such as:
type of pharmaceutical composition employed; age; health; medical conditions being treated; kind of concurrent treatment, if any, frequency of treatment and the nature of the effect desired; extent of tissue damage; gender; duration of the symptoms; and, counter indications, if any, and other variables to be adjusted by the individual physician. A desired dosage can be administered in one or more applications to obtain the desired results. Pharmaceutical compositions containing the proteasome inhibitors of the invention can be provided in unit dosage forms.
Thus, the proteasome inhibitors are useful for treating such conditions as tissue rejection, arthritis, local infections, dermatoses, inflammatory bowel diseases, autoimmune diseases, etc. The proteasome inhibitors of the present invention can be employed to prevent the rejection or inflammation of transplanted tissue or organs of any type, for example, heart, lung, kidney, liver, skin grafts, and tissue grafts.
Compounds of the present invention inhibit the growth of cancer cells.
Thus, the compounds can be employed to treat cancer, psoriasis, restenosis or other cell proliferative diseases in a patient in need thereof.
By the tenm "treatment of cancer" or "treating cancer" is intended description of an activity of compounds of the present invention wherein said activity prevents or alleviates or ameliorates any of the specific phenomena known in the art to be associated with the pathology commonly known as "cancer." The term "cancer" refers to the spectrum of pathological symptoms associated with the initiation or progression, as well as metastasis, of malignant tumors. By the term "tumor" is intended, for the purpose of the present invention, a new growth of tissue in which the multiplication of cells is uncontrolled and progressive. The tumor that is particularly relevant to the invention is the S , malignant tumor, one in which the primary tumor has the properties of invasion or metastasis or which shows a greater degree of anaplasia than do benign tumors.
Thus,"treatment of cancer" or "treating cancer" refers to an activity that prevents, alleviates or ameliorates any of the primary phenomena (initiation, progression, metastasis) or secondary symptoms associated with the disease.
Cancers that are treatable are broadly divided into the categories of carcinoma, lymphoma and sarcoma. Examples of carcinomas that can be treated by the composition of the present invention include, but are not limited to:
adenocarcinoma, acinic cell adenocarcinoma, adrenal cortical carcinomas, alveoli cell carcinoma, anaplastic carcinoma, basaloid carcinoma, basal cell carcinoma, bronchiolar carcinoma, bronchogenic carcinoma, renaladinol carcinoma, embryonal carcinoma, anometroid carcinoma, fibrolamolar liver cell carcinoma, follicular carcinomas, giant cell carcinomas, hepatocellular carcinoma, intraepidermal carcinoma, intraepithelial carcinoma, leptomanigio carcinoma, medullary carcinoma, melanotic carcinoma, menigual carcinoma, mesometonephric carcinoma, oat cell carcinoma, squamal cell carcinoma, sweat gland carcinoma, transitional cell carcinoma, and tubular cell carcinoma.
Sarcomas that can be treated by the composition of the present invention include, but are not limited to: amelioblastic sarcoma, angiolithic sarcoma, botryoid sarcoma, endometrial stroma sarcoma, ewing sarcoma, fascicular sarcoma, giant cell sarcoma, granulositic sarcoma, immunoblastic sarcoma, juxaccordial osteogenic sarcoma, coppices sarcoma, leukocytic sarcoma (leukemia), lymphatic sarcoma (lympho sarcoma), medullary sarcoma, myeloid sarcoma (granulocitic sarcoma), austiogenci sarcoma, periosteal sarcoma, reticulum cell sarcoma (histiocytic lymphoma), round cell sarcoma, spindle cell sarcoma, synovial sarcoma, and telangiectatic audiogenic sarcoma. Lymphomas that can be treated by the composition of the present invention include, but are not limited to:
Hodgkin's disease and lymphocytic lymphomas, such as Burkitt's lymphoma, NPDL, NML, NH and diffuse lymphomas.
The compounds of formulae ( 1 b) and (2b) appear to be particularly useful in treating metastases.
Amounts and regimens for the administration of proteasome inhibitors and compositions of the invention can be determined readily by those with ordinary skill in the clinical art of treating cancer-related disorders such as the primary phenomena (initiation, progression, metastasis) or secondary symptoms associated with the disease. Generally, the dosage of the composition of the invention will vary depending upon considerations such as: type of composition employed; age; health; medical conditions being treated; kind of concurrent treatment, if any, frequency of treatment and the nature of the effect desired;
extent of tissue damage; gender; duration of the symptoms; and, counter I 5 indications, if any, and other variables to be adjusted by the individual physician.
A desired dosage can be administered in one or more applications to obtain the desired results. Pharmaceutical compositions containing the proteasome inhibitors of the invention can be provided in unit dosage forms.
The present invention will now be illustrated by the following examples, which are not intended to be limiting in any way.
Examples Most compounds of formulas ( I a), ( 1 b), (2a) or (2b) were prepared according to the general reaction sequence depicted in Scheme I. RZ and R' are as defined above for formulas (lb) and (2b). PG represents an amino-group-protecting moiety. The general procedures employed for each compound are summarized in Table I, and detailed descriptions of these procedures are provided in the Examples. Syntheses that do not conform to the general reaction sequence are described in full in the Examples. (1S,2S,3R,SS)-Pinanediol leucine boronate trifluoroacetate salt was prepared as previously reported (Kettner, C.A.;
Shenvi, ' A.B. J. Biol. Chem. 259:15106 (1984)). N Protected (Boc-, Cbz-, or Fmoc-) amino acids were commercially available or were prepared from the corresponding free amino acid by standard protection methods, unless otherwise described in the Examples. 1-Ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC), benzotriazol-1-yloxytris(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (BOP reagent), or O-(1H benzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N;N'-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate (TBTU) were employed as coupling reagents (Sheehan, J.C. et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 87:2492 (1965);
Castro, B., et al., Synthesis 11:751 ( 1976); Tetrahedron Lett. 30:1927 ( 1989)).
All compounds were characterized by proton nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. The purity of the products was verified by thin layer chromatography and by high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC).
Scheme I
Rz Me OH .."~Me coupling ac + Me, O
CF'COzH'~ ~O
Rs (2) (3) MeI
....~Me PG= Boc, Cbz, Fmoc Me,, N4kprotection Rz H
N~BwO Me~
P-N ....1!Me H R~ NW otecbon Me O
(5) Rz ~ ., H
~O
H-Boronic acid H
O
Deprolection (4) Rz OH
H I
P-N ~~OH
~H
O Ra (6) Ta ble I
Synth esis of Boronicter and Acid ounds Es Comp Compound Coupling AgentBoronic Acid N-Terminal Deprotection' Protection MG-268 EDC A NaH, MeI
MG-273 EDC A, B RC(O)CI
MG-278 EDC A RC(O)Cl 1$ MG-283 BOP A AcZO
MG-284 -- B RC(O)Cl MG-285 BOP A RC(O)CI
MG-286 EDC A, B RC(O)C1 MG-287 EDC B AczO
MG-288 EDC A RC(O)CI
MG-289 EDC B RS(O)ZC1 MG-290 EDC B AczO
MG-291 EDC B RS(O)ZCI
MG-292 BOP B RC(O)CI
MG-293 TBTU B RC(O)CI
MG-295 BOP B RS(O)zCl MG-296 EDC B RS(O)ZCl MG-297 EDC B RS(O)ZCI
MG-298 EDC B RC(O)CI
MG-299 EDC B RC(O)CI
Boronic Acid N-Terminal Compound Coupling AgentDeprotection'Protection MG-300 EDC B RC(O)C1 MG-301 BOP B Ac20 MG-303 EDC B HCI, ether MG-305 EDC B RC(O)CI
MG-306 TBTU B RC(O)CI
MG-307 TBTU B RC(O)C1 MG-308 TBTU B RC(O)CI
MG-309 TBTU B RC(O)C1 MG-3 I 0 BOP B Ac20 MG-311 BOP B HCI, dioxane MG-312 EDC B RC(O)CI
MG-313 -- B RCOzH, TBTU
MG-314 TBTU B RC(O)CI
MG-315 BOP B RC(O)Cl MG-319 TBTU B .
MG-321 TBTU B RC(O)C 1 MG-322 TBTU B RC(O)Cl MG-323 - B AczO
MG-325 TBTU B RCOZH, TBTU
MG-328 TBTU B RC(O)CI
MG-329 TBTU B RC(O)C1 MG-332 TBTU B NaH, MeI
MG-333 TBTU B NaH, MeI
MG-334 TBTU B NaH; MeI
MG-336 TBTU B RC(O)CI
MG-337 TBTU B HC1, dioxane MG-338 EDC B RC(O)CI-Compound Coupling AgentBoronic Acid N-Terminal Deprotection'Protection MG-339 TBTU B HC1, dioxane MG-340 TBTU B HCI, dioxane MG-341 TBTU B RCOZH, TBTU
MG-342 -- B RNHz, TBTU
MG-343 TBTU B RCOZH, TBTU
MG-344 BOP B AczO
MG-345 EDC B RC(O)Cl MG-346 EDC B RC(O)C1 MG-347 EDC B RS(O)ZCI
MG-348 TBTU B HCI, dioxane MG-349 TBTU B HCI, dioxane MG-350 TBTU B PhCHZNCO
MG-352 TBTU B RCOzH, TBTU
MG-353 TBTU B RC(O)CI
MG-354 BOP B RS(O)ZCI
MG-357 TBTU B HCI, dioxane MG-3 5 8 TBTU B RC(O)C 1 MG-359 TBTU B HCI, dioxane MG-361 TBTU B RCOZH, TBTU
MG-362 -- B PhCH2NC0 MG-363 TBTU B HC1, dioxane MG-364 -- B RCOZH, TBTU
MG-366 TBTU B HCI, dioxane MG-367 -- B RC(O)CI
MG-369 TBTU B HCI, dioxane MG-380 TBTU B RS(O)~C1 I MG-382 TBTU B RCO,H, TBTU
Boronic Acid N-Terminal Compound Coupling AgentDeprotection' Protection MG-383 TBTU B RCOZH, TBTU
MG-385 TBTU B HCI, dioxane MG-386 TBTU B HCI, dioxane MG-387 TBTU B RC(O)Cl ° A = NaI04, NH40Ac, acetone-water; B = i-BuB(OH)2, IN HCI, MeOH-hexane.
See Examples for detailed descriptions of procedures.
Example l: N (4-Morplroline)carbonyl ~i-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine L-leucine boronic acid CMG 273J
A. (1S,2S,3R,SS) Pinanediol N Boc-~i-(1-napl:thyl) L-alanine-L-leucine boronate To a solution of (IS,2S,3R,SS)-pinanediol leucine boronate trifluoroacetate salt (664 mg, 1.76 mmol) and N Boc-~i-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine (555 mg, 1.76 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) at 0°C was added I-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC) (404 mg, 2.11 mmol), I-hydroxybenzotriazole monohydrate (HOBT) (285 mg, 2.11 mmol), and N methylmorpholine (NMM) (0.3 mL, 2.64 mmol). The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stir overnight. The reaction was quenched with water (100 mL), and the mixture was extracted with CHzCIz (4 x 25 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with 5% aqueous HCl and saturated aqueous NaHC03, dried over anhydrous MgS04, filtered, and concentrated to give a yellow oil. Water was added and the resultant gummy precipitate was extracted with ether (3 x 25 mL). The organic layer was dried (anhydrous MgS04), filtered, and concentrated to afford the title compound (202 mg) as a white foam.
B. (IS,2S,3R,SS)-Pinanediol ~i-(I Naphthyl)-L-alanine-L-leucine boronate triJluoroacetate salt To a solution of the product of Example lA (930 mg, 1.38 mmol) in CHZC12 (10 mL) at 0°C was added trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL) and thioanisole (1 mL). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 4 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness and dried in vacuo. The residue was used in the next reaction without further purification.
C. (IS,2S,3R,SS)-Pinanediol N (4-morpl:oline)carbonyl ~3-(I-napl:tlryl)-L-alanine-L-leucine boronate 4-Morpholinecarbonyl chloride (50 mL, 0.42 mmol) and triethylamine (I50 mL, 1.08 mmol) were added to a solution of the product of Example 1B
(0.25 g, 0.36 mmol) in CHzCl2 (6 mL). After 24 h, additional morpholinecarbonyl chloride (50 mL) and triethylamine (150 mL) were added.
After 2 days total reaction time, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, 1 S washed with IN HCl and saturated aqueous NaHC03, dried over MgS04, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (elution with 1:2 EtOAc/hexanes and 4:4: I hexanes/EtOAc/MeOH) afforded the title compound ( 124 mg).
D. N (4-Morpl:oline)carbony! ~i-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine L-leucine boronic acid To a stirred solution of the product of Example 1 C ( 124 mg, 0.21 mmol) _ in acetone ( 10 mL) was added aqueous NH40Ac (0. I N, 5 mL, 1.0 mmol), followed by NaI04 ( I 20 mg, 0.21 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 72 h, and then the acetone was evaporated. The aqueous layer was acidified to pH 3 with 1NHC1 and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL).
The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous MgS04, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (elution with 1:1 hexane/EtOAc, 2:2:1 hexanes/EtOAc/MeOH, and l:l:few drops MeOH:EtOAc:HOAc) to give the title compound (29 mg).
Example 2: N Cbz-L-Leucine-L-leucine boronic acid CMG 274J
A. (IS,2S,3R,SS) Pinanediol N Cbz-L-leucine-L-leucine boronate Benzotriazol-1-yloxytris(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (BOP reagent, 827 mg, 1.87 mmol) was added in one portion to a mixture of (1S,2S,3R,SS)-pinanediol leucine boronate trifluoroacetate salt (595 mg, 1.58 mmol), N Cbz-L-leucine (500 mg, 1.87 mmol) in acetonitrile (30 mL) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction was quenched with brine (50 mL) and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with aqueous 5% HCI, saturated aqueous NaHC03, and saturated aqueous NaCI, and then dried (anhydrous MgS04), filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (elution with 20-30% acetone/hexanes) to afford the title compound (539 mg).
B. N Cbz-L-Leucine-L-leucine boronic acid By a procedure analogous to that described in Example 1 D, the compound of Example 2A above (539 mg) was deprotected by treatment with sodium metaperiodate ( 1.2 g, 5.61 mmol) and aqueous NH40Ac (0.1 N, 10 mL, I .0 mmol) to provide the title compound as a white solid ( 154 mg).
Example 3: ~i-(1 Naphthyl)-L-alanine-L-leucine boronic acid hydrochloride salt CMG 302J and ~3-(1-Naphthyl) L-alanine L-leucine boronic acid CMG 303J
A. (IS,2S,3R,SS) Pinanediol ~i-(I-naphthyl) L-alanine-L-leucine boronate hydrochloride salt To a solution of (1S,2S,3R,SS)-pinanediol ~i-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine-L-leucine boronate trifluoroacetate salt (prepared as described in Example 1B, mg, 0.93 mmol) in ether (2 mL) was added 10 mL of IN HCI. The mixture was sonicated for several minutes. Ether was allowed to slowly evaporate. The resultant crystals were collected, washed with Hz0 and ether, and dried in vacuo to provide the title compound (300 mg).
B. ~i-(1 Naphthyl) L-alanine-L-leucine boronic acid hydrochloride salt; and ~i-(1 Naplrtl:yl)-L-alanine L-leucine boronic acid To the product of Example 3A (290 mg, 0.58 mmol) in a mixture of hexane (4 mL), MeOH (4 mL), and 1N HCl (1.3 mL) was added i-BuB(OH)z (71 mg, 0.70 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 72 h at room temperature.
The MeOH-H20 layer was washed with hexanes, and the MeOH was evaporated.
The aqueous solution was made basic with NaOH and washed with ether-EtOAc ( 1:1 ). The aqueous layer was lyophilized to give 640 mg of a yellow solid.
The solid was dissolved in MeOH, 4NHC1 in 1,4-dioxane was added, and the solution was filtered to remove a white solid. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC (elution with CH3CN-HZO) to afford 45 mg of MG-302 and 10 mg of MG-303.
Example 4 N (4-Morpholine)carbonyl-(O-benzyl)-L-tyrosine-L-leucine boronic acid CMG 306J
A. N-Boc-O-Benzyl L-tyrosine A suspension of O-benzyl-L-tyrosine (3.12 g, 11.5 mmol) in a mixture of 1,4-dioxane ( 14 mL) and water ( 14 mL) was treated, in order, with triethylamine (5.0 mL, 35.9 mmol) and a solution of (Boc)ZO (2.86 g, 13.1 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (12 mL). After 19 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (140 mL) and washed with ether. The aqueous layer was acidified with lNcitric acid (35 mL) and extracted with CHzCIz (2 x 100 mL). Additional citric acid (I
S
mL) was added to the aqueous layer, which was again extracted with CHZCIZ (100 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried (MgS04), filtered, and concentrated to give the crude product (4.5 g), which was used directly in the next reaction.
B. (IS,2S,3R,SS)-Pinanediol N Boc-(O-benzyl) L-tyrosine-L-leucine boronate To a stirred and cold (0°C) solution of (1S,2S,3R,SS)-pinanediol ~i-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine-L-leucine boronate trifluoroacetate salt (prepared as described in Example 1 B, 3.03 g, 7.98 mmol), N Boc-O-benzyl-L-tyrosine (2.97 g, 7.99 mmol), and TBTU (3.35 g, 8.84 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (30 mL) was added by syringe pump, at the rate of 1.9 mL/h, DIEA (4.2 mL, 24.1 mmol).
After the addition was complete, the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature over 30 min, and then it was added dropwise to 30 mL of rapidly stirring water. Additional water was added and the mixture was filtered. The collected solid was dissolved in MeOH, concentrated to near dryness and again added to rapidly stirring water (300 mL). The resultant white solid was collected by suction filtration, washed with water, frozen, and lyophilized to provide the title compound (4.49 g).
C. (1S,2S,3R,SS)-Pinanediol (O-benzyl)-L-tyrosine-L-leucine boronate ' The product of Example 4B (4.47 g, 7.23 mmol) was dissolved in CHZCIz (40 mL) and cooled to 0°C. A solution of4NHC1 in dioxane (40 mL, 0.16 mol) was added and the ieaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h.
Concentration afforded a yellow solid, which was triturated with hexane-ether (1:1, 100 mL). Filtration afforded the title compound (3.65 g) as a pale yellow solid.
D. (1S,2S,3R,SS)-Pinanediol N-(4-morel:oline)carbonyl (O-benzyl)-L-tyrosine-L-leucine boronate By a procedure analogous to that described in Example 1 C, the product of Example 4C (2.53 g, 4.56 mmol) was treated with 4-morpholinecarbonyl chloride (0.75 mL, 6.43 mmol) to provide the title compound (2.35 g) as a pale yellow solid.
E. N (4-morel:oline)carbonyl (O-benZyl)-L-tyrosine-L-leucine boronic acid The product of Example 4D (0.39 g, 0.62 mmol) was deprotected according to the procedure described in Example 3B to provide the title compound ( 146 mg) as a white solid.
Example S: N Methyl-N Cbz-L-leucine-L-leucine boronic acid CMG-268J
A. N Methyl N Cbz-L-leucine To a solution ofN Cbz-leucine (1.38 g, 5.2 mmol) in THF (15 mL) at 0°C
was added methyl iodide (2.5 mL, 40.1 mmol). Sodium hydride (60% dispersion in oil, 0.6 g, 15 mmol) was added cautiously, and the resultant mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (25 mL) and water (2 mL) was added dropwise. The mixture was concentrated to dryness, and the residue was partitioned between ether (1 S
mL) S and water (SO mL). The organic layer was extracted with saturated aqueous NaHC03 (25 mL), and the combined aqueous extracts were acidified to pH 2 with 3N HCI. The product was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 25 mL), dried over MgS04, filtered, and concentrated to afford the title compound (1.41 g) as a yellow solid.
B. (IS,2S,3R,SS)-Pinanediol N metl:y! N Cbz-L-leucine-L-leucine boronate By a procedure analogous to that described in Example 1 A, the product ofExample 5A (85.1 mg, 0.30 mmol) was coupled with (1S,2S,3R,SS)-pinanediol leucine boronate trifluoroacetate salt ( 1 OS mg, 0.28 mmol) in the presence of EDC (64 mg, 0.33 mmol), HOBT (45 mg, 0.33 mmol), and NMM (37 mg, 0.37 mmol) to provide, after purification by flash chromatography (elution with 3:2 hexanes/acetone), the title compound (85 mg).
C. N Methyl-N Cbz-L-leucine L-leucine boronic acid By a procedure analogous to that described in Example 1 D, the product of Example SB (85 mg, 0.16 mmol) was deprotected by treatment with NaI04 (104 mg, 0.485 mmol) and aqueous NH40Ac (O.1N, 5 mL, 0.5 mmol) in 10 mL
of acetone to provide, after purification by flash chromatography (elution with 4:4:2 hexanes/acetone/MeOH), the title compound (21 mg).
Example 6 N-(4-Morpholine)carbonyl-~i-(6-quinolinyl)-D, L-alanine-L-leucine boronic acid CMG 292J
A. ~3-(6-Quinolinyl)-D,L-alanine N Acetyl ~i-(6-quinolinyl)-D,L-alanine ethyl ester (728 mg, 2.55 mmol) was heated at reflux in 6N HCl (20 mL). After 20 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness and the residue was dried in vacuo to provide the title compound, which was used directly in the next reaction.
B. N Boc-~3-(6-Quinolinyl)-D,L-alanine To the crude product of Example 6A in a stirred mixture of 1,4-dioxane ( 10 mL), water ( 10 mL), and 2N NaOH (5 mL) at 0 °C was added di-tert-butyl pyrocarbonate (556 mg, 2.55 mmol). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 23 h, the reaction mixture was acidified to pH 4 and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL) and n-BuOH (3 x 50 mL). The combined extracts were concentrated to provide the title compound, which was used directly in the next reaction.
C. (IS,2S,3R,SS)-Pinanediol N Boc-~i-(6-quinolinyl)-D, L-alanine-L-leucine boronate By a procedure analogous to that described in Example 2A, the product of Example 6B was coupled with (IS,2S,3R,SS)-pinanediol leucine boronate trifluoroacetate salt (943 mg, 2.5 mmol) in the presence of BOP reagent ( 1.33 g, 3 mmol) and triethylamine (0.37 mL, 2.62 mmol) to provide the title compound (343 mg).
D. (IS,2S,3R,SS)-Pinanediol ~i-(6-guinolinyl)-D, L-alanine-L-leucine boronate The product of Example 6C (343 mg, 0.61 mmol) was treated with trifluoroacetic acid (7 mL) and thioanisole (1 mL) in CHZC12 (15 mL) at 0°C, as described in Example 1 B, to provide the title compound.
E. (IS,2S,3R,SS)-Pinanediol N (4-morplzoline) carbonyl ~i-(6-quinolinyl)-D,L-alanine-L-leucine boronate The product of Example 6D was coupled with 4-morpholinecarbonyl chloride (0.14 mL, 1.22 mmol) by a procedure analogous to that described in Example 1 C to produce the title compound ( 112 mg).
F. N-(4-Morpholine)carbonyl-~i-(6-quinolirry l)-D, L-alanine-L-leucine boronate Deprotection of the product of Example 6E (153 mg, 0.27 mmol) was effected according to the procedure described in Example 3B. Purification by 1 S silica gel chromatography (elution with 50:50:10 hexanes/acetone/methanol) afforded the title compound (87 mg). The product was further purified by reverse phase HPLC; S mg of the title compound was recovered.
Example 7: N (4 Morpl:oline)carbonyl ~i-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine-L-leucine metl:ylboronic acid CMG 317J; and N-(4 Morpholine) carbonyl ~i-(1-naphthyl) ~alanine-L-leucine dimetl:ylborane CMG-318J
To a suspension of MG-273 (prepared as described in Example 1, 101.5 mg, 0.23 mmol) in 3 mL of a 2:1 mixture of Et20/CHZC12 was added 1,3-propanediol (20.0 mL, 0.28 mmol). The resultant clear solution was stirred for 30 min at room temperature, and then anhydrous MgSO~ was added. Stirring was continued for an additional 30 min, and then the mixture was filtered through a cotton plug and then through a 0.2 mm PTFE filter. The solution was concentrated, toluene (2 mL) was added, and the mixture was again concentrated to produce a white solid. Anhydrous THF (3 mL) was added, and the resultant solution was cooled to 0°C. MeLi (0.8 mL, 1.12 mmol) was added. After min, the mixture was warmed to room temperature. After 20 min, the light red solution was cooled to 0°C, quenched with a few drops of water, and then diluted with 10 mL of IN HCI. The colorless solution was extracted with CH,C12 (2 x mL), and the combined extract was concentrated to afford a white solid.
Purification by flash chromatography (elution with 2-4% MeOH/CHCl3, followed 10 by 10% MeOH/CHCI3) afforded MG-317 (17.7 mg) and MG-318 (72.1 mg).
Example 8: N Benzy! (3R)-3-dioxyboryl S-methylhexanamide CMG-342J
A. tert-Butyl (3R)-3 ~(1S,2S,3R,SS)-(pinanediyldioxy)borylJ S-metJ:ylJrexanoate A 200-mL round-bottomed flask was charged with anhydrous THF (50 I S mL) and tert-butyl acetate (0.48 mL, 3.56 mmol). The solution was cooled to -78°C under nitrogen, and LDA (I.5 M solution in cyclohexane, 2.2 mL,, 3.3 mmol) was added by syringe over 8 min. The resultant solution was stirred for 10 min, and then a solution of (IS,2S,3R,SS)-pinanediol I-bromo-3-methylbutylboronate (Organometallics 9:3171 (1990)) (1.04 g, 3.15 mmol) in anhydrous THF (15 mL) was added by cannula over 8 min. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stir overnight.
The pale pink solution was concentrated, and the residue was dissolved in 200 mL of ether. The solution was washed with saturated aqueous NH4C1 and saturated aqueous NaCI. Concentration gave a clear orange oil, which was purified by flash chromatography (elution with 2-3% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford the title compound (584 mg).
B. (3R)-3-~(IS,2S,3R,SS)-(pinanediyldioxy)borylJ-S-methylhexanoic acid To a solution of the product of Example 8A (323 mg, 0.89 mmol) in CHZC12 (8 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (2.0 mL, 26 mmol). The resultant mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and dried overnight under high vacuum to produce a dark brown oil (309.3 mg).
C. N Benzyl-(3R)-3-~(IS,2S,3R,SS) pinanediyldioxy)borylJ S-metltylhexanamide To a solution of the product of Example 8B (300 mg, 0.9 mmol) and TBTU (410 mg, 1.08 mmol) in anhydrous acetonitrile (5 mL) was added benzylamine (0.12 mL, 1.10 mmol), followed by diisopropylethylamine (0.50 mL, 2.9 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature, and then was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous NaHC03 and saturated aqueous NaCI.
Concentration gave a dark brown oil, which was purified by flash chromatography (elution with 20% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford the title compound (232 mg) as a clear, colorless oil.
D. N Benzyl (3R)-3-dioxyboryl S-methylhexanamide The product of Example 8C (223 mg, 0.56 mmol) was deprotected according to the procedure described in Example 3B. Purification by flash chromatography (elution with 5% MeOH/CHC13) provided a pale yellow oil, which was dissolved in acetonitrile/MeOH. Water was added and the mixture was lyophilized overnight to produce the title compound (108 mg) as a fluffy white solid.
Example 9: N-Acetyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-isoquinolinecarbonyl L-leucine boronic acid CMG 310J
A. N-Boc-1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-3-isoquinolinecarboxylic acid A solution of 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-isoquinolinecarboxylic acid (855 mg, 4.83 mmol), (Boc)z0 (1.37 g, 6.28 mmol), and INNaOH (6 mL) in a mixture of t-BuOH (12 mL) and water (12 mL) was stirred overnight at room temperature.
The reaction mixture was diluted with water (30 mL) and washed with ether-hexanes (1:1, 2 x 25 mL). The organic layer was back-extracted with 10%
NaHC03. The combined aqueous layers were carefully acidified to pH 2-3 and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 30 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with water and saturated aqueous NaCI, dried (MgS04), and concentrated to provide the title compound (1.27 g) as a white solid.
B. (1S,2S,3R,SS)-Pinanediol N Boc-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-uoquinolinecarbonyl L-leucine boronate To a mixture of (1S,2S,3R,SS)-pinanediol-L-leucine boronate trifluoroacetate salt (1.14 g, 3.03 mmol), N Boc-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-isoquinolinecarboxylic acid (762 mg, 2.75 mmol), and BOP reagent (1.34 g, 3.03 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was added, over a period of 2 h, DIEA ( 1.44 mL, 8.25 mmol). The resultant solution was stirred for 1 h after addition was complete. The reaction mixture was poured into water (300 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 75 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with dilute aqueous HCI, half saturated aqueous NaHC03, water, and saturated aqueous NaCI, dried (MgS04), and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (elution with 20% EtOAc-hexanes) to provide the title compound ( 1.04 g) as a white foamy solid.
C. (IS,2S,3R,SS)-Pinanediol 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-isoquinolinecarbonyl L-leucine boronate hydrochloride salt The product of Example 9B (755 mg) was dissolved in CHZCIZ ( 10 mL) and cooled to 0 °C. A solution of 4N HCI in dioxane (8 mL, 0.03 mol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature. Concentration and trituration with ether-hexanes afforded the title compound (565 mg) as an off white solid.
D. (IS,2S,3R,SS)-Pinanediol N acetyl 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-isoquinolinecarbony! L-leucine boronate The product of Example 9C (262 mg, 0.59 mmol) was treated at room temperature with AciO (0.085 mL, 0.89 mmol) and DIEA (0.18 mL, 1.36 mmol) in CHZCIz (S mL). After 24 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with CHZC12 (20 mL), washed with 1NHC1, half saturated NaHC03, and water, dried (Na2S04), and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (elution with EtOAc-hexanes) afforded the title compound (271 mg) as a white foamy solid.
E. N Acetyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3-isoquinolinecarbony! L-leucine boronic acid By a procedure analogous to that described in Example 3B, the product of Example 9D (226 mg, 0.49 mmol) was deprotected to provide the title compound (131 mg) as a foamy, oily solid.
Example 10: N-(4 Morpholine)carbonyl-~i-(2-quinolyl)-L-alanine L-leucine boronic acid CMG 31 SJ
A. Diethyl (2-quinolylmethyl)acetamidomalonate To a solution of 2(chloromethyl)quinoline monohydrochloride (5.0 g, 23.4 mmol) and diethyl acetamidomalonate (10.1 g, 46.7 mmol) in EtOH (60 mL) was added sodium methoxide (3.78 g, 70 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 6 h. The reaction mixture was cooled, filtered, and concentrated.
The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (400 mL) and extracted with cold 4N HCI (3 x 150 mL). The aqueous layer was neutralized with 1 ON NaOH and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 200 mL). The combined organic extract was washed with water, dried (anhydrous MgS04), filtered, and concentrated to give the title compound (8.3 g).
B. N-Acetyl-(3-(2-quinolyl)-D,L-alanine etlryl ester To a solution of the product of Example l0A (8 g, 22.3 mmol) in EtOH
( 180 mL) was added 6.1 N NaOH (6.5 mL, 40 mmol). After 2 h, 11.1 N HCl ~(3 .6 mL, 40 mmol) was added, and the reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness.
The residue was suspended in 1,4-dioxane (200 mL) and the mixture was heated at reflux for 90 min. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (elution with 30-50% acetone-hexanes) to provide to title compound (4.3 g).
C. N-Acetyl ~3-(2-quinolyl)-L-alanine The product of Example 1 OB (4.3 g, 1 ~ mmol) was treated with Subtilisin Carlsberg (Sigma, 11.9 units/mg, 30 mg, 357 units) at room temperature in aqueous NaHC03 (0.2M, 120 mL). After 2 h, the reaction mixture was extracted with CHC13 (6 x 100 mL). The aqueous layer was concentrated to dryness to provide the title compound (3.5 g), which contained salts.
D. N-Boc-~3-(Z-Quinolyl)-L-alanine A solution of the product of Example l OC (3.5 g, ca. 7.4 mmol) in 6N HCI
(40 mL) was heated at reflux for 16 h. The solvent was removed and the residue was dried in vacuo.
To this residue was added 1,4-dioxane (20 mL), water (20 mL), and 2N
NaOH (10 mL, 20 mmol). The solution was cooled to 0°C and di-t-butyl pyrocarbonate ( 1.6 g, 7.5 mmol) was added. After 1 h at 0 °C, the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirring was continued for 17 h.
The reaction mixture was extracted with CHZCIz (100 mL) and n-BuOH (4 x 100 mL). The aqueous layer was acidified and again extracted with n-BuOH. The organic extracts were combined and concentrated to provide the title compound ( 1.6 g).
E. (IS,ZS,3R,SS) Pinanediol N Boc-(3-(Z-quinolyl)-L-alanine-L-leucine boronate By a procedure analogous to that described in Example 2A, the product of Example lOD (0.6 g, 1.9 mmol) was coupled with (1S,2S,3R,SS)-pinanediol leucine boronate trifluoroacetate salt (716 mg, 1.9 mmol) in the presence of BOP
reagent (0.84 g, 1.9 mmol) and triethylamine (0.27 mL, 1.9 mmol). Purification by silica gel chromatography (elution with 10-30% acetone-hexanes) afforded the title compound (194 mg). _' F (IS,2S,3R,SS) Pinanediol N-(4-morplroline)carbonyl-~i-(2-quinolyl) L-alanine L.-leucine boronate The product of Example 1 OE ( 194 mg) was treated with trifluoroacetic acid (7 mL) and thioanisole (1 mL) as described in Example 1B. The resultant S product was condensed with 4-morpholinecarbonyl chloride (568 mg, 3.8 mmol) as described in Example 2C. Purification by silica gel chromatography (elution with 20-50% acetone-hexanes) afforded the title compound (367 mg).
C. N (4 Morpholine)carbonyl (3-(2-quinolyl)-L-alanine L-leucine boronic acid The product of Example lOF (367 mg, 0.64 mmol) was deprotected according to the procedure described in Example 3B to provide the title compound (222 mg).
Example Il: N-Boc-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-isoquinotinecarboxylic acid precursor jor tl:e synthesis ojMG 310J
A. 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-1-isoquinolinecarboxylic acid A solution of 1-isoquinolinecarboxylic acid (1.67 g) in glacial acetic acid (25 mL) was hydrogenated at 60 p.s.i. over PtOZ (270 mg). When the reaction was complete, the mixture was filtered through diatomaceous earth (Celite);~'"' washing the solid pad with MeOH, and the filtrate was concentrated to dryness.
The resultant white solid was triturated with cold water and filtered to provide the title compound (775 mg).
B. N-Boc-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-isoquinolinecarboxylic acid The product of Example 11 B (762 mg, 4.3 mmol) was treated with di-tert-butyl pyrocarbonate ( 1.13 g, 5.17 mmol) according to the procedure described in Example 6B to afford the title compound (886 mg), as a foamy white solid.
Example 12: Diethanolamine N (4-morpholine)carbony! ~i-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine-L-leucine boronate CMG-286J
To a solution of N (4-morpholine)carbonyl-~3-( 1-naphthyl)-L-alanine-L-leucine boronic acid (prepared as described in Example 1, 97.4 mg, 0.22 mmol) in CHZC12 (4 mL) was added a solution of diethanolamine (25.5 mg, 0.24 mmol) in EtOAc (1 mL). The resultant solution was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 h. Anhydrous Na2S04 ( 1.5 g) was added and stirring was continued for an additional 0.5 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated, and the crude product was purified by stirring in hot EtOAc (2 mL) and precipitation with 1 S hexanes ( 1 mL). The solid was collected, washed with hexanes, and dried to provide the title compound ( 106 mg).
Example 13: N-~3-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-2(R)-(I-naphthyl)methylJ
propionyl L-leucine boronic acid CMG 324J
A. 1 Napl:thalenecarboxaldehyde To a cold (-78 °C) solution of oxalyl chloride (6.9 mL, 0.079 mol) in dry CHzCl2 (200 mL) was added dropwise dry DMSO (11.2 mL, 0.158 mol). The mixture was stirred for 10 min, and then a solution of 1-naphthalenemethanol ( 10.0 g, 0.063 mol) in dry CHzCIz (40 mL) was added over 15 min. The mixture was stirred for 10 min, and then Et3N (44 mL, 0.316 mol) was added slowly. The 2~ reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 3.5 h, to the pale yellow heterogeneous mixture was added 10% aqueous citric acid (30 mL) and water ( 100 mL). The organic phase was washed with water ( 100 mL) and saturated aqueous NaCI (100 mL), dried (anhydrous MgS04), filtered, and concentrated. Ether-hexane (1:1) was added, and the mixture was filtered.
S Concentration provided a pale orange oil (9.7 g).
B. Ethyl3-(1-naphthyl)propenoate To a solution of the product of Example 12A (9.7 g, 62 mmol) in CHZC12 ( 150 mL) was added at room temperature (carbethoxymethylene) triphenylphosphorane (25 g, 71 mmol). The resultant mixture was stirred for 1.5 h, and the homogeneous yellow solution was then concentrated to dryness.
Ether-hexane ( 1:1 ) was added, the mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to dryness to provide a pale orange oil (15.3 g).
C. Ethyl3-(1-naphthyl)propionate The product of Example 12B ( 15.3 g, 68 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of EtOAc ( 100 mL) and MeOH ( 10 mL) and hydrogenated at 1 atm. over 10% Pd/C (0.5 g). The reaction was continued for 4 days, replacing the catalyst with fresh catalyst several times. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated to provide 13 g of a crude oil.
D. 3-(1 Naphthyl)propionic acid To a solution of the product of Example 12C (13 g) in a mixture of THF
( 100 mL) and water (25 mL) was added 1 N NaOH (75 mL, 75 mmol). The brown reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The THF was removed. and the aqueous layer was washed with ether (2 x 50 mL): The aqueous w0 96/13266 PCT/US95/14117 layer was acidified to pH 2 with 6N HCl and the precipitated solid was collected, washed with water (100 mL), and lyophilized to give 9.3 g of a pale yellow solid.
E. 3-(I Naphthyl)propionyl chloride To a suspension of the product of Example 12D (4.0 g, 20 mmol) in CHzCl2 (25 mL) at 0 °C was added oxalyl chloride ( 1.9 mL, 22 mmol) and DMF
(0.1 mL). The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and then heated with a heat gun. Additional oxalyl chloride (0.5 mL) was added and heating was continued to produce a dark homogeneous mixture. The reaction mixture was concentrated, the residue was redissolved in CHzCIz-hexane, and the resultant solution was filtered. Concentration afforded 4.9 g of a green liquid.
F. 4(S)-Isopropyl 3 ~3-(I-naphthyl)-1-oxopropylJ Z-oxazolidinone To a solution of (4S')-(-)-4-isopropyl-2-oxazolidinone (2.32 g, 18 mmol) in dry THF (50 mL) at -78°C was added dropwise n-BuLi (2.SMin hexanes, mL, 20 mmol). The heterogeneous white mixture was stirred at -78°C for min, and then a solution of the product of Example 12E (4.9 g, 20 mmol) in dry THF (25 mL) was added dropwise over 15-20 min. After 1.5 h, the reaction was quenched by the addition of 1N HCl (25 mL) and saturated aqueous NaCI (25 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min, and then the THF
was removed by rotary evaporation. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc, and the combined organic extract was dried (anhydrous MgS04), filtered, and concentrated. The residue was filtered through a pad of silica gel (elution with 20% EtOAc-hexanes) to provide 2.8 g of a pale pink solid.
G. 3-~3-Benzyloxycarbonyl-2(R)-~(1-naphthyl)methylJ-1-oxopropylJ-4(S)-isopropyl-2-oxazolidinone To a solution of 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexamethyldisilazane (0.75 mL, 3.5 mmol) in dry THF (10 mL) at 0°C was added n-BuLi (2.SMin hexanes, 1.45 mL, 3.6 mmol). After 10 min, the mixture was cooled to -78°C and a solution of the product of Example 12F ( 1.0 g, 3.2 mmol) in dry THF (8 mL) was added dropwise. After 30-40 min, benzyl bromoacetate (0.75 mL, 4.8 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at -78°C for 1 h, and at 0°C for 5-10 min. The reaction was quenched by the addition of INHCI (10 mL), and the solution was extracted with ether. The combined organic extract was washed with saturated aqueous NaHC03 and saturated aqueous NaCI, dried anhydrous MgS04), filtered and concentrated. The wet solid was triturated with hexane-ether ( 1:1 ), filtered, and dried to give the title compound (0.6 g) as a white solid.
H. 3 ~2(R)-(1-naphtl:yl)methylJ 3 ~4(S)-isopropyl-2-oxazolidinoylJ
propanoic acid To the product of Example 12G (600 mg, 1.3 mmol) was added MeOH
( 15 mL), EtOH ( 15 mL), EtOAc (5 mL), and CHZC12 (5 mL), followed by I 0%
Pd/C ( 100 mg). The reaction mixture was hydrogenated under 1 atm. H2. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated. The residue was triturated with ether-hexanes, the solvents were removed, and the resultant white solid was dried in vacuo to give 480 mg of the title compound.
I. 4(S)-Isopropyl-3 ~4-morpholino-2(R)-(1-naphthyl)methyl 1,4-dioxobutylJ 2-oxazolidinone To a solution of the product of Example 12H (473 mg, I .28 mmol) in dry THF (25 mL) at 0°C was added dropwise under nitrogen morpholine (130 mL, 1.47 mmol). diethyl pyrocarbonate (240 mL, 1.47 mmol), and triethylamine (220 mL, 1.6 mmol). After 2 h, the solvent was removed in vacuo, and the residue was washed with water and extracted with ether-EtOAc (1:1 ). The combined organic extract was dried (anhydrous MgS04), filtered, and concentrated. The residue was triturated with EtOAc-hexanes to provide the title compound (410 mg).
S J. 3-(4-morpholine)carbonyll(R)-(1-naphthyl)methyl propionic acid To a solution of the product of Example 12I (400 mg, 0.913 mmol) in a mixture of THF (8 mL) and water (2 mL) at 0°C was added LiOH (80 mg, 1.9 mmol). The reaction mixture was stored at 0°C overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated to remove THF, 1 N NaOH (20 mL) was added, and the mixture was washed with CHZC12 (15 mL). The aqueous layer was acidified to pH 2 with 1N HCl and extracted with CHZC12. The combined organic extract was dried (anhydrous MgS04), filtered, and concentrated. The residue was triturated with ether-hexanes, and the solvents were removed in vacuo to provide the crude I 5 product (240 mg) as a white foam.
K. (IS,1S,3R,SS) PinanediolN ~3-(4 morpholine)carbonyl 2(R)-(1-naphthyl)metl:ylJpropionyl L-leucine boronate To a solution of the product of Example 12J (230 mg, 0.7 mmol) in DMF
(8 mL) at 0°C was added (1S,2S,3R,SS)-pinanediol leucine boronate trifluoroacetate salt (293 mg, 0.77 mmol) and TBTU (293 mg, (0.77 mmol). To the resultant mixture was added slowly over 1.5 h diisopropylethylamine (365 mL, 2.1 mmol). After addition was complete, the reaction mixture was stirred for min. Water (100 mL) was added, and the precipitated solid was collected, - washed with water (SO mL), and lyophilized to provide the title compound (300 25 mg).
L. N-~3-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-2(R)-(1-naphthyl)methylJ
propionyl-L-leucine boronic acid By a procedure analogous to that described in Example 3B, the product of Example 12K (300 mg, 0.522 mmol) was deprotected to provide the title compound (150 mg).
Example 14: traps-4-Phenoxy-L proline-L-leucine boronic acid CMG-349J
A. N Carbobenzyloxy-traps-4-ltydroxy-L proline According to the literature procedure (J. Am. Chem. Soc. 189 (1957)), traps-4-hydroxy-L-proline (5.12 g, 0.039 mol) was treated with benzyl chloroformate (8.5 mL, 0.06 mol) to provide the title compound (6.0 g) as a white solid.
B. N Carbobenzyloxy-traps-4-hydroxy L proline methyl ester To a solution of the product of Example 13A (1.08 g, 3.75 mmoi) in acetonitrile (4 mL) at 0°C was added dropwise DBU (0.62 mL, 4.12 mmol).
After 5 min, MeI (0.28 mL, 4.5 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stir overnight. The solvent was removed, the residue was dissolved in ether-EtOAc (1:1, 30 mL), and the resultant solution was washed with INHCI, dilute aqueous NaHC03, water, and saturated aqueous NaCI. The organic layer was dried (anhydrous MgS04) and concentrated to provide the title compound (822 mg) as a light yellow oil.
C. N Carbobenzyloxy-traps-4 phenoxy-L proline methyl ester To a mixture of the product of Example 13B (495 mg, 1.71 mmol), phenol (193 mg, 2.05 mmol), and triphenylphosphine (537 mg, 2.05 mmol) in THF (7 mL) at 0°C was added over 1 h diethyl azodicarboxylate (0.32 mL, 2.05 mmol).
S The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stir overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated, and the residue was dissolved in ether (8 mL) and allowed to stand at 0°C overnight. The solution was decanted and the solids were washed with cold ether. The ethereal solution was concentrated, and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (elution with 10-30% EtOAc-hexanes) to provide the title compound (295 mg).
D. N Carbobenzyloxy-traps-4 phenoxy-L proline The product of Example 13C (285 mg, 0.79 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of O.SNaqueous LiOH (20 mL) and MeOH (10 mL), and the resultant solution was stirred at room temperature overnight. The MeOH was removed in vacuo, and the aqueous layer was washed with ether (2 x 20 mL). The aqueous layer was cooled, acidified with 3N HCI, and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL).
The combined organic extract was washed with water and saturated aqueous NaCI, dried (anhydrous MgS04), filtered, and concentrated to provide the title compound (251 mg) as a light yellow solid.
E. (1S,2S,3R,SS) pinanediol N Carbobenzyloxy-traps-4 phenoxy-L proline-L-leucine boronate By a procedure analogous to that described in Example 12K, the product of Example 13D (250 mg, 0.72 mmol) was coupled with (1S,2S,3R,SS)-pinanediol leucine boronate trifluoroacetate salt (300 mg, 0.79 mmol) in the presence of TBTU (302 mg, 0.79 mmol) to provide the title compound (355 mg) as a white solid.
F. (IS,2S,3R,SS) pinanediol traps-4 phenoxy-L proline L-leucine boronate The product of Example 13E (343 mg) was hydrogenated for 20 h at 1 atm. over 10% Pd/C (45 mg) in EtOH (3 mL). The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and concentrated to provide the title compound (272 mg).
G. traps-4-Phenoxy L proline-L-leucine boronic acid By a procedure analogous to that described in Example 3B, the product of Example 13F (270 mg, 0.6 mmol) was deprotected to provide the title compound ( 130 mg) as a white solid.
Example IS: ~(3S,SR)-4 ~(8-quinolinesuljonyl)aminoJ 3-hydroxy-S-(1-naphthyl)pentanoylJ-L-leucine boronic acid A. (4S,SS)-1-Boc-4-Irydroxy-S-(1-naphthyl) pyrrolidin-2-one To a solution of N Boc-~3-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine (1.4 g, 4.44 mmol), 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxane-4,6-dione (704 mg, 4.88 mmol), and 4-DMAP (1.25 g, 10.21 mmol) in CHZCIZ (40 mL) at 0°C was added isopropenyl chlorofonmate (0.53 mL, 4.8 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h at 0°C
and for 2 h at room temperature. The reaction was quenched by the addition of aqueous KHS04. The organic layer was washed with water, dried (anhydrous MgS04), filtered, and concentrated. The residue was suspended in EtOAc (30 mL) and heated at reflux for 2 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo.
The residue was dissolved in CHzCl2-HOAc (10:1, 30 mL), and sodium borohydride (310 mg. 8.21 mmol) was added at 0°C. The mixture was stirred for 1 h at 0°C and for 15 h at room temperature. Water was added, and the organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous NaCI, dried (anhydrous MgS04), filtered, and concentrated. Purification by silica gel chromatography (elution with 20-30% acetone-hexanes) afforded the title compound ( 1.24 g).
B. (3S,SR)-4-(tert-butyloxycarbony!)amino-3-I:ydroxy-S-(1-napl:tl:yl)pentanoic acid The product of Example 14B (1.24 g, 3.64 mmol) was dissolved in acetone ( 15 mL) and aqueous NaOH ( 1 M, 4 mL, 4 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The mixture was acidified with 10% HCl and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 60 mL). The combined organic extract was washed with water, dried (anhydrous MgS04), filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (elution with 30-50% acetone-hexanes and 70:30:10 hexane:acetone:methanol) to give the title compound (0.61 g).
C. (IS,2S,3R,SS) Pinanediol ~(3S,SR)-4-(tert butyloxycarbonyl) amino-3-l:ydroxy-S-(I-nap!:thyl)pentanoylJ L-leucine boronate By a procedure analogous to that described in Example 2, the product of Example 14B (395 mg, 1.1 mmol) was coupled with (1S,2S,3R,SS)-pinanediol leucine boronate trifluoroacetate salt (415 mg, 1.1 mol) in the presence of BOP
reagent (487 mg, 1.1 mmol) to afford the title compound (261 mg).
D. (IS,2S,3R,SS)-Pinanediol ~(3S,SR)-4 (8-quinolinesulfonyl) amino-3-I:ydroxy-S-(1-napltthyl)pentanoylJ L-leucine boronate The product of Example 14C (261 mg, 0.43 mmol) was dissolved in CH~CI, (10 mL) and treated at 0°C with trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL) and 2~ thioanisole ( 1 mL). After 2 h, solvents were evaporated.
The residue was dissolved in CHzCl2 ( 10 mL) and cooled to 0 °C.
8-Quinolinesulfonyl chloride (98 mg, 0.43 mmol) and triethylamine (0.12 mL, 0.86 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0°C for 1 h and at room temperature for 15 h. The solvents were removed, water was added, and the product was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic extract was washed with saturated aqueous NaHC03 and saturated aqueous NaCI, dried (anhydrous MgS04), and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (elution with 20-50% EtOAc-hexanes) to provide the title compound ( 152 mg).
E. ~(3S,SR)-4-(8-quinolinesulfonyl)amino-3-hydroxy-S-(1-napl:tl:yl)pentanoylJ L-leucine boronic acid The product of Example 14D (152 mg, 0.22 mmol) was deprotected according to the procedure described in Example 3B to provide the title compound (12.7 mg).
Example 16: cis-3 Phenyl D,L proline L-leucine boronic acid hydrocl:loride salt CMG 3S9J
A. Dietlryl 1-acetyl-4 phenyl 2 pyrrolidinol S,S-dicarboxylate Sodium spheres (washed 3 x with hexanes and dried in vacuo; 0.13 g, 5.7 mmol) were added to a solution of diethyl acetimidomalonate (12.2 g, 56.1 mmol) in absolute EtOH under nitrogen. After the sodium had dissolved, the solution was cooled in an ice bath and cinnamaldehyde (7.8 mL, 61.7 mmol) was added dropwise. The bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The solution was adjusted to pH 4 with acetic acid (~ 3 mL). Solvents were evaporated and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (elution with EtOAc) to give a yellow solid, which was recrystallized (benzene-hexane) to provide the title compound ( 14.1 g) as a white solid.
B. Diethyll-acetyl 3 phenylpyrrolidine-2,2-dicarboxylate Trifluoroacetic acid ( 15.4 mL) was added slowly over 15 min to a solution of the product of Example I SA (7.0 g, 20.1 mmol) and triethylsilane (4.9 mL, 30.8 mmol) in CHCl3 (40 mL). After 3 h, the solvents were evaporated and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc (150 mL), washed with water, 5% aqueous NaHC03, and saturated aqueous NaCI, dried (anhydrous MgSO ~ and concentrated to give 5.9 g of a colorless oil.
C. N Acetyl 3 phenylproline etl:yl ester The product of Example 15B (5.9 g) was dissolved in O.SNNaOH (200 mL) and the resultant solution was stirred at room temperature for 21 h. The solution was washed with EtOAc (75 mL) and then acidified to pH 2 with 3N
HCI. The precipitated solids were extracted with CHC13. The organic layer was concentrated to give a gummy residue, which was dissolved in toluene (70 mL) and heated at 75 °C for 1 h. The solvent was evaporated to provide the title compound (4.2 g) as a light yellow oil.
D. N Acetyl-traps-3 phenyl D,L proline; and N acetyl cis-3-pl:enyl D,L proline etl:yl ester The product of Example ISC (4.2 g, 16 mmol) was dissolved IMNaOEt in EtOH ( 100 mL) which contained 2 mL of ethyl trifluoroacetate as a water scavenger, and the resultant solution was heated at reflux for 2 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. water (65 mL) was added, and the solution was stirred for 2.~ h. Most of the EtOH was removed by rotary _77_ evaporation and the aqueous solution was extracted with CHzCl2. The aqueous layer was acidified with 3N HCl and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extract was washed with water and saturated aqueous NaCI, dried (anhydrous MgS04), and concentrated. The orange gummy solid was triturated with ether to provide . a yellow solid, which was recrystallized (EtOAc-MeOH) to provide the acid (1.91 g) as light yellow crystals. Concentration of the CHZCIz extracts afforded the ester (396 mg) as an orange oil.
E. cis-3-Phenyl D,L proline hydrocl:loride salt The ester obtained in Example 15D (375 mg) was hydrolyzed by heating at reflux in 6N HCI (5 mL) for 17 h. The cooled reaction mixture was washed with EtOAc and the aqueous layer was concentrated to dryness.
Recrystallization (MeOH-ether) afforded the title compound (201 mg).
F. N Boc-cis-3-Phenyl D,L proline The product of Example 15E (189 mg, 0.84 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of 2N NaOH (3 mL) and 1,4-dioxane (3 mL). tert-Butyl pyrocarbonate (218 mg, 1.0 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. Dioxane was removed by rotary evaporation, water (30 mL) was added, and the mixture was washed with EtOAc. The aqueous phase was cooled to 0°C, acidified with 3N HCI, and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water and saturated aqueous NaCI, dried (anhydrous MgS04), and concentrated to give the title compound (199 mg).
_78_ G. (IS,2S,3R,SS)-Pinanediol N Boc-cu-3 phenyl D,L proline L-leucine boronate By a procedure analogous to that described in Example 4B, the product of Example 15F (192 mg, 0.66 mmol) was coupled with (1S,2S,3R,SS)pinanediol leucine boronate trifluoroacetate salt (274 mg, 0.73 mmol) in the presence of TBTU (277 mg, 0.73 mmol) to provide the title compound (286 mg).
H. cu-3 Phenyl D,L proline-L-leucine boronic acid I:ydrocl:loride salt The product of Example 15G (262 mg) was dissolved in CHZCIz (5 mL) and treated at 0 °C with 4N HCl-dioxane (4 mL). After 2 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness, and the residue was treated with isobutylboronic acid (66 mg, 0.64 mmol) according to the procedure described in Example 3B to provide the title compound (71 mg) as a white solid.
Example 17: tram-3-Phenyl D,L proline-L-leucine boronic acid Irydrochloride salt CMG-363J
A. N Boc-traps-3-Pl:enyl L proline By a procedure analogous to that described in Example lA, N acetyl-traps-3-phenyl-D,L-proline (prepared as described in Example 15D; 1.5 g, 6.44 mmol) was coupled with (S)-a-methylbenzylamine (0.92 mL, 7.08 mmol) in the presence of EDC (1.26 g, 7.08 mmol) and HOBT 9956 mg, 7.08 mmol). The diastereomeric products were separated by flash chromatography (elution with 1.5-2.5% HOAc-EtOAc). Fractions corresponding to the slower eluting band were concentrated to provide a clear, colorless oil (913 mg).
The oil (900 mg, 2.68 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of HOAc (7 mL) 2~ and 8N HCl and the mixture was heated at reflux for 18 h. The mixture was concentrated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in water (30 mL), washed with EtOAc, and again concentrated to dryness.
The residue was redissolved in 1:1 water-1,4-dioxane (15 mL) and treated with tert-butyl pyrocarbonate ( 1.13 g, 5.20 mmol) by a procedure analogous to that described in Example 15F to provide the title compound (574 mg) as a white solid.
B. traps-3-Phenyl L proline-L-leucine boronic acid hydrochloride salt By procedures analogous to those described in Examples 15G-H, the product of Example 16A (332 mg, 1.14 mmol) was coupled with (1S,2S,3R,SS)-pinanediol leucine boronate trifluoroacetate salt (452 mg, 1.20 mmol) anc~ deprotected to provide the title compound (101 mg) as a white solid.
Example 18: Kinetic experiments Table II summarizes results from kinetic experiments that measured the inhibition of the 20S proteasome by compounds having the formula of compound ( 1 ) or (2). P, AA', AA2, AA3, and Z' and ZZ represent the structures present on formula ( 1 ) or (2). The protocol for the kinetic assay described in Tables II-V is as described in Rock et al., Cell 78: 761-771 (1994). In these tables, K;
values are reported, which are dissociation constants for the equilibrium that is established when enzyme and inhibitor interact to form the enzyme:inhibitor complex. The reactions were performed using SDS-activated 20S proteasome from rabbit muscle. The substrate used was Suc-LLVY-AMC.
O ~ p ~ 00 ~ O
O D ~ _ O~ O M O Q _ N O
O O O M O
", O O O
N w -v w N ~ ~ ~ ~ x x x Z x T x x a O y y O O O O O O O O
C
o c c a c o c a a c ~ c c V ~ ~ ~ ~ a a ~ .~ ~ .. .~ ~ ~ . ~
v .~
- .:~..~.~ .:a.a ,~ .:aa .:~.~ .a ..:~
a d c ' N
W
N
I
o ~
pa d ~ ~ ~ ~ N
_. ' H er ~ a .~ z ~ z .,-z .~ .~ z d s d ~ ~ ~ a ~ a o .~ .~ .a ,~ .a O
w a.
a o ..a~ , , , , , , , N
O
.O
v w.
O
C
O
.
.
.
... a :~
H
s s ~ p N N N N N N N N N
U U U U U U U ~ U ~ U d c N ~ I~ 00 O N M ~ 00 N M
O ~p ~p ~p ~p ~O t~ I~ I~ I~ n 00 00 d N N N N N N N N N N N N
O i ~ i i ~ i ~ i V
°yr, yn o0 x N O ~ N d ~ N O
r. M O O I~ ~O ~1 O ~D
t °c °c .= ~: s = ~ ,~ .= ~ ~ = r:
O O :~ .~ O O O O ~ ~~ O
V
n d' ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ N
..7 1 ...7 ~.7 ~-~ .a ...7 ~ ~.7 j ,.~ ,.~ J D ..a .~ ..~ ~7 z Q ~-/ ~''~ o Q
~x eC td O M M O
~r ~r z z z z Q
a ,U
a s s s s n, a a Q ~ ~ a w0 l~ oo Ov O ~ N
pp pp o0 00 00 Ov Ov D\
N N N N N N N N N
O ~ V V V V ~ V V V
I U
O ~ 00 t~ ~ ~ f1 M l!1O~ N ~ M ~ N N
M O O ~ N V1 I~ 00 N ~n O O O n M O O O O O
N
N N N N N N N N N
N N N N N N N n /1 /~ /1 /1 ~ ~1 /~ /1 I~
/1 ~ /1 /1 ~1 ~ /1 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 V ~ v 'r ~ ~r ~r ~ 'r ~r ~r ~r ~r ~r ~r ~ ~
v n a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a Q
Q a~ ~ a~ a~ a~ a~ v a~ n~ a~ a~ a~ a~ a~ a~ a~ n~
,~ .-7,~ .~ ,~ ,~ ,~ ~.7,~ ~ .a .a ~.7 , , , , , , , , , ~ , , ~ ~ ~ ,~ ,..7..7r.7.a .a .~ ..7, Ll .~ .~ .~ .~ .a .~
b >, N N
C
N
m io ~ e~
z z v H z z z z ~. ~- z z z , , , , , , , , , , , o , a a .a ~ .~ a ~ a ~ a A
.a Q
a , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ~, , , ~
, , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ., O
'.
U
a C
.
v~ U ~
, , x _ _ _ s s o, n. s c. s - U
~ o ~ 0 o N a a ~ ~ ~ o 0 0 0 x ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ a x -~ a ~
__ M y vG I~ 00 O~ O N M ~f ~n ~O I~ oo O~
! p~ ~ Ov Ov p~ Cv Cv O O O O O O O O O O
d i N N N N N N N M M M M M M M M M M
, , , , , , , , , , , , , i , i i O C7 C7 C7 C~ C7 C7 C7 C7 C7 C7 C7 L7 C7 L7 C~ C7 C7 V
$3 N
M N O
x ~ ~C ~ O N N
N
,= .: V ,=
O O O O O O O U
.r .r .. .. ... '. .r .r ...a ..~ ...7 ..7 a ~ , i ~7 ,~ ..:7 ,.a ,~ ,..a \
o -\ o Q \ /z Q \ zx / \ ix zx '"~/.. ~a z z a ; a Q
; ; ; ; ; , , a O
V O
U
>, i. _ s ~ ~~ s U s .
a _ o ~ o o' Q ~ a. ~ ~ z p O N M ~ V1 ~p ~ pp M M M M M M M M
..
_C
O O N 00 N N O O s N O
N O
N
N
N N N N N N N N N N N
/~ I1 r1 ~ ~ n /1 /1 ~ /1 /1 x x x x x x x x x x x x ~ 'r ~ v, v v v ~r v 'r n a~ s a v ar a> a~ ai a~ a~ n~ a~
...ao. ...~..a,.~ ...a,.a..a.a ..~
a .a .:~i .:~ .:~,~ .:~,~ .:~,5 .5 N
Q
Q
s s 0. 0.
O O
z s s z z z z z . ; ; .:~.~ ,5 ,.a..:,..'.,.:~
i Q
Q
., , O
..
a n p v ..t.~ ~ v U >, ' i< .~ v 'r U
~ '3 0 ~
S a. n. x ' O O ~ '--O N ~, .a a.
x ~ ~ Q ~ CG U U x x O~ ~~ N M et v1 00 O~ N M rf ~O
N N N N N N N M M M M
M M M M M M M M M M M M
i ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ i i ~
C7 C~ C7 C7 t7 C7 C7 C7 C7 C7 C7 C~
V
~
N v O O
O
,,PTO ~~ ~O
V O Cv N
_N _N N _N N _N
x x ~ x . x x O O O O O O
.. .r .~ .r .r ..., Q
7 ~7 O "", Q
z= O O
... Z=
z a.
Z O p"
..7 J
Q
Q
' ' , ~ , ; , , .
a O
O
U ~,.
_ ,=, _ U
U ~~ U ~
d x ~' c.
Z ~ Z
c p t~ 00 Ov O .-.
M M M ~t M M M M M M
~6 ..
N ~G
_ n O ~ O N N
N
_N _N _N _N _N _N
Z ~ Z ~ ~ Z
O O O O O O
.. .. .r .r .....r a .~ ~ .a , , a N
0. 0.,p.
, a, , , , p ~ ~ ~ Z
, , , , Q
Q
, , , , , , , , , , , , v G. .-, U N
O ~ O
U
X ' c .
~ T
a , Q ~ U .~ Z
c M ~ V1 ~D I~ 00 c ~ ~ ~ ~ v M M M M M M
O C7 O C7 O V C~
U
o ~, tV '~ h ~!1 00 N o0 .-. O tn G O N
H
N
Z . Z
O O O O O O
~r v ~r v ~r n Q ~ d ~ ~ p ,.~ ,..~ .~ r.~
, O
O
x Q zx / ~ / ",.p / ~ ~ zx a , a a a Q
Q
l O
zx O
v v a" V O
U U
x ~ = a T ~ c~. GA °.r a O Ov O ~~ N M ct G ~ N N v1 wo O V V V V V V
V
..
N ~ '~t x M
O N O V1 O ~C
N
N
N N N N N N
N z ~ z z z z .r ~ .r Q
.a , , , o \ / o Q
Q
zx ~ z x a a~ a~
t s c4 cs. n.
, , , a ~ a Q
Q
, , , , , , , , , , , ~ '1 \zx a 0 0.. U U
, , .. ~
U ~ U v ~ \
T
N Gt, G.
, ~ , U Z ~ Z
a p ~C I~ 00 C~ ~ N
d ~ N
M M M M M M
O
U
v1 O N N
x yn ~j vC .~ ~t O:
M V vi N ~ O
N
.= .:
O . O O O O O O
.... ... .r .r .r .r ....
Q
Q
..a ~ ..a .a ..a ...~ a O O
Q
s:
Z= Z=
Z=
~, w s ' ,-.~ ,.:~ .a Q
Q
..
N
v O
_ >, _ U v_~ U
U ~ U N U
c Z p.~', x a 0.
~ °' Z a. ~ ~ Z
c G ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ o°o oNo ,. M M M M M M M
O v N _ x ~ M N
O N C~
N
N
O O O
'. .. ...
Q
J
O
_ ~ x, z x \ j z s ''°x w o_ a Q
a a O
v U _ _ L U U
Z
z x O M ~n ~D
M M M
O
U
II 0.
~
O
N .C
O C
aII v y o N , N
: ' c ~, .
>
x , 0.
a O , H N
v U
C
p II
_~
Q
~ II C
c .
~ a ~c M r ~a a I, ..
I oo O ~L
~/
U n o ~, .
a .. O
G
, ~L
L
Q' M
II
O U
U _. ~
cd Zt .C ~ N
' a O U d v _C_ C
rf -O CG
II j, .
L. rn s ~ Q
Q _ o I~
C
a o ea ' a '"
U v~ o o .'.. ' cn C'1 O
_ 4.. L
II ~
~ ~r ca ~ .a ."
z a ' ->
, o "
a, II
N ~ ~ of a. o m s c .
a~
=
c o c a c a "
a ~
c ' c .
-~
.
o ca ~
'J .fl U 'r =
C N
O C r' O
U
~
._ , h ~
I
~
~
N
II O
_ M = c0 N . v ~ N
V V ~ a~.z s Oa C N N' II
V
In Table III, P, AA', AA2, AA3, and X are substituents of the general formula: P - AA' - AAZ - AA3 - X
Table III demonstrates that dipeptide boronic acids have lower K; values than the corresponding dipeptide aldehydes.
Table III
Comparison of Dipeptide Boronic Acids to Dipeptide Aldehydes Cpd. p AA' AAZ AA' X 20S I~ (nM) MG-105 Z -- L-Leu L-Leu CHO 15,000 MG-274 Z -- L-Leu L-Leu B(OH)Z 3.0 In Table IV, P, AA', AA2, AA3, and X are substituents of the general formula: P - AA' - AAZ - AA3 - X.
Table IV demonstrates the markedly superior selectivity for the 20S
proteasome over other proteases, e.g. Cathepsin B, exhibited by the boronic esters/acids as compared to the peptide aldehydes.
O vD Q ~ M vD
x N ~r U
.. v~
C/~'~-~tOMO~ ~ oo ~O
~O O O O ~ O O
x ~O
.,r C~
'Q! 'r~'~, U U m as taa as as a W
a a ~ a .a ,~ ~ .a ,~ ,~ .a v '" .~ .~ a ..:a .:a .~ ..'.~
r o I
."
E: ~o,,~ I ~ a ~ ~ a ~ a a ~ a .~'a I
0 0, o~
a ~ .a ~o ~ .5 N
o~
.,.
o ~''' -° of o~ o :O I~. Q V V z z -/
\ ~ z~ ~z b .~ N M ~ O~
O N ~ N N N ~ M
L) O
U
The selectivity of boronic acid inhibitors of the proteasome is further demonstrated in Table V.
Table Y
Selectivity of Boronic Ester and Acid Inhibitors of the 20S Proteasome Human Human 20S Leukocyte Cathepsin Pancreatic Compound Elastase G Chymotrypsin h; (nM) K; (nM) K; (nM) K; (rilVt7 MG-262 0.03 15 55 7 MG-267 0.1 150 33,000 2,300 MG-296 1.7 36 9,200 75 MG-309 0.82 7,000 4,800 465 MG-341 0.6 2,300 628 322 Example 19: Inhibition oJProtein Degradation in C2CI2 Cells C2C12 cells (a mouse myoblast line) were labelled for 48 hrs with 'sS_methionine. The cells were then washed and preincubated for 2 hrs in the same media supplemented with 2mM unlabelled methionine. The media was removed and replaced with a fresh aliquot of the preincubation media containing 50% serum, and a concentration of the compound to be tested. The media was then removed and made up to 10% TCA and centrifuged. The TCA soluble radioactivity was counted. Inhibition of proteolysis was calculated as the percent decrease in TCA soluble radioactivity. From this data, an ECso for each compound was calculated.
Data for compounds of formula ( I ) or (2) are presented in Table VI.
0 0 0 o O o O o O ~n ~o o c ~ M ~ O ~ ~ M
N ~ O Q ~ o N
O
fi ~ ~ ~ ~ ri ci o 0 O
_a N
."' ~ N N N N N N N N N c N N
(~ I1 /~ ~1 /~ /1 ~ /1 /1 /~ /~ /~ /1 x x x x x x x x x ~ x x x 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ~ 0 0 0 v ~r ~r ~ ~ ~ 'r 'r ~ 'b 'r 'r 'r C
m V
v w o ..a.a ..~.a .a ~ .a ~ ~ ,~ .a ~ , ~ , , , , , , , , , , , , o .a a .a .a .a .~ .~ a .a .a .a ,~
N
.
.
O~' _ N
v N
O N
Z v a cV ~ ~ ~ N ~ ~ ~ = ~ e' ~ ~ ~ a.
V ~ .a z .. z .~ .a x ~ ~. z z , , , , , , , , , , , a " a a o ,~ a .~ .~ .~ a a .~
.
C
",, 4~
.,.
O
0 N N N ~ N ~ N
v O O Q O O Q ~ Q
U U U ~ U ~ U ~ ~
.
", C N O N M ~t o0 N cn v'fv0 ~ p~ p W p r t~ t~ t~ ~ 00 00 00 00 00 0o Ov O~ N N N N N N N N N N N N N
, , , , , , , , , , , , , V ~ V V ~ ~ V ~ ~ ~ V V
~6 ..
O op O O O O O O O O ~O O O O O
I~ ~ V' M p O~ ~'~O O M
M h N N M N M N ~' ~ N
n ~, ~' ~1 M
N
N
N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N
I1 ~ I1 ~1 /~ ~ /1 I1 /~ I1 /1 /~ /~ I1 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x .. ,. ., ...,. ., ~.... ~. ..,~. .. ..
n Z
a R
eC R eC c~ cticG
N
z z z ~. z z z H H ~ a. ..
a i I , 1 1 1 ~ 1 , 1 , ~ I , I 1 1 1 1 , 1 1 i , I
I 1 I , ..
U
.-. O
c O
N o v ~ V
c U
~
o a a oa 0 0 0 0 0 ~ a ~ ~
a x x a ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ o, ~ vD o0 Ov ~~ N M ~t ~D I~ 00 Ov N M
N Ov Ov Cv O O O O O O O O
O N N N N M M M M M M M M M M M
C7 C7 C7 C7 C7 C7 C7 C7 C~ C7 C~ U C7 C7 o ~
U
..
O O ~O ~ 0 ~ ~ ~ N
M C O ~t o ~ Q~ N
o r 0 M
h r., ~ N ,.., U c~
,.., N
N
N .~ ~: ~ .: .: .: .~ .: .:
O O O O O
O O O O O
v ~ ~r v v ~r v v v n y 0a.1 d t ~ 0J d d d d J ~ r~ ~ ~ ~ '.-~~ rl r~
..a ..:a.5 ..a._.;,.:;..a,.5.a / \
\ / ~ C C
. .
f~ Or Z Z O O
p e~ ~ ib ed ca cd a. z .~ s z z z z a a ~ a o ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ~; ;
., ..
..
~
, U
t ~ ~ ..
U U ~ ~' ~ U
x x o x x ~ ~ ~ ~, U U x N N N M
N N
M M M M M M M M M
V ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ V
O
U
~, o o ~ ~ o ~ o M
f"~7 ~ ~ ~ ~~ II
C C ~ i .
O
O
'a Q, U 'O
N
II ~a a' r.
~v 1~' .a .: .: .: .~ .~ ~. ~. U N il x x x x x 2 ~ ~ x a O O O O O O O O O a ~ ~
a o r~
N Qj G
.
O
, O
c... N tet a a a a a a a a a a r~ r~ r..~r~ 1~.~~ W ..~ 1-O
1~.~1~.~~ r~ r-.~r~ ..~1-~ r~ C
ct~ Q.
N
C wr ' ~
O
II
~ II
N
~ ~
O M
a Q a_ II ~y QI ~. ~ ~ a ~ '.' ~ ao a a ni G. ~
. j c l. l ~ 1 ~
z -~ c '~ N
..
al a ~ ~ ~
, a ~ a ~
a a w a ~, ~ O
I -~ ~ a ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;
" U ~
>~ II
1 b ~
et ~. ~ ,a II
c~'. Z v I
N
O
_ ~' N
O ~ ~ ~ O
~ U Z Z ~
'-' ~ O a ca O O O ~
U ~e 1 U U ~ U o ~
a c U ~. ,~ ~
~ ~ 'a x z, a '' o . ' / N n.
. ~
N N V \ / Q N .G
t v v ~ ~ 'T' ,.p 1 ~ O
yr _ .a T ,~
l C '~t ...rM V WD t~ O N U C C~3.
y r' r~ cn v ~ ~t ~r ~ N M II ' O M c~1c~1M M M M M 1 ~1 II ~ ~
V C7 C7 C7 C~ V V C7 C7 ~ II ~ ~ N
g ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ U ~ Z ~ oa Example 20: MG 273 Inhibits Corticosterone-Induced Cachexia in Rats Rats were stabilized on a diet free from 3-methylhistidine and then placed in metabolic cages for collection of 24-hour urine samples. After two days of urine collections to determine basal 3-methylhistidine output, the rats were treated with daily subcutaneous injections of corticosterone (100 mg/kg).
Starting on the second day of corticosterone treatment, some of the rats were also treated with MG-273, administered via a subcutaneous osmotic pump at a dose rate of approximately 120 pg/kg body weight/day. Control rats received vehicle only (25% DMSO/75% PEG (200)), administered in a similar fashion. Figure 1 shows that treatment with MG-273 reduced the urinary output of 3-methylhistidine, which was induced in response to corticosterone treatment.
Example 21: MG 273 Inhibits the Activation oJNF tcB
This assay was performed as previously described (Palombella, et al. Cell, 78: 773-785 ( 1994)). MG63 osteosarcoma cells were stimulated by treatment with TNF-a for the designated times. Whole cell extracts were prepared and analyzed by electrophoretic mobility shift assay using the PRDII probe from the human IFN-(i gene promoter. Figure 2 shows that NF-xB binding activity was inhibited by pretreatment for 1 hour with MG 273. An aldehyde inhibitor of the proteasome, MG-132 (Cbz-L-Leu-L-Leu-L-Leu-H), also inhibited NF-xB
binding activity, whereas MG-102 (Ac-L-Leu-L-Leu-L-Met-H), which is inactive against the 20S proteasome, did not inhibit NF-xB binding activity.
Example 22: MG-273 Inhibits Expression of Cell Adhesion Molecules on HUVE Cells ~HLIVECs in microtiter plates were exposed to the indicated concentrations of inhibitor for 1 hour, prior to the addition of 100 U/mL TNF-a. Cell surface binding assays were performed at 4°C, using saturating concentrations of monoclonal antibodies specific for the cell adhesion molecules (Becton Dickenson) and fluorescent-conjugated F(ab')2 goat anti-marine IgG (Caltag Labs, San Francisco, CA). Fluorescent immunoassays for E-selectin and I-CAM
were performed at 4 hours, those for V-CAM at 16 hours. Figure 3 shows that cell-surface expression I-CAM, V-CAM, and E-selectin on TNF-a stimulated HUVECs is significantly inhibited by MG-273 at concentrations of 0.5 ~M or above.
Example 23: BoronicAcid Compounds Block tl:e DTHResponse in Mice Naive mice were sensitized by the application of 20 pL of a 0.5% (v/v) solution of 2,4-dinitrofluorobenzene in 4:1 acetone/olive oil to both of the rear limb footpads. This procedure is performed on two consecutive days, which are referred to as days 0 and 1.
The efferent phase of the contact sensitivity response was elicited on day I 5 S by the application of 10 pL of a 0.2% (v/v) solution of 2,4-dinitrofluorobenzene in 4:1 acetone/olive oil to both sides of the left ear. The contralateral control ear was treated on both sides with 10 pL of vehicle only. The mice were lightly anaesthetized for this procedure by the intraperitoneal (i.p.) injection of a mixture of ketamine (80 mg/kg, Henry Schein) and xylazine (16 mg/kg, Henry Schein).
Test compounds were administered orally as a suspension in 0.5%
methylcellulose (4000 centipoises Fisher Scientific) 30 minutes prior to the application of the challenge dose of 2,4-dinitrofluorobenzene to the ears. The dose was delivered in a final volume of 0.5 mL using a 24 gauge 1 inch malleable feeding needle with a 1.2~ mm ball tip (Roboz Surgical).
Approximately 18 hours after the challenge, ear swelling was determined by measuring both the control and the experimental ear using a Mitutoyo Digital micrometer. The absolute difference in thickness of the experimental (left) ears vs. the control (right) ears was determined for each treatment group. Efficacy was determined by comparing this difference in thickness to the difference calculated for the vehicle control group. Test results are provided in Table VII.
Table YII
Inhibition of the DTH Response in Mice Compound Dose (mg/kg) % Inhibition While the foregoing invention has been described in some detail for purposes of clarity and understanding, it will be appreciated by one skilled in the art from a reading of this disclosure that various changes in form and detail can be made without departing from the true scope of the invention and appended claims.
Claims
THE EMBODIMENTS OF THE INVENTION IN WHICH AN EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY
OR PRIVILEGE IS CLAIMED ARE DEFINED AS FOLLOWS:\
1. A compound having the formula:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein P is hydrogen or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
X2 is one of -C(O)-NH-, -CH(OH)-CH2-, -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -C(O)-CH2-, -SO2-NH-, -SO2-CH2-, or -CH(OH)-CH2-C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or alkyl, or R forms together with the adjacent R2, a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having 4-14 ring members, that can be optionally substituted by one or two of keto, hydroxy, aryl, alkoxy or aryloxy;
R2 and R3 are each independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CH2-R5, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, C3-8cycloalkyl, C1-6alkyl(C3-8)cycloalkyl, C2-8alkenyl, C2-8alkynyl, cyano, amino, C1-6alkylamino, di(C1-6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C1-6)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C1-6alkoxy, C6-10aryl, C6-10aryl(C1-6)alkyl, C6-10aryl(C1-6)alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-6alkylthio, C1-6alkylsulfinyl, C1-6alkylsulfonyl, C6-10arylthio, C6-10arylsulfinyl, C6-10arylsulfonyl, C6-10aryl, C1-6 alkyl(C6-10)aryl, and halo(C6-10)aryl;
R5, in each instance, is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, C3-8cycloalkyl, C1-6alkyl(C3-8)cycloalkyl, C2-8alkenyl, C2-8alkynyl, cyano, amino, C1-6alkylamino, di(C1-6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C1-6)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C1-6alkoxy, C6-10aryl, C6-10aryl(C1-6)alkyl, C6-10aryl(C1-6)alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-6alkylthio, C1-6alkylsulfinyl, C1-6alkylsulfonyl, C6-10arylthio, C6-10arylsulfinyl, C6-10arylsulfonyl, C6-10aryl, C1-6 alkyl(C6-10)aryl, and halo(C6-10)aryl, provided that at least one R2 or R3 is naphthylmethyl, pyridylmethyl or quinolinylmethyl;
Z1 and Z2 are independently one of alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, or aryloxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A is 0.
2. The compound of claim 1, wherein P is R7-C(O), R7-SO2-, R7-NH-C(O)- or R7-O-C(O), and R7 is one of alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, any of which can be optionally substituted by one or two of hydroxy, nitro, trifluoromethyl, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, cyano, C6-10 aryl, benzyl, carboxyalkoxy, amino and guanidino, or when P is R7-C(O)-, then R7 can also be saturated or partially saturated heterocycle.
3. The compound of claim 1, wherein P is R7-C(O)- or R7-SO2-; and R7 is one of C6-10 aryl, C6-10ar(C1-6)alkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl(C1-6)alkyl, any of which can be optionally substituted by one or two of hydroxy, nitro, trifluoromethyl, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, cyano, C6-10 aryl, benzyl, carboxyalkoxy, amino and guanidino, or when P is R7-C(O)-, R7 can also be N-morpholinyl.
4. The compound of claim 1, wherein X2 is ~C(O)-NH-.
5. The compound of claim 1, wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl and -CH2-R5, where R5 is one of C6-10 aryl, C1-10 alk(C6-10)aryl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, or a 5-, 6-, 9- or 10-membered heterocycle.
6. The compound of claim 1, wherein R2 is quinolinylmethyl.
7. The compound of claim 1, wherein said compound is one of:
N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-.beta.-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine-L-leucine boronic acid, or N-(8-quinoline)sulfonyl-.beta.-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine-L-leucine boronic acid;
or an isostere, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or boronate ester thereof, wherein said isostere is a compound wherein the -C(O)-NH- group at X2 is replaced with -CH(OH)-CH2-, -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -C(O)-CH2-, -SO2-NH-, -SO2-CH2-, or -CH(OH)-CH2-C(O)-NH-.
8. A compound having the formula:
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof;
wherein P is hydrogen or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
X2 is one of -C(O)-NH-, -CH(OH)-CH2-, -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -C(O)-CH2-,-SO2-NH-, -SO2-CH2-, or -CH(OH)-CH2-C(O)-NH-;
R forms together with the adjacent R2, a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, or 14 ring members, and one or two optional substituents selected from the group consisting of keto, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy and aryloxy;
R3 is one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5- to 10-membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CH2-R5;
R5, in each instance, is independently one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5- to 10-membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or-W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl;
Z1 and Z2 are independently one of alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, or aryloxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A is 0.
9. A compound having the formula:
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof;
wherein P is hydrogen or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
X2 is one of -C(O)-NH-, -CH(OH)-CH2-, -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -C(O)-CH2-,-SO2-NH-, -SO2-CH2-, or -CH(OH)-CH2-C(O)-NH-;
R forms together with the adjacent R2, a nitrogen-containing ring system selected from the group consisting of:
R3 is one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5- to 10-membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CH2-R5;
R5, in each instance, is independently one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5- to 10-membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or-W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl;
Z1 and Z2 are independently one of alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, or aryloxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A is 0.
10. The compound of claim 8 or 9, wherein P is R7-C(O), R7-SO2-, R7-NH-C(O) or R7-C(O)-, and R7 is one of alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, any of which can be optionally substituted by one or two of hydroxy, nitro, trifluoromethyl, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, cyano, C6-10 aryl, benzyl, carboxyalkoxy, amino and guanidino, or when P is R7-C(O)-, then R7 can also be saturated or partially saturated heterocycle.
11. The compound of claim 10, wherein P is R7-C(O) or R7-SO2-; and R7 is one of C6-10aryl, C6-10ar(C1-6)alkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl(C1-6)alkyl, any of which can be optionally substituted by one or two of hydroxy, nitro, trifluoromethyl, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, cyano, C6-10 aryl, benzyl, carboxyalkoxy, amino and guanidino, or when P is R7-C(O)-, R7 can also be N-morpholinyl.
12. The compound of claim 8 or 9, wherein P is hydrogen.
13. The compound of claim 9,wherein:
A is zero;
P is hydrogen;
X2 is -C(O)-NH-;
R forms together with the adjacent R2, a nitrogen-containing ring system selected from the group consisting of:
R3 is C1-6alkyl; and Z1 and Z2 are both hydroxy, C1-6alkoxy, or C6-10aryloxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol and diethanolamine.
14. A compound which is an isostere of L-proline-L-leucine boronic acid, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or boronate ester thereof, wherein the -C(O)-NH- group of L-proline-L-leucine boronic acid is replaced with -CH(OH)-CH2-, -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -C(O)-CH2-, -SO2-NH-, -SO2-CH2-, or -CH(OH)-CH2-C(O)-NH-.
15. A compound having the formula:
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof;
wherein P is hydrogen or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
X2 is one of -C(O)-NH-, -CH(OH)-CH2-, -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -C(O)-CH2-, -SO2-NH-, -SO2-CH2-, or -CH(OH)-CH2-C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or alkyl, or R forms together with the adjacent R2, a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having 4-14 ring members, and one or two optional substituents selected from the group consisting of keto, hydroxy, aryl, alkoxy and aryloxy;
R2 and R3 are each independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CH2-R5, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, C3-8cycloalkyl, C1-6alkyl(C3-8)cycloalkyl, C2-8alkenyl, C2-8alkynyl, cyano, amino, C1-6alkylamino, di(C1-6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C1-6)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C1-6alkoxy, C6-10aryl, C6-10aryl(C1-6)alkyl, C6-10aryl(C1-6)alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-6alkylthio, C1-6alkylsulfinyl, C1-6alkylsulfonyl, C6-10arylthio, C6-10arylsulfinyl, C6-10arylsulfonyl, C6-10aryl, C1-6 alkyl(C6-10)aryl, and halo(C6-10)aryl;
R5, in each instance, is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, C1-8cycloalkyl, C1-6alkyl(C3-8)cycloalkyl, C2-8alkenyl, C2-8alkynyl, cyano, amino, C1-6alkylamino, di(C1-6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C1-6)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C1-6alkoxy, C6-10aryl, C6-10aryl(C1-6)alkyl, C6-10aryl(C1-6)alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-6alkylthio, C1-6alkylsulfinyl, C1-6alkylsulfonyl, C6-10arylthio, C6-10arylsulfinyl, C6-10arylsulfonyl, C6-10aryl, C1-6 alkyl(C6-10)aryl, and halo(C6-10)aryl, provided that at least one R2 or R3 is where R9 is one of cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryalkyl, or alkyl which is substituted with one of C1-6 alkyl, halogen, monohalo (C1-6) alkyl, and trifluoromethyl: and wherein said cycloalkyl,aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl and heteroarylalkyl groups can be optionally substituted with one or two of C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl(C3-8)cycloalkyl, C 2-8 alkenyl, C2-8 alkynyl, cyano, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, di(C1-6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C1-6)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C1-6 alkoxy, C6-10 aryl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkyl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkoxy,hydroxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C6-10 arylthio, C6-10 arylsulfinyl, C6-10 arylsulfonyl, C6-10 aryl, C1-6alkyl(C6-10)aryl, and halo(C6-10)aryl;
A1 and A2 are independently one of hydrogen, halogen, C1-6 alkyl, monohalo(C1-6)alkyl, or trifluoromethyl;
Z1 and Z2 are independently one of alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, or aryloxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A is 0.
16. The compound of claim 15, wherein P is R7-C(O)-, R7-SO2-, R7-NH-C(O)- or R7-O-C(O)-, and R7 is one of alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, any of which can be optionally substituted by one or two of hydroxy, nitro, trifluoromethyl, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy cyano, C6-10 aryl, benzyl, carboxyalkoxy, amino and guanidino, or when P is R7-C(O), then R7 can also be saturated or partially saturated heterocycle.
17. The compound of claim 15, wherein P is R7-C(O)- or R7-SO2-; and R7 is one of C6-10 aryl, C6-10 ar(C1-6)alkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl(C1-6)alkyl, any of which can be optionally substituted by one or two of hydroxy, nitro, trifluoromethyl, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, cyano, C6-10 aryl, benzyl, carboxyalkoxy, amino and guanidino, or when P is R7-C(O), R7 can also be N-morpholinyl.
18. The compound of claim 15, wherein X2 is -C(O)-NH-.
19. The compound of claim 15, wherein one of R2 or R3 is where A1 and A2 are independently one of hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, halogen, monohalo (C1-6) alkyl or trifluoromethyl;
R9 is one of C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, C6-10 ar(C1-6)alkyl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl(C1-6)alkyl;
and the remaining R2 or R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl and -CH2-R5, where R5, in each instance, is one of C6-10 aryl, C6-10 ar(C1-6)alkyl, C1-6 alk(C6-10)aryl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C1-8 alkoxy, C1-8 alkylthio or a 5-, 6-, 9 or 10- membered heteroaryl group, where the ring portion of any of said C6-10 aryl, C6-10 ar(C1-6)alkyl, C1-6 alk(C6-10)aryl, or 5-, 6-, 9- or 10-membered heteroaryl can be optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl(C3-8)cycloalkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, C2-8 alkynyl, cyano, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, di(C1-6)alkylamino, benzylamino.
dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C1-6)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C1-6 alkoxy, C6-10 aryl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkyl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkoxy,hydroxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C6-10 arylthio, C6-10 arylsulfinyl, C6-10 arylsulfonyl, C6-10aryl, C1-6 alkyl(C6-10)aryl and halo(C6-10)aryl.
20. The compound of claim 15, wherein:
A is zero;
P is one of R7-C(O)-, R7-SO2-, R7-NH-C(O)- or R7-C(O)-;
R7 is one of quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, furanyl or pyrrolyl, or when P is R7-C(O)-, R7 can also be N-morpholinyl;
X2 is-C(O)-NH-;
R2 is:
where A1 and A2 are independently one of hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, halogen, monohalo (C1-6) alkyl or trifluoromethyl;
R9 is one of phenyl, benzyl, phenethyl or pyridylmethyl;
R3 is C1-6alkyl; and Z1 and Z2 are both hydroxy, C1-6alkoxy, or C6-10aryloxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethyleneglycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol and diethanolamine.
21. The compound of claim 15, wherein said compound is one of N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-(O-benzyl)-L-tyrosine-L-leucine boronic acid, or N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-[O-(2-pyridylmethyl)]-L-tyrosine-L-leucine boronic acid; or an isostere, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or boronate ester thereof, wherein said isostere is a compound wherein the -C(O)-NH- group at X2 is replaced with -CH(OH)-CH2-, -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -C(O)-CH2-, -SO2-NH-, -SO2-CH2-, or -CH(OH)-CH2-C(O)-NH-.
22. A pharmaceutical composition, comprising a compound of any one of claims 1, 8, or 15, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
23. A pharmaceutical composition, comprising a compound of any one of claims 4, 13, or 20, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
24. A pharmaceutical composition, comprising a compound of any one of claims 7, 14, or 21, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
25. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 24, wherein said compound is present in an amount effective to inhibit the proteasome function in a mammal.
26. A compound of the structure:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein P is R7-C(O)- or R7-SO2-, where R7 is selected from the group consisting of or P is X2 is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-NH-, -CH(OH)-CH2-, -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -C(O)-CH2-, -SO2-NH-, -SO2-CH2-, and -CH(OH)-CH2-C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or alkyl;
R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycle and -CH2-R5, where R5 is aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen, and R6 is alkyl;
Z1 and Z2 are independently alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or together form a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A is 0.
27. The compound of claim 26, wherein P is N-morpholinylcarbonyl.
28. The compound of claim 26, wherein X2 is -C(O)NH-.
29. The compound of claim 26, wherein R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl and -CH2-R5, wherein R5 is as defined in claim 26.
30. The compound of claim 26, wherein R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of C1-4 alkyl or -CH2-R5, wherein R5 is selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl, aryl or heterocycle.
31. The compound of claim 26, wherein R3 is isobutyl and R2 is -CH2-R5, wherein R5 is C5-10 aryl or heterocycle.
32. The compound of claim 26, wherein R2 is:
33. The compound of claim 26, wherein Z1 and Z2 are both hydroxy.
34. The compound of claim 26, wherein Z1 and Z2 together form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol and diethanolamine.
35. The compound of claim 26, wherein X2 is -C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or alkyl;
R3 is isobutyl;
R2 is -CH2 R5, wherein R5 is C5-10 aryl or heterocycle; and Z1 and Z2 are both hydroxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol and diethanolamine.
36. The compound of claim 26, wherein said compound is one of:
N-(2-pyridine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(2-quinoline)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(3-furoyl)-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(2-pyrrolyl)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, or N-(8-quinoline)sulfonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid.
37. The compound of claim 26 selected from the group consisting of:
N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-(3-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(8-quinoline)sulfonyl-(3-(1-naphthyl)L-alanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(2-pyrazine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(2-quinoline)sulfonyl-L-homophenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(3-Pyridine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, and N-(4-Morpholine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid.
38. A compound of the structure:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; where P is H or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
X2 is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-NH-, -CH(OH)-CH2-, -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -C(O)-CH2-, -SO2-NH-, -SO2-CH2-, and -CH(OH)-CH2-C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or alkyl;
R2 is naphthylmethyl, pyridylmethyl, or quinolylmethyl, R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycle and -CH2-R5, R5 is aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen, and R6 is alkyl;
Z1 and Z2 are independently alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or together form a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A is 0.
39. The compound of claim 38, wherein X2 is -C(O)NH-.
40. The compound of claim 38, wherein R3 is isobutyl.
41. The compound of claim 38, wherein Z1 and Z2 are both hydroxy.
42. The compound of claim 38, wherein Z1 and Z2 together form a dihydroxy moiety selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol and diethanolamine.
43. The compound of claim 38, wherein X2 is -C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or alkyl;
R3 is isobutyl; and Z1 and Z2 are both hydroxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol and diethanolamine.
44. Use of an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 26-43 to reduce the rate of intracellular protein degradation in a cell.
45. Use of an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 26-43 to reduce the rate of degradation of p53 protein in a cell.
46. Use of an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 26-43 to inhibit cyclin degradation in a cell.
47. Use of an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 26-43 to inhibit antigen presentation in a cell.
48. Use of an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 26-43 to inhibit inducible NF-KB dependent cell adhesion in an animal in need thereof.
49. Use of a therapeutically effect amount of a compound according to claim 26 to treat cancer in a patient in need thereof.
50. Use of a therapeutically effect amount of a compound according to claim 38 to treat cancer in a patient in need thereof.
51. Use of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to claim 26 to inhibit HIV infection in an animal in need thereof.
52. Use of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to claim 38 to inhibit HIV infection in an animal in need thereof.
53. A compound having the formula:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein P is R7-C(O)- or R7-SO2 -, where R7 is pyrazinyl;
X2 is -C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or alkyl;
R2 and R3 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or -CH2-R5 ;
R5, in each instance, is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl;
where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, or alkaryl in R2, R3 and R5 can be optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl(C3-8)cycloalkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, C2-8 alkynyl, cyano, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, di(C1-6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C1-6)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C1-6 alkoxy, C6-10 aryl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkyl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C6-10 arylthio, C6-10 arylsulfinyl, C6-10 arylsulfonyl, C6-10 aryl, C1-6 alkyl(C6-10) aryl, and halo(C6-10)aryl;
Z1 and Z2 are independently one of hydroxy, alkoxy, or aryloxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A is zero.
54. The compound of claim 53, wherein:
A is zero;
X2 is -C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or C1-8 alkyl; and R3 is C1-6 alkyl.
55. The compound of claim 54, wherein R3 is C4 alkyl.
56. The compound of claim 53, wherein P is one of 2-pyrazinecarbonyl, or 2-pyrazinesulfonyl.
57. The compound of claim 53, wherein R is hydrogen or C1-8 alkyl.
58. The compound of claim 53, wherein:
R2 and R3 are each independently one of hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, or C6-10 aryl, or -CH2-R5;
R5, in each instance, is one of C6-10 aryl, C6-10 ar(C1-6)alkyl, C1-6 alk(C6-10)aryl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C1-8 alkoxy, or C1-8 alkylthio;
where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, or alkaryl groups of R2, R3 and R5 can be optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl(C3-8)cycloalkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, C2-8 alkynyl, cyano, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, di(C1-6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C1-6)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C1-6 alkoxy, C6-10 aryl, C6-10 aryl(C1_6)alkyl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C6-10 arylthio, C6-10 arylsulfinyl, C6-10 arylsulfonyl, C6-10 aryl, C1-6 alkyl(C6-10)aryl, and halo(C6-10)aryl.
59. The compound of claim 53, wherein R3 is C1-12 alkyl.
60. The compound of claim 53, wherein R3 is C1-6 alkyl.
61. The compound of claim 53, wherein R3 is C4 alkyl.
62. The compound of claim 53, wherein R3 is isobutyl.
63. The compound of claim 53, wherein R2 is one of isobutyl, 1-naphthylmethyl, naphthylmethyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 4-(benzyloxy)benzyl, benzylnaphthylmethyl or phenethyl.
64. The compound of claim 53, wherein Z1 and Z2 are independently one of hydroxy, C1-6 alkoxy, or C6-10 aryloxy.
65. The compound of claim 64, wherein Z1 and Z2 are both hydroxy.
66. The compound of claim 53, wherein together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol and diethanolamine.
67. The compound of claim 53, wherein:
P is one of pyrazinecarbonyl or pyrazinesulfonyl;
A is zero;
X2 is -C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or C1-8 alkyl;
R2 and R3 are each independently one of hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, C6-10 ar(C1-6)alkyl, pyridylmethyl, or quinolinylmethyl; and Z1 and Z2 are both hydroxy, C1-6 alkoxy, or C6-10 aryloxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol and diethanolamine.
68. The compound of claim 53, wherein:
P is one of 2-pyrazinecarbonyl, or 2-pyrazinesulfonyl;
A is zero;
X2 is -C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or C1-8 alkyl;
R3 is isobutyl;
R2 is one of isobutyl, 1-naphthylmethyl, 2-naphthylmethyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 4-(benzyloxy)benzyl, benzylnaphthylmethyl or phenethyl; and Z1 and Z2 are independently one of hydroxy, C1-6 alkoxy, C6-10 aryloxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol and diethanolamine.
69. The compound N-(2-pyrazine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or boronate ester thereof.
70. A compound having the formula:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein P is R7-C(O)- and R7 is pyrazinyl;
X2 is -C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or alkyl;
R2 and R3 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or -CH2-R5;
R5, in each instance, is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl;
where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, or alkaryl in R2, R3 and R5 can be optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl(C3-8)cycloalkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, C2-8 alkynyl, cyano, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, di(C1-6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C1-6)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C1-6 alkoxy, C6-10 aryl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkyl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C6-10 arylthio, C6-10 arylsulfinyl, C6-10 arylsulfonyl, C6-10 aryl, C1-6 alkyl (C6-10)aryl, and halo(C6-10)aryl;
Z1 and Z2 are independently one of hydroxy, alkoxy, or aryloxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A is zero.
71. A pharmaceutical composition, comprising a compound of claim 53, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
72. A pharmaceutical composition, comprising a compound of claim 70, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
73. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 71 or 72, wherein said compound is present in an amount effective to inhibit the proteasome function in a mammal.
74. Use of a therapeutically effective amount of the compound according to any one of claims 53 to 66 to treat cancer in a patient in need thereof.
75. Use of a therapeutically effective amount of a proteasome inhibitor to treat cancer in a patient in need thereof, wherein said proteasome inhibitor is of the formula:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein P is one of quinolinecarbonyl, pyridinecarbonyl, quinolinesulfonyl, quinoxalinecarbonyl, quinoxalinesulfonyl, pyrazinecarbonyl, pyrazinesulfonyl, furancarbonyl, furansulfonyl or N-morpholinylcarbonyl;
A is zero;
X2 is -C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or C1-8 alkyl;
R2 and R3 are each independently one of hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, C6-10 ar(C1-6)alkyl, pyridylmethyl, or quinolinylmethyl; and Z1 and Z2 are both hydroxy, C1-6 alkoxy, or C6-10 aryloxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol and diethanolamine.
76. The use according to claim 75, wherein:
P is one of 2-pyrazinecarbonyl, or 2-pyrazinesulfonyl;
A is zero;
X2 is -C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or C1-8 alkyl;
R3 is isobutyl;
R2 is one of isobutyl, 1-naphthylmethyl, 2-naphthylmethyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 4-(benzyloxy)benzyl, benzylnaphthylmethyl or phenethyl; and Z1 and Z2 are independently one of hydroxy, C1-6 alkoxy, C6-10 aryloxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol and diethanolamine.
77. The use according to claim 75, wherein said compound is one of:
N-(2-pyrazine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(2-quinoline)sulfonyl-L-homophenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid;
N-(3-pyridine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-.beta.-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(8-quinoline)sulfonyl-.beta.-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-(O-benzyl)-L-tyrosine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-L-tyrosine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-[O-(2-pyridylmethyl)]-L-tyrosine-L-leucine boronic acid;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or boronate ester thereof.
78. Use of a therapeutically effective amount of N-(2-pyrazine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L
leucine boronic acid, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or boronate ester thereof, to treat cancer in a patient in need thereof.
79. Use of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound to treat cancer in a patient in need thereof, wherein said compound is of the formula:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein P is R7-C(O)- and R7 is pyrazinyl;
X2 is -C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or alkyl;
R2 and R3 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or -CH2-R5;
R5, in each instance, is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl;
where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, or alkaryl in R2, R3 and R5 can be optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl(C3-8)cycloalkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, C2-8 alkynyl, cyano, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, di(C1-6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C1-6)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C1-6 alkoxy, C6-10 aryl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkyl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-10 alkylsulfonyl, C6-10 arylthio, C6-10 arylsulfinyl, C6-10 arylsulfonyl, C6-10 aryl, C1-6 alkyl (C6-10)aryl, and halo (C6-10)aryl;
Z1 and Z2 are independently one of hydroxy, alkoxy, or aryloxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A is zero.
80. The use according to any one of claims 74 to 79, further comprising the use of a tumoricidal agent selected from the group consisting of cytotoxic drugs and radiation.
81. Use of an effective amount of the compound according to any one of claims 53 to 70 to inhibit HIV replication in an animal in need thereof.
82. Use of an effective amount of N-(2-pyrazine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or boronate ester thereof, to inhibit HIV
replication in an animal in need thereof.
83. Use of an effective amount of N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-.beta.-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine-L-leucine boronic acid, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or boronate ester thereof, to inhibit HIV replication in an animal in need thereof.
84. Use of an effective amount of a proteasome inhibitor to inhibit HIV
replication in an animal in need thereof, wherein said proteasome inhibitor is of the formula:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein P is R7-C(O)- or R7-SO2-, where R7 is quinolinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridyl, quinoxalinyl or N-morpholinyl;
X2 is -C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or alkyl;
R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycle, and -CH2-R5, where R5, in each instance, is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl;
where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, or alkaryl in R2, R3 and R5 can be optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl(C3-8)cycloalkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, C2-8 alkynyl, cyano, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, di(C1-6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C1-6)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C1-6 alkoxy, C6-10 aryl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkyl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C6-10 arylthio, C6-10 arylsulfinyl, C6-10 arylsulfonyl, C6-10 aryl, C1-6 alkyl(C6-10)aryl, and halo(C6-10)aryl;
Z1 and Z2 are independently one of hydroxy, alkoxy, or aryloxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms and, optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A is zero.
85. Use of an effective amount of a proteasome inhibitor to inhibit HIV
replication in an animal in need thereof, wherein said proteasome inhibitor is of the formula:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein P is H or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
X2 is -C(O)-NH-, R is hydrogen or alkyl;
R2 is naphthylmethyl, pyridylmethyl, or quinolylmethyl;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycle, and -CH2-R5, where R5 is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl;
where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, or alkaryl in R2, R3 and R5 can be optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl(C3-8)cycloalkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, C2-8 alkynyl, cyano, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, di(C1-6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C1-6)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C1-6 alkoxy, C6-10 aryl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkyl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C6-10 arylthio, C6-10 arylsulfinyl, C6-10 arylsulfonyl, C6-10 aryl, C1-6 alkyl(C6-10)aryl, and halo(C6-10)aryl;
Z1 and Z2 are independently one of hydroxy, alkoxy, or aryloxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms and, optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A is zero.
86. The use according to claim 85, wherein R3 is isobutyl.
87. The use according to claim 85, wherein Z1 and Z2 are both hydroxy.
88. The use according to claim 85, wherein Z1 and Z2 together form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol, and diethanolamine.
89. A compound of the structure:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein P is R7-C(O)-, R7-NH-C(O)-, R7-O-C(O)-, or R7-SO2-, where R7 is heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl; or when P is R7-C(O)-, R7 can also be N-morpholinyl;
X2 is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-NH-, -CH(OH)-CH2-, -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -C(O)-CH2-, -SO2-NH-, -SO2-CH2-, and -CH(OH)-CH2-C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or alkyl, or R forms together with the adjacent R2, a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi-, or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having 4-14 ring members, that can be optionally substituted by one or two of keto, hydroxy, alkyl, aralkyl, alkoxy or aryloxy;
R2 is one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CH2-R5;
R3 is one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CH2-R5;
R5, in each instance, is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -W-R6, W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl;
where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle of R2, R3 and R5 can be optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, C3-8cycloalkyl, C1-6alkyl(C3-8)cycloalkyl, C2-8alkenyl, C2-8alkynyl, cyano, amino, C1-6alkylamino, di(C1-6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C1-6)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C1-6alkoxy, C6-10aryl, C6-10aryl(C1-6)alkyl, C6-10aryl(C1-6)alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-6alkylthio, C1-6alkylsulfinyl, C1-6alkylsulfonyl, C6-10arylthio, C6-10arylsulfinyl, C6-10arylsulfonyl, C6-10aryl, C1-6 alkyl(C6-10)aryl, and halo(C6-10)aryl, Z1 and Z2 are independently one of alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A is 0.
90. The compound of claim 89, wherein the heteroaryl group in R7 is selected from the group consisting of thienyl, benzo[b]thienyl, naphtho[2,3-b]thienyl, thianthrenyl, furyl, pyranyl, isobenzylfuranyl, benzoxazolyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathiinyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinazolinyl, cinnolinyl, pteridinyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, carbazolyl, .beta.-carbolinyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, perimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, isothiazolyl, phenothiazinyl, isoxazolyl, furazanyl and phenoxazinyl.
91. The compound of claim 89, wherein P is one of quinolinecarbonyl, pyridinecarbonyl, quinolinesulfonyl, quinoxalinecarbonyl, quinoxalinesulfonyl, pyrazinecarbonyl, pyrazinesulfonyl, furancarbonyl, furansulfonyl, or N-morpholinylcarbonyl.
92. The compound of claim 89, wherein P is one of 8-quinolinecarbonyl, 8-quinolinesulfonyl, 2-quinoxalinecarbonyl, 2-quinoxalinesulfonyl, 2-pyrazinecarbonyl, 2-pyrazinesulfonyl, 3-furancarbonyl, 3-furansulfonyl, or N-morpholinylcarbonyl.
93. The compound of claim 89, wherein X2 is -(CO)-NH-.
94. The compound of claim 89, wherein R is hydrogen or C1-8 alkyl.
95. The compound of claim 89, wherein:
R2 and R3 are each independently one of hydrogen, C1-8alkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, a 5-, 6-, 9- or 10-membered heteroaryl group, or CH2-R5;
R5, in each instance, is one of C6-10aryl, C6-10ar(C1-6)alkyl, C1-6alk(C6-10)aryl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C1-8 alkoxy, C1-alkylthio or a 5-, 6-, 9- or 10-membered heteroaryl group;
where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or 5-, 6-, 9- or 10-membered heteroaryl groups of R2, R3 and R5 can be optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, C3-8cycloalkyl, C1-6alkyl(C3-8) cycloalkyl, C2-8alkenyl, C2-8alkynyl, cyano, amino, C1-6alkylamino, di(C1-6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C1-6)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C1-6alkoxy, C6-10aryl, C6-10aryl(C1-6)alkyl, C6-10aryl(C1-6)alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-6alkylthio, C1-6alkylsulfinyl, C1-6alkylsulfonyl, C6-10arylthio, C6-10arylsulfinyl, C6-10arylsulfonyl, C6-10aryl, C1-6 alkyl(C6-10)aryl, and halo(C6-10)aryl.
96. The compound of claim 89, wherein:
A is zero;
X2 is -C(O)-NH;
R is hydrogen or C1-8 alkyl; and R3 is C1-6alkyl.
97. The compound of claim 89, wherein R3 is C1-12alkyl.
98. The compound of claim 89, wherein R3 is C1-6alkyl.
99. The compound of claim 89, wherein R3 is C4alkyl.
100. The compound of claim 89, wherein R3 is isobutyl.
101. The compound of claim 89, wherein R2 is one of isobutyl, 1-naphthylmethyl, 2-naphthylmethyl, 3-pyridylmethyl, 2-pyridylmethyl, 6-quinolinylmethyl, 3-indolylmethyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 4-(2'-pyridylmethoxy)benzyl, 4-(benzyloxy)benzyl, benzylnaphthylmethyl or phenethyl.
102. The compound of claim 89, wherein Z1 and Z2 are independently one of C1-6alkyl, hydroxy, C1-6alkoxy, or C6-10aryloxy.
103. The compound of claim 89, wherein Z1 and Z2 are both hydroxy.
104. The compound of claim 89, wherein together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol and diethanolamine.
105. The compound of claim 89, wherein:
P is one of quinolinecarbonyl, pyridinecarbonyl, quinolinesulfonyl, quinoxalinecarbonyl, quinoxalinesulfonyl, pyrazinecarbonyl, pyrazinesulfonyl, furancarbonyl, furansulfonyl or N-morpholinylcarbonyl;
A is zero;
X2 is -C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or C1-8 alkyl;
R2 and R3 are each independently one of hydrogen, C1-8alkyl, C3-10cycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, C6-10ar(C1-6)alkyl, pyridylmethyl, or quinolinylmethyl; and Z1 and Z2 are both hydroxy, C1-6alkoxy, or C6-10aryloxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2.3-butanediol, glycerol and diethanolamine.
106. The compound of claim 89, wherein:
P is one of 8-quinolinecarbonyl, 8-quinolinesulfonyl, 2-quinoxalinecarbonyl, 2-quinoxalinesulfonyl, 2-pyrazinecarbonyl, 2-pyrazinesulfonyl, 3-pyridinecarbonyl, 3-pyridinesulfonyl, 3-furancarbonyl, 3-furansulfonyl or N-morpholinecarbonyl;
A is zero;
X2 is-C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or C1-8 alkyl;
R3 is isobutyl;
R2 is one of isobutyl, 1-naphthylmethyl, 2-naphthylmethyl, 3-pyridylmethyl, 2-pyridylmethyl, 6-quinolinylmethyl, 3-indolylmethyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 4-(2'-pyridylmethoxy)benzyl, 4-(benzyloxy)benzyl, benzylnaphthylmethyl or phenethyl; and Z1 and Z2 are independently one of hydroxy, C1-6alkoxy, C6-10aryloxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol and diethanolamine.
107. The compound of claim 89, wherein said compound is one of:
N-(2-pyrazine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(2-quinoline)sulfonyl-L-homophenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(3-pyridine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-.beta.-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(8-quinoline)sulfonyl-.beta.-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-(O-benzyl)-L-tyrosine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-L-tyrosine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-[O-(2-pyridylmethyl)]-L-tyrosine-L-leucine boronic acid; or an isostere, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or boronate ester thereof, wherein said isostere is a compound wherein the -C(O)-NH- group at X2 is replaced with -CH(OH)-CH2-, -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -C(O)-CH2-, -SO2-NH-, -SO2-CH2-, or -CH(OH)-CH2-C(O)-NH-.
108. The compound of claim 89, wherein said compound is N-(2-pyrazine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, or an isostere, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or boronate ester thereof, wherein said isostere is a compound wherein the -C(O)-NH- group at X2 is replaced with -CH(OH)-CH2-, -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -C(O)-CH2-, -SO2-NH-, -SO2-CH2-, or -CH(OH)-CH2-C(O)-NH-.
109. A pharmaceutical composition, comprising a compound of any one of claims 89 to 108, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
110. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 109, wherein said compound is present in an amount effective to inhibit the proteasome function in a mammal.
111. Use of a compound as claimed in any one of claims 89 to 108 for the manufacture of a medicament for:
(a) inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell;
(b) reducing the rate of muscle protein degradation;
(c) reducing the activity of NF-.kappa.B in a cell;
(d) reducing the activity of intracellular protein breakdown;
(e) reducing the rate of degradation of p53;
(f) inhibiting cyclin degradation in a cell;
(g) preventing or treating an inflammatory condition;
(h) inhibiting antigen presentation in a cell;
(i) inhibiting inducible NF-.kappa.B dependent cell adhesion; or (j) inhibiting HIV replication.
112. The use according to claim 111, wherein the medicament is for the treatment of a patient diagnosed with, or at risk of developing, a condition selected from the group of tissue rejection, organ rejection, arthritis, an infection, dermatoses, inflammatory bowel disease, asthma, osteoporosis, osteoarthritis, and an autoimmune disease.
113. Use of an effective amount of a compound of any one of claims 1, 8 or 1 S
to inhibit the growth of a cancer cell.
114. Use of an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1-21 or 107 to reduce the rate of muscle protein degradation in a cell.
11 S. Use of an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1-21 or 107 to reduce the activity of NF-.kappa.B in a cell.
116. Use of an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1-21 or 107 to reduce the rate of intracellular protein breakdown in a cell.
117. Use of an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1-21 or 107 to reduce the rate of degradation of p53 protein in a cell.
118. Use of an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1-21 or 107 to inhibit cyclin degradation in a cell.
119. Use of an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1-21 or 107 to prevent or treat an inflammatory condition in a patient in need thereof.
120. The use according to claim 119, wherein said patient has been diagnosed with, or is at risk of developing, a condition selected from the group consisting of tissue rejection, organ rejection, arthritis, an infection, dermatoses, inflammatory bowel disease, and an immune disease.
121. Use of an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1-21 or 107 to inhibit antigen presentation in a cell.
122. Use of an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1-21 or 107 to inhibit inducible NF-.kappa.B cell adhesion in an animal in need thereof.
123. Use of an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1-21 or 107 to inhibit HIV replication in an animal in need thereof.
124. A unit dosage form comprising a compound having the formula:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein P is R7-C(O)- or R7-SO2 -, where R7 is pyrazinyl;
X2 is -C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or alkyl;
R2 and R3 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or -CH2-R5;
R5, in each instance, is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl;
where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, or alkaryl in R2, R3 and R5 can be optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl(C3-8)cycloalkyl, C2-8 alkenyl; C2-8 alkynyl, cyano, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, di(C1-6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C1-6)-alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C1-6 alkoxy, C6-10 aryl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkyl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C6-10 arylthio, C6-10 arylsulfinyl, C6-10 arylsulfonyl, C6-10 aryl, C1-6 alkyl(C6-10)aryl, and halo(C6-10)aryl;
Z1 and Z2 are both hydroxy; and A is zero, which upon combination with a physiologically acceptable aqueous carrier forms a solution suitable for intravenous, intramuscular, or subcutaneous administration to a patient.
125. The unit dosage form of claim 124, wherein:
R is hydrogen or C1-8 alkyl; and R3 is C1-6 alkyl.
126. The unit dosage form of claim 125, wherein R3 is C4 alkyl.
127. The unit dosage form of claim 124, wherein R is hydrogen or C1-8 alkyl.
128. The unit dosage form of claim 124, wherein:
R2 and R3 are each independently one of hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, or C6-10 aryl, or -CH2-R5 ;
R5, in each instance, is one of C6-10 aryl, C6-10 ar(C1-6)alkyl, C1-6 alk(C6-10)aryl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C1-8 alkoxy, or C1-8 alkylthio;
where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, or alkaryl groups of R2, R3 and R5 can be optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl-(C3-8)cycloalkyl, C2-8 alkynyl, C2-8 alkynyl cyano, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, di(C1-6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C1-6)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C1-6 alkoxy, C6-10 aryl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkyl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C6-10 arylthio, C6-10 arylsulfinyl, C6-10 arylsulfonyl, C6-10 aryl, C1-6 alkyl(C6-10)aryl, and halo(C6-10)aryl.
129. The unit dosage form of claim 124, wherein R3 is C1-12 alkyl.
130. The unit dosage form of claim 124, wherein R3 is C1-6 alkyl.
131. The unit dosage form of claim 124, wherein R3 is C4 alkyl.
132. The unit dosage form of claim 124, wherein R3 is isobutyl.
133. The unit dosage form of claim 124, wherein R2 is one of isobutyl, 1-naphthylmethyl, 2-naphthylmethyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 4-(benzyloxy)benzyl, benzylnaphthylmethyl or phenethyl.
134. The unit dosage form of claim 124, wherein:
R is hydrogen or C1-8 alkyl;
R3 is isobutyl; and R2 is one of isobutyl, 1-naphthylmethyl, 2-naphthylmethyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 4(benzyloxy)benzyl, benzylnaphthylmethyl or phenethyl.
135. A unit dosage form comprising a compound which is N-(2-pyrazine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, which upon combination with a physiologically acceptable aqueous carrier forms a solution suitable for intravenous, intramuscular, or subcutaneous administration to a patient.
136. A unit dosage form comprising a compound having the formula:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein P is R7-C(O)- or R7-SO2 -, where R7 is quinolinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridyl, quinoxalinyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, or N-morpholinyl;
X2 is -C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or alkyl;
R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycle, and -CH2-R5, where R5, in each instance, is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl;
where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl or alkaryl in R2, R3 and R5 can be optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl(C3-8)cycloalkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, C2-8 alkynyl, cyano, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, di(C1-6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C1-6)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C1-6 alkoxy, C6-10 aryl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkyl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C6-10 arylthio, C6-10 arylsulfinyl, C6-10 arylsulfonyl, C6-10 aryl, C1-6 alkyl(C6-10)aryl, and halo(C6-10)aryl;
Z1 and Z2 are both hydroxy; and A is zero;
which upon combination with a physiologically acceptable aqueous carrier forms a solution suitable for intravenous, intramuscular, or sub-cutaneous administration to a patient.
137. The unit dosage form of claim 136, wherein said compound is one of N-(2-pyrazine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(2-quinoline)sulfonyl-L-homophenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid;
N-(3-pyridine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-.beta.-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine-leucine boronic acid, N-(8-quinoline)sulfonyl-.beta.-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-(O-benzyl)-L-tyrosine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-L-tyrosine-L-leucine boronic acid, and N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-[O-(2-pyridylmethyl)]-L-tyrosine-L-leucine boronic acid.
138. The unit dosage form of claim 136, wherein R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl and -CH2-R5, wherein R5 is as defined in claim 136.
139. The unit dosage form of claim 136, wherein R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of C1-4 alkyl and -CH2-R5, wherein R5 is selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl, aryl, and heterocycle.
140. The unit dosage form of claim 136, wherein R3 is isobutyl and R2 is -CH2-R5, wherein R5 is C5-10 aryl or heterocycle.
141. The unit dosage form of claim 136, wherein R2 is:
142. The unit dosage form of claim 136, wherein:
R is hydrogen or C1-8 alkyl;
R2 and R3 are each independently one of hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, C6-10 ar(C1-6)alkyl, pyridylmethyl, or quinolinylmethyl.
143. The unit dosage form of claim 136, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
N-(2-pyridine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid;
N-(2-quinoline)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid;
N-(3-furoyl)-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid;
N-(2-pyrrolyl)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid; and N-(8-quinoline)sulfonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid.
144. A unit dosage form comprising a compound having the formula:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein P is H or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
X2 is -C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or alkyl;
R2 is naphthylmethyl, pyridylmethyl, or quinolylmethyl;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycle, and -CH2-R5, where R5 is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl;
where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, or alkaryl in R2, R3 and R5 can be optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl(C3-8)cycloalkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, C2-8 alkynyl, cyano, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, di(C1-6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C1-6)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C1-6 alkoxy, C6-10 aryl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkyl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C6-10 arylthio, C6-10 arylsulfinyl, C6-10 arylsulfonyl, C6-10 aryl, C1-6 alkyl(C6-10)aryl, and halo(C6-10)aryl;
Z1 and Z2 are both hydroxy; and A is zero;
which upon combination with a physiologically acceptable aqueous carrier forms a solution suitable for intravenous, intramuscular, or sub-cutaneous administration to a patient.
145. The unit dosage form of claim 144, wherein R3 is isobutyl.
OR PRIVILEGE IS CLAIMED ARE DEFINED AS FOLLOWS:\
1. A compound having the formula:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein P is hydrogen or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
X2 is one of -C(O)-NH-, -CH(OH)-CH2-, -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -C(O)-CH2-, -SO2-NH-, -SO2-CH2-, or -CH(OH)-CH2-C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or alkyl, or R forms together with the adjacent R2, a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having 4-14 ring members, that can be optionally substituted by one or two of keto, hydroxy, aryl, alkoxy or aryloxy;
R2 and R3 are each independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CH2-R5, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, C3-8cycloalkyl, C1-6alkyl(C3-8)cycloalkyl, C2-8alkenyl, C2-8alkynyl, cyano, amino, C1-6alkylamino, di(C1-6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C1-6)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C1-6alkoxy, C6-10aryl, C6-10aryl(C1-6)alkyl, C6-10aryl(C1-6)alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-6alkylthio, C1-6alkylsulfinyl, C1-6alkylsulfonyl, C6-10arylthio, C6-10arylsulfinyl, C6-10arylsulfonyl, C6-10aryl, C1-6 alkyl(C6-10)aryl, and halo(C6-10)aryl;
R5, in each instance, is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, C3-8cycloalkyl, C1-6alkyl(C3-8)cycloalkyl, C2-8alkenyl, C2-8alkynyl, cyano, amino, C1-6alkylamino, di(C1-6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C1-6)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C1-6alkoxy, C6-10aryl, C6-10aryl(C1-6)alkyl, C6-10aryl(C1-6)alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-6alkylthio, C1-6alkylsulfinyl, C1-6alkylsulfonyl, C6-10arylthio, C6-10arylsulfinyl, C6-10arylsulfonyl, C6-10aryl, C1-6 alkyl(C6-10)aryl, and halo(C6-10)aryl, provided that at least one R2 or R3 is naphthylmethyl, pyridylmethyl or quinolinylmethyl;
Z1 and Z2 are independently one of alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, or aryloxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A is 0.
2. The compound of claim 1, wherein P is R7-C(O), R7-SO2-, R7-NH-C(O)- or R7-O-C(O), and R7 is one of alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, any of which can be optionally substituted by one or two of hydroxy, nitro, trifluoromethyl, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, cyano, C6-10 aryl, benzyl, carboxyalkoxy, amino and guanidino, or when P is R7-C(O)-, then R7 can also be saturated or partially saturated heterocycle.
3. The compound of claim 1, wherein P is R7-C(O)- or R7-SO2-; and R7 is one of C6-10 aryl, C6-10ar(C1-6)alkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl(C1-6)alkyl, any of which can be optionally substituted by one or two of hydroxy, nitro, trifluoromethyl, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, cyano, C6-10 aryl, benzyl, carboxyalkoxy, amino and guanidino, or when P is R7-C(O)-, R7 can also be N-morpholinyl.
4. The compound of claim 1, wherein X2 is ~C(O)-NH-.
5. The compound of claim 1, wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl and -CH2-R5, where R5 is one of C6-10 aryl, C1-10 alk(C6-10)aryl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, or a 5-, 6-, 9- or 10-membered heterocycle.
6. The compound of claim 1, wherein R2 is quinolinylmethyl.
7. The compound of claim 1, wherein said compound is one of:
N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-.beta.-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine-L-leucine boronic acid, or N-(8-quinoline)sulfonyl-.beta.-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine-L-leucine boronic acid;
or an isostere, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or boronate ester thereof, wherein said isostere is a compound wherein the -C(O)-NH- group at X2 is replaced with -CH(OH)-CH2-, -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -C(O)-CH2-, -SO2-NH-, -SO2-CH2-, or -CH(OH)-CH2-C(O)-NH-.
8. A compound having the formula:
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof;
wherein P is hydrogen or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
X2 is one of -C(O)-NH-, -CH(OH)-CH2-, -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -C(O)-CH2-,-SO2-NH-, -SO2-CH2-, or -CH(OH)-CH2-C(O)-NH-;
R forms together with the adjacent R2, a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, or 14 ring members, and one or two optional substituents selected from the group consisting of keto, hydroxy, alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, alkoxy and aryloxy;
R3 is one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5- to 10-membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CH2-R5;
R5, in each instance, is independently one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5- to 10-membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or-W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl;
Z1 and Z2 are independently one of alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, or aryloxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A is 0.
9. A compound having the formula:
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof;
wherein P is hydrogen or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
X2 is one of -C(O)-NH-, -CH(OH)-CH2-, -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -C(O)-CH2-,-SO2-NH-, -SO2-CH2-, or -CH(OH)-CH2-C(O)-NH-;
R forms together with the adjacent R2, a nitrogen-containing ring system selected from the group consisting of:
R3 is one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5- to 10-membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CH2-R5;
R5, in each instance, is independently one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5- to 10-membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or-W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl;
Z1 and Z2 are independently one of alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, or aryloxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A is 0.
10. The compound of claim 8 or 9, wherein P is R7-C(O), R7-SO2-, R7-NH-C(O) or R7-C(O)-, and R7 is one of alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, any of which can be optionally substituted by one or two of hydroxy, nitro, trifluoromethyl, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, cyano, C6-10 aryl, benzyl, carboxyalkoxy, amino and guanidino, or when P is R7-C(O)-, then R7 can also be saturated or partially saturated heterocycle.
11. The compound of claim 10, wherein P is R7-C(O) or R7-SO2-; and R7 is one of C6-10aryl, C6-10ar(C1-6)alkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl(C1-6)alkyl, any of which can be optionally substituted by one or two of hydroxy, nitro, trifluoromethyl, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, cyano, C6-10 aryl, benzyl, carboxyalkoxy, amino and guanidino, or when P is R7-C(O)-, R7 can also be N-morpholinyl.
12. The compound of claim 8 or 9, wherein P is hydrogen.
13. The compound of claim 9,wherein:
A is zero;
P is hydrogen;
X2 is -C(O)-NH-;
R forms together with the adjacent R2, a nitrogen-containing ring system selected from the group consisting of:
R3 is C1-6alkyl; and Z1 and Z2 are both hydroxy, C1-6alkoxy, or C6-10aryloxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol and diethanolamine.
14. A compound which is an isostere of L-proline-L-leucine boronic acid, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or boronate ester thereof, wherein the -C(O)-NH- group of L-proline-L-leucine boronic acid is replaced with -CH(OH)-CH2-, -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -C(O)-CH2-, -SO2-NH-, -SO2-CH2-, or -CH(OH)-CH2-C(O)-NH-.
15. A compound having the formula:
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof;
wherein P is hydrogen or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
X2 is one of -C(O)-NH-, -CH(OH)-CH2-, -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -C(O)-CH2-, -SO2-NH-, -SO2-CH2-, or -CH(OH)-CH2-C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or alkyl, or R forms together with the adjacent R2, a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi- or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having 4-14 ring members, and one or two optional substituents selected from the group consisting of keto, hydroxy, aryl, alkoxy and aryloxy;
R2 and R3 are each independently one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CH2-R5, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, C3-8cycloalkyl, C1-6alkyl(C3-8)cycloalkyl, C2-8alkenyl, C2-8alkynyl, cyano, amino, C1-6alkylamino, di(C1-6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C1-6)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C1-6alkoxy, C6-10aryl, C6-10aryl(C1-6)alkyl, C6-10aryl(C1-6)alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-6alkylthio, C1-6alkylsulfinyl, C1-6alkylsulfonyl, C6-10arylthio, C6-10arylsulfinyl, C6-10arylsulfonyl, C6-10aryl, C1-6 alkyl(C6-10)aryl, and halo(C6-10)aryl;
R5, in each instance, is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl, where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle can be optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, C1-8cycloalkyl, C1-6alkyl(C3-8)cycloalkyl, C2-8alkenyl, C2-8alkynyl, cyano, amino, C1-6alkylamino, di(C1-6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C1-6)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C1-6alkoxy, C6-10aryl, C6-10aryl(C1-6)alkyl, C6-10aryl(C1-6)alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-6alkylthio, C1-6alkylsulfinyl, C1-6alkylsulfonyl, C6-10arylthio, C6-10arylsulfinyl, C6-10arylsulfonyl, C6-10aryl, C1-6 alkyl(C6-10)aryl, and halo(C6-10)aryl, provided that at least one R2 or R3 is where R9 is one of cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryalkyl, or alkyl which is substituted with one of C1-6 alkyl, halogen, monohalo (C1-6) alkyl, and trifluoromethyl: and wherein said cycloalkyl,aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl and heteroarylalkyl groups can be optionally substituted with one or two of C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl(C3-8)cycloalkyl, C 2-8 alkenyl, C2-8 alkynyl, cyano, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, di(C1-6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C1-6)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C1-6 alkoxy, C6-10 aryl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkyl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkoxy,hydroxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C6-10 arylthio, C6-10 arylsulfinyl, C6-10 arylsulfonyl, C6-10 aryl, C1-6alkyl(C6-10)aryl, and halo(C6-10)aryl;
A1 and A2 are independently one of hydrogen, halogen, C1-6 alkyl, monohalo(C1-6)alkyl, or trifluoromethyl;
Z1 and Z2 are independently one of alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, or aryloxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A is 0.
16. The compound of claim 15, wherein P is R7-C(O)-, R7-SO2-, R7-NH-C(O)- or R7-O-C(O)-, and R7 is one of alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, any of which can be optionally substituted by one or two of hydroxy, nitro, trifluoromethyl, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy cyano, C6-10 aryl, benzyl, carboxyalkoxy, amino and guanidino, or when P is R7-C(O), then R7 can also be saturated or partially saturated heterocycle.
17. The compound of claim 15, wherein P is R7-C(O)- or R7-SO2-; and R7 is one of C6-10 aryl, C6-10 ar(C1-6)alkyl, 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl(C1-6)alkyl, any of which can be optionally substituted by one or two of hydroxy, nitro, trifluoromethyl, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, cyano, C6-10 aryl, benzyl, carboxyalkoxy, amino and guanidino, or when P is R7-C(O), R7 can also be N-morpholinyl.
18. The compound of claim 15, wherein X2 is -C(O)-NH-.
19. The compound of claim 15, wherein one of R2 or R3 is where A1 and A2 are independently one of hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, halogen, monohalo (C1-6) alkyl or trifluoromethyl;
R9 is one of C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, C6-10 ar(C1-6)alkyl, a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl or a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl(C1-6)alkyl;
and the remaining R2 or R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl and -CH2-R5, where R5, in each instance, is one of C6-10 aryl, C6-10 ar(C1-6)alkyl, C1-6 alk(C6-10)aryl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C1-8 alkoxy, C1-8 alkylthio or a 5-, 6-, 9 or 10- membered heteroaryl group, where the ring portion of any of said C6-10 aryl, C6-10 ar(C1-6)alkyl, C1-6 alk(C6-10)aryl, or 5-, 6-, 9- or 10-membered heteroaryl can be optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl(C3-8)cycloalkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, C2-8 alkynyl, cyano, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, di(C1-6)alkylamino, benzylamino.
dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C1-6)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C1-6 alkoxy, C6-10 aryl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkyl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkoxy,hydroxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C6-10 arylthio, C6-10 arylsulfinyl, C6-10 arylsulfonyl, C6-10aryl, C1-6 alkyl(C6-10)aryl and halo(C6-10)aryl.
20. The compound of claim 15, wherein:
A is zero;
P is one of R7-C(O)-, R7-SO2-, R7-NH-C(O)- or R7-C(O)-;
R7 is one of quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, furanyl or pyrrolyl, or when P is R7-C(O)-, R7 can also be N-morpholinyl;
X2 is-C(O)-NH-;
R2 is:
where A1 and A2 are independently one of hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, halogen, monohalo (C1-6) alkyl or trifluoromethyl;
R9 is one of phenyl, benzyl, phenethyl or pyridylmethyl;
R3 is C1-6alkyl; and Z1 and Z2 are both hydroxy, C1-6alkoxy, or C6-10aryloxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethyleneglycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol and diethanolamine.
21. The compound of claim 15, wherein said compound is one of N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-(O-benzyl)-L-tyrosine-L-leucine boronic acid, or N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-[O-(2-pyridylmethyl)]-L-tyrosine-L-leucine boronic acid; or an isostere, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or boronate ester thereof, wherein said isostere is a compound wherein the -C(O)-NH- group at X2 is replaced with -CH(OH)-CH2-, -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -C(O)-CH2-, -SO2-NH-, -SO2-CH2-, or -CH(OH)-CH2-C(O)-NH-.
22. A pharmaceutical composition, comprising a compound of any one of claims 1, 8, or 15, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
23. A pharmaceutical composition, comprising a compound of any one of claims 4, 13, or 20, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
24. A pharmaceutical composition, comprising a compound of any one of claims 7, 14, or 21, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
25. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 24, wherein said compound is present in an amount effective to inhibit the proteasome function in a mammal.
26. A compound of the structure:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein P is R7-C(O)- or R7-SO2-, where R7 is selected from the group consisting of or P is X2 is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-NH-, -CH(OH)-CH2-, -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -C(O)-CH2-, -SO2-NH-, -SO2-CH2-, and -CH(OH)-CH2-C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or alkyl;
R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycle and -CH2-R5, where R5 is aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen, and R6 is alkyl;
Z1 and Z2 are independently alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or together form a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A is 0.
27. The compound of claim 26, wherein P is N-morpholinylcarbonyl.
28. The compound of claim 26, wherein X2 is -C(O)NH-.
29. The compound of claim 26, wherein R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl and -CH2-R5, wherein R5 is as defined in claim 26.
30. The compound of claim 26, wherein R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of C1-4 alkyl or -CH2-R5, wherein R5 is selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl, aryl or heterocycle.
31. The compound of claim 26, wherein R3 is isobutyl and R2 is -CH2-R5, wherein R5 is C5-10 aryl or heterocycle.
32. The compound of claim 26, wherein R2 is:
33. The compound of claim 26, wherein Z1 and Z2 are both hydroxy.
34. The compound of claim 26, wherein Z1 and Z2 together form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol and diethanolamine.
35. The compound of claim 26, wherein X2 is -C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or alkyl;
R3 is isobutyl;
R2 is -CH2 R5, wherein R5 is C5-10 aryl or heterocycle; and Z1 and Z2 are both hydroxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol and diethanolamine.
36. The compound of claim 26, wherein said compound is one of:
N-(2-pyridine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(2-quinoline)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(3-furoyl)-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(2-pyrrolyl)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, or N-(8-quinoline)sulfonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid.
37. The compound of claim 26 selected from the group consisting of:
N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-(3-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(8-quinoline)sulfonyl-(3-(1-naphthyl)L-alanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(2-pyrazine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(2-quinoline)sulfonyl-L-homophenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(3-Pyridine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, and N-(4-Morpholine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid.
38. A compound of the structure:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; where P is H or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
X2 is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-NH-, -CH(OH)-CH2-, -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -C(O)-CH2-, -SO2-NH-, -SO2-CH2-, and -CH(OH)-CH2-C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or alkyl;
R2 is naphthylmethyl, pyridylmethyl, or quinolylmethyl, R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycle and -CH2-R5, R5 is aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen, and R6 is alkyl;
Z1 and Z2 are independently alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or together form a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A is 0.
39. The compound of claim 38, wherein X2 is -C(O)NH-.
40. The compound of claim 38, wherein R3 is isobutyl.
41. The compound of claim 38, wherein Z1 and Z2 are both hydroxy.
42. The compound of claim 38, wherein Z1 and Z2 together form a dihydroxy moiety selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol and diethanolamine.
43. The compound of claim 38, wherein X2 is -C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or alkyl;
R3 is isobutyl; and Z1 and Z2 are both hydroxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol and diethanolamine.
44. Use of an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 26-43 to reduce the rate of intracellular protein degradation in a cell.
45. Use of an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 26-43 to reduce the rate of degradation of p53 protein in a cell.
46. Use of an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 26-43 to inhibit cyclin degradation in a cell.
47. Use of an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 26-43 to inhibit antigen presentation in a cell.
48. Use of an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 26-43 to inhibit inducible NF-KB dependent cell adhesion in an animal in need thereof.
49. Use of a therapeutically effect amount of a compound according to claim 26 to treat cancer in a patient in need thereof.
50. Use of a therapeutically effect amount of a compound according to claim 38 to treat cancer in a patient in need thereof.
51. Use of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to claim 26 to inhibit HIV infection in an animal in need thereof.
52. Use of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to claim 38 to inhibit HIV infection in an animal in need thereof.
53. A compound having the formula:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein P is R7-C(O)- or R7-SO2 -, where R7 is pyrazinyl;
X2 is -C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or alkyl;
R2 and R3 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or -CH2-R5 ;
R5, in each instance, is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl;
where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, or alkaryl in R2, R3 and R5 can be optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl(C3-8)cycloalkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, C2-8 alkynyl, cyano, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, di(C1-6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C1-6)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C1-6 alkoxy, C6-10 aryl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkyl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C6-10 arylthio, C6-10 arylsulfinyl, C6-10 arylsulfonyl, C6-10 aryl, C1-6 alkyl(C6-10) aryl, and halo(C6-10)aryl;
Z1 and Z2 are independently one of hydroxy, alkoxy, or aryloxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A is zero.
54. The compound of claim 53, wherein:
A is zero;
X2 is -C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or C1-8 alkyl; and R3 is C1-6 alkyl.
55. The compound of claim 54, wherein R3 is C4 alkyl.
56. The compound of claim 53, wherein P is one of 2-pyrazinecarbonyl, or 2-pyrazinesulfonyl.
57. The compound of claim 53, wherein R is hydrogen or C1-8 alkyl.
58. The compound of claim 53, wherein:
R2 and R3 are each independently one of hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, or C6-10 aryl, or -CH2-R5;
R5, in each instance, is one of C6-10 aryl, C6-10 ar(C1-6)alkyl, C1-6 alk(C6-10)aryl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C1-8 alkoxy, or C1-8 alkylthio;
where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, or alkaryl groups of R2, R3 and R5 can be optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl(C3-8)cycloalkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, C2-8 alkynyl, cyano, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, di(C1-6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C1-6)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C1-6 alkoxy, C6-10 aryl, C6-10 aryl(C1_6)alkyl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C6-10 arylthio, C6-10 arylsulfinyl, C6-10 arylsulfonyl, C6-10 aryl, C1-6 alkyl(C6-10)aryl, and halo(C6-10)aryl.
59. The compound of claim 53, wherein R3 is C1-12 alkyl.
60. The compound of claim 53, wherein R3 is C1-6 alkyl.
61. The compound of claim 53, wherein R3 is C4 alkyl.
62. The compound of claim 53, wherein R3 is isobutyl.
63. The compound of claim 53, wherein R2 is one of isobutyl, 1-naphthylmethyl, naphthylmethyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 4-(benzyloxy)benzyl, benzylnaphthylmethyl or phenethyl.
64. The compound of claim 53, wherein Z1 and Z2 are independently one of hydroxy, C1-6 alkoxy, or C6-10 aryloxy.
65. The compound of claim 64, wherein Z1 and Z2 are both hydroxy.
66. The compound of claim 53, wherein together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol and diethanolamine.
67. The compound of claim 53, wherein:
P is one of pyrazinecarbonyl or pyrazinesulfonyl;
A is zero;
X2 is -C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or C1-8 alkyl;
R2 and R3 are each independently one of hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, C6-10 ar(C1-6)alkyl, pyridylmethyl, or quinolinylmethyl; and Z1 and Z2 are both hydroxy, C1-6 alkoxy, or C6-10 aryloxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol and diethanolamine.
68. The compound of claim 53, wherein:
P is one of 2-pyrazinecarbonyl, or 2-pyrazinesulfonyl;
A is zero;
X2 is -C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or C1-8 alkyl;
R3 is isobutyl;
R2 is one of isobutyl, 1-naphthylmethyl, 2-naphthylmethyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 4-(benzyloxy)benzyl, benzylnaphthylmethyl or phenethyl; and Z1 and Z2 are independently one of hydroxy, C1-6 alkoxy, C6-10 aryloxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol and diethanolamine.
69. The compound N-(2-pyrazine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or boronate ester thereof.
70. A compound having the formula:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein P is R7-C(O)- and R7 is pyrazinyl;
X2 is -C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or alkyl;
R2 and R3 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or -CH2-R5;
R5, in each instance, is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl;
where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, or alkaryl in R2, R3 and R5 can be optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl(C3-8)cycloalkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, C2-8 alkynyl, cyano, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, di(C1-6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C1-6)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C1-6 alkoxy, C6-10 aryl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkyl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C6-10 arylthio, C6-10 arylsulfinyl, C6-10 arylsulfonyl, C6-10 aryl, C1-6 alkyl (C6-10)aryl, and halo(C6-10)aryl;
Z1 and Z2 are independently one of hydroxy, alkoxy, or aryloxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A is zero.
71. A pharmaceutical composition, comprising a compound of claim 53, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
72. A pharmaceutical composition, comprising a compound of claim 70, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
73. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 71 or 72, wherein said compound is present in an amount effective to inhibit the proteasome function in a mammal.
74. Use of a therapeutically effective amount of the compound according to any one of claims 53 to 66 to treat cancer in a patient in need thereof.
75. Use of a therapeutically effective amount of a proteasome inhibitor to treat cancer in a patient in need thereof, wherein said proteasome inhibitor is of the formula:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein P is one of quinolinecarbonyl, pyridinecarbonyl, quinolinesulfonyl, quinoxalinecarbonyl, quinoxalinesulfonyl, pyrazinecarbonyl, pyrazinesulfonyl, furancarbonyl, furansulfonyl or N-morpholinylcarbonyl;
A is zero;
X2 is -C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or C1-8 alkyl;
R2 and R3 are each independently one of hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, C6-10 ar(C1-6)alkyl, pyridylmethyl, or quinolinylmethyl; and Z1 and Z2 are both hydroxy, C1-6 alkoxy, or C6-10 aryloxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol and diethanolamine.
76. The use according to claim 75, wherein:
P is one of 2-pyrazinecarbonyl, or 2-pyrazinesulfonyl;
A is zero;
X2 is -C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or C1-8 alkyl;
R3 is isobutyl;
R2 is one of isobutyl, 1-naphthylmethyl, 2-naphthylmethyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 4-(benzyloxy)benzyl, benzylnaphthylmethyl or phenethyl; and Z1 and Z2 are independently one of hydroxy, C1-6 alkoxy, C6-10 aryloxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol and diethanolamine.
77. The use according to claim 75, wherein said compound is one of:
N-(2-pyrazine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(2-quinoline)sulfonyl-L-homophenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid;
N-(3-pyridine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-.beta.-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(8-quinoline)sulfonyl-.beta.-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-(O-benzyl)-L-tyrosine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-L-tyrosine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-[O-(2-pyridylmethyl)]-L-tyrosine-L-leucine boronic acid;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or boronate ester thereof.
78. Use of a therapeutically effective amount of N-(2-pyrazine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L
leucine boronic acid, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or boronate ester thereof, to treat cancer in a patient in need thereof.
79. Use of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound to treat cancer in a patient in need thereof, wherein said compound is of the formula:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein P is R7-C(O)- and R7 is pyrazinyl;
X2 is -C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or alkyl;
R2 and R3 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or -CH2-R5;
R5, in each instance, is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl;
where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, or alkaryl in R2, R3 and R5 can be optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl(C3-8)cycloalkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, C2-8 alkynyl, cyano, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, di(C1-6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C1-6)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C1-6 alkoxy, C6-10 aryl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkyl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-10 alkylsulfonyl, C6-10 arylthio, C6-10 arylsulfinyl, C6-10 arylsulfonyl, C6-10 aryl, C1-6 alkyl (C6-10)aryl, and halo (C6-10)aryl;
Z1 and Z2 are independently one of hydroxy, alkoxy, or aryloxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A is zero.
80. The use according to any one of claims 74 to 79, further comprising the use of a tumoricidal agent selected from the group consisting of cytotoxic drugs and radiation.
81. Use of an effective amount of the compound according to any one of claims 53 to 70 to inhibit HIV replication in an animal in need thereof.
82. Use of an effective amount of N-(2-pyrazine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or boronate ester thereof, to inhibit HIV
replication in an animal in need thereof.
83. Use of an effective amount of N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-.beta.-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine-L-leucine boronic acid, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or boronate ester thereof, to inhibit HIV replication in an animal in need thereof.
84. Use of an effective amount of a proteasome inhibitor to inhibit HIV
replication in an animal in need thereof, wherein said proteasome inhibitor is of the formula:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein P is R7-C(O)- or R7-SO2-, where R7 is quinolinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridyl, quinoxalinyl or N-morpholinyl;
X2 is -C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or alkyl;
R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycle, and -CH2-R5, where R5, in each instance, is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl;
where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, or alkaryl in R2, R3 and R5 can be optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl(C3-8)cycloalkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, C2-8 alkynyl, cyano, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, di(C1-6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C1-6)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C1-6 alkoxy, C6-10 aryl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkyl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C6-10 arylthio, C6-10 arylsulfinyl, C6-10 arylsulfonyl, C6-10 aryl, C1-6 alkyl(C6-10)aryl, and halo(C6-10)aryl;
Z1 and Z2 are independently one of hydroxy, alkoxy, or aryloxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms and, optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A is zero.
85. Use of an effective amount of a proteasome inhibitor to inhibit HIV
replication in an animal in need thereof, wherein said proteasome inhibitor is of the formula:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein P is H or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
X2 is -C(O)-NH-, R is hydrogen or alkyl;
R2 is naphthylmethyl, pyridylmethyl, or quinolylmethyl;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycle, and -CH2-R5, where R5 is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl;
where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, or alkaryl in R2, R3 and R5 can be optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl(C3-8)cycloalkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, C2-8 alkynyl, cyano, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, di(C1-6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C1-6)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C1-6 alkoxy, C6-10 aryl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkyl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C6-10 arylthio, C6-10 arylsulfinyl, C6-10 arylsulfonyl, C6-10 aryl, C1-6 alkyl(C6-10)aryl, and halo(C6-10)aryl;
Z1 and Z2 are independently one of hydroxy, alkoxy, or aryloxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms and, optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A is zero.
86. The use according to claim 85, wherein R3 is isobutyl.
87. The use according to claim 85, wherein Z1 and Z2 are both hydroxy.
88. The use according to claim 85, wherein Z1 and Z2 together form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol, and diethanolamine.
89. A compound of the structure:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein P is R7-C(O)-, R7-NH-C(O)-, R7-O-C(O)-, or R7-SO2-, where R7 is heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl; or when P is R7-C(O)-, R7 can also be N-morpholinyl;
X2 is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-NH-, -CH(OH)-CH2-, -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -C(O)-CH2-, -SO2-NH-, -SO2-CH2-, and -CH(OH)-CH2-C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or alkyl, or R forms together with the adjacent R2, a nitrogen-containing mono-, bi-, or tri-cyclic, saturated or partially saturated ring system having 4-14 ring members, that can be optionally substituted by one or two of keto, hydroxy, alkyl, aralkyl, alkoxy or aryloxy;
R2 is one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CH2-R5;
R3 is one of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -CH2-R5;
R5, in each instance, is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, a 5-10 membered saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle or -W-R6, W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl;
where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or heterocycle of R2, R3 and R5 can be optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, C3-8cycloalkyl, C1-6alkyl(C3-8)cycloalkyl, C2-8alkenyl, C2-8alkynyl, cyano, amino, C1-6alkylamino, di(C1-6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C1-6)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C1-6alkoxy, C6-10aryl, C6-10aryl(C1-6)alkyl, C6-10aryl(C1-6)alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-6alkylthio, C1-6alkylsulfinyl, C1-6alkylsulfonyl, C6-10arylthio, C6-10arylsulfinyl, C6-10arylsulfonyl, C6-10aryl, C1-6 alkyl(C6-10)aryl, and halo(C6-10)aryl, Z1 and Z2 are independently one of alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound having at least two hydroxy groups separated by at least two connecting atoms in a chain or ring, said chain or ring comprising carbon atoms, and optionally, a heteroatom or heteroatoms which can be N, S, or O; and A is 0.
90. The compound of claim 89, wherein the heteroaryl group in R7 is selected from the group consisting of thienyl, benzo[b]thienyl, naphtho[2,3-b]thienyl, thianthrenyl, furyl, pyranyl, isobenzylfuranyl, benzoxazolyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathiinyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinazolinyl, cinnolinyl, pteridinyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, carbazolyl, .beta.-carbolinyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, perimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, isothiazolyl, phenothiazinyl, isoxazolyl, furazanyl and phenoxazinyl.
91. The compound of claim 89, wherein P is one of quinolinecarbonyl, pyridinecarbonyl, quinolinesulfonyl, quinoxalinecarbonyl, quinoxalinesulfonyl, pyrazinecarbonyl, pyrazinesulfonyl, furancarbonyl, furansulfonyl, or N-morpholinylcarbonyl.
92. The compound of claim 89, wherein P is one of 8-quinolinecarbonyl, 8-quinolinesulfonyl, 2-quinoxalinecarbonyl, 2-quinoxalinesulfonyl, 2-pyrazinecarbonyl, 2-pyrazinesulfonyl, 3-furancarbonyl, 3-furansulfonyl, or N-morpholinylcarbonyl.
93. The compound of claim 89, wherein X2 is -(CO)-NH-.
94. The compound of claim 89, wherein R is hydrogen or C1-8 alkyl.
95. The compound of claim 89, wherein:
R2 and R3 are each independently one of hydrogen, C1-8alkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, a 5-, 6-, 9- or 10-membered heteroaryl group, or CH2-R5;
R5, in each instance, is one of C6-10aryl, C6-10ar(C1-6)alkyl, C1-6alk(C6-10)aryl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C1-8 alkoxy, C1-alkylthio or a 5-, 6-, 9- or 10-membered heteroaryl group;
where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl or 5-, 6-, 9- or 10-membered heteroaryl groups of R2, R3 and R5 can be optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6alkyl, C3-8cycloalkyl, C1-6alkyl(C3-8) cycloalkyl, C2-8alkenyl, C2-8alkynyl, cyano, amino, C1-6alkylamino, di(C1-6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C1-6)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C1-6alkoxy, C6-10aryl, C6-10aryl(C1-6)alkyl, C6-10aryl(C1-6)alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-6alkylthio, C1-6alkylsulfinyl, C1-6alkylsulfonyl, C6-10arylthio, C6-10arylsulfinyl, C6-10arylsulfonyl, C6-10aryl, C1-6 alkyl(C6-10)aryl, and halo(C6-10)aryl.
96. The compound of claim 89, wherein:
A is zero;
X2 is -C(O)-NH;
R is hydrogen or C1-8 alkyl; and R3 is C1-6alkyl.
97. The compound of claim 89, wherein R3 is C1-12alkyl.
98. The compound of claim 89, wherein R3 is C1-6alkyl.
99. The compound of claim 89, wherein R3 is C4alkyl.
100. The compound of claim 89, wherein R3 is isobutyl.
101. The compound of claim 89, wherein R2 is one of isobutyl, 1-naphthylmethyl, 2-naphthylmethyl, 3-pyridylmethyl, 2-pyridylmethyl, 6-quinolinylmethyl, 3-indolylmethyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 4-(2'-pyridylmethoxy)benzyl, 4-(benzyloxy)benzyl, benzylnaphthylmethyl or phenethyl.
102. The compound of claim 89, wherein Z1 and Z2 are independently one of C1-6alkyl, hydroxy, C1-6alkoxy, or C6-10aryloxy.
103. The compound of claim 89, wherein Z1 and Z2 are both hydroxy.
104. The compound of claim 89, wherein together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol and diethanolamine.
105. The compound of claim 89, wherein:
P is one of quinolinecarbonyl, pyridinecarbonyl, quinolinesulfonyl, quinoxalinecarbonyl, quinoxalinesulfonyl, pyrazinecarbonyl, pyrazinesulfonyl, furancarbonyl, furansulfonyl or N-morpholinylcarbonyl;
A is zero;
X2 is -C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or C1-8 alkyl;
R2 and R3 are each independently one of hydrogen, C1-8alkyl, C3-10cycloalkyl, C6-10aryl, C6-10ar(C1-6)alkyl, pyridylmethyl, or quinolinylmethyl; and Z1 and Z2 are both hydroxy, C1-6alkoxy, or C6-10aryloxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2.3-butanediol, glycerol and diethanolamine.
106. The compound of claim 89, wherein:
P is one of 8-quinolinecarbonyl, 8-quinolinesulfonyl, 2-quinoxalinecarbonyl, 2-quinoxalinesulfonyl, 2-pyrazinecarbonyl, 2-pyrazinesulfonyl, 3-pyridinecarbonyl, 3-pyridinesulfonyl, 3-furancarbonyl, 3-furansulfonyl or N-morpholinecarbonyl;
A is zero;
X2 is-C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or C1-8 alkyl;
R3 is isobutyl;
R2 is one of isobutyl, 1-naphthylmethyl, 2-naphthylmethyl, 3-pyridylmethyl, 2-pyridylmethyl, 6-quinolinylmethyl, 3-indolylmethyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 4-(2'-pyridylmethoxy)benzyl, 4-(benzyloxy)benzyl, benzylnaphthylmethyl or phenethyl; and Z1 and Z2 are independently one of hydroxy, C1-6alkoxy, C6-10aryloxy, or together Z1 and Z2 form a moiety derived from a dihydroxy compound selected from the group consisting of pinacol, perfluoropinacol, pinanediol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, glycerol and diethanolamine.
107. The compound of claim 89, wherein said compound is one of:
N-(2-pyrazine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(2-quinoline)sulfonyl-L-homophenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(3-pyridine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-.beta.-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(8-quinoline)sulfonyl-.beta.-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-(O-benzyl)-L-tyrosine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-L-tyrosine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-[O-(2-pyridylmethyl)]-L-tyrosine-L-leucine boronic acid; or an isostere, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or boronate ester thereof, wherein said isostere is a compound wherein the -C(O)-NH- group at X2 is replaced with -CH(OH)-CH2-, -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -C(O)-CH2-, -SO2-NH-, -SO2-CH2-, or -CH(OH)-CH2-C(O)-NH-.
108. The compound of claim 89, wherein said compound is N-(2-pyrazine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, or an isostere, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or boronate ester thereof, wherein said isostere is a compound wherein the -C(O)-NH- group at X2 is replaced with -CH(OH)-CH2-, -CH(OH)-CH(OH)-, -C(O)-CH2-, -SO2-NH-, -SO2-CH2-, or -CH(OH)-CH2-C(O)-NH-.
109. A pharmaceutical composition, comprising a compound of any one of claims 89 to 108, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
110. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 109, wherein said compound is present in an amount effective to inhibit the proteasome function in a mammal.
111. Use of a compound as claimed in any one of claims 89 to 108 for the manufacture of a medicament for:
(a) inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell;
(b) reducing the rate of muscle protein degradation;
(c) reducing the activity of NF-.kappa.B in a cell;
(d) reducing the activity of intracellular protein breakdown;
(e) reducing the rate of degradation of p53;
(f) inhibiting cyclin degradation in a cell;
(g) preventing or treating an inflammatory condition;
(h) inhibiting antigen presentation in a cell;
(i) inhibiting inducible NF-.kappa.B dependent cell adhesion; or (j) inhibiting HIV replication.
112. The use according to claim 111, wherein the medicament is for the treatment of a patient diagnosed with, or at risk of developing, a condition selected from the group of tissue rejection, organ rejection, arthritis, an infection, dermatoses, inflammatory bowel disease, asthma, osteoporosis, osteoarthritis, and an autoimmune disease.
113. Use of an effective amount of a compound of any one of claims 1, 8 or 1 S
to inhibit the growth of a cancer cell.
114. Use of an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1-21 or 107 to reduce the rate of muscle protein degradation in a cell.
11 S. Use of an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1-21 or 107 to reduce the activity of NF-.kappa.B in a cell.
116. Use of an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1-21 or 107 to reduce the rate of intracellular protein breakdown in a cell.
117. Use of an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1-21 or 107 to reduce the rate of degradation of p53 protein in a cell.
118. Use of an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1-21 or 107 to inhibit cyclin degradation in a cell.
119. Use of an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1-21 or 107 to prevent or treat an inflammatory condition in a patient in need thereof.
120. The use according to claim 119, wherein said patient has been diagnosed with, or is at risk of developing, a condition selected from the group consisting of tissue rejection, organ rejection, arthritis, an infection, dermatoses, inflammatory bowel disease, and an immune disease.
121. Use of an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1-21 or 107 to inhibit antigen presentation in a cell.
122. Use of an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1-21 or 107 to inhibit inducible NF-.kappa.B cell adhesion in an animal in need thereof.
123. Use of an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1-21 or 107 to inhibit HIV replication in an animal in need thereof.
124. A unit dosage form comprising a compound having the formula:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein P is R7-C(O)- or R7-SO2 -, where R7 is pyrazinyl;
X2 is -C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or alkyl;
R2 and R3 are independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or -CH2-R5;
R5, in each instance, is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl;
where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, or alkaryl in R2, R3 and R5 can be optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl(C3-8)cycloalkyl, C2-8 alkenyl; C2-8 alkynyl, cyano, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, di(C1-6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C1-6)-alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C1-6 alkoxy, C6-10 aryl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkyl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C6-10 arylthio, C6-10 arylsulfinyl, C6-10 arylsulfonyl, C6-10 aryl, C1-6 alkyl(C6-10)aryl, and halo(C6-10)aryl;
Z1 and Z2 are both hydroxy; and A is zero, which upon combination with a physiologically acceptable aqueous carrier forms a solution suitable for intravenous, intramuscular, or subcutaneous administration to a patient.
125. The unit dosage form of claim 124, wherein:
R is hydrogen or C1-8 alkyl; and R3 is C1-6 alkyl.
126. The unit dosage form of claim 125, wherein R3 is C4 alkyl.
127. The unit dosage form of claim 124, wherein R is hydrogen or C1-8 alkyl.
128. The unit dosage form of claim 124, wherein:
R2 and R3 are each independently one of hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, or C6-10 aryl, or -CH2-R5 ;
R5, in each instance, is one of C6-10 aryl, C6-10 ar(C1-6)alkyl, C1-6 alk(C6-10)aryl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C1-8 alkoxy, or C1-8 alkylthio;
where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, or alkaryl groups of R2, R3 and R5 can be optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl-(C3-8)cycloalkyl, C2-8 alkynyl, C2-8 alkynyl cyano, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, di(C1-6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C1-6)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C1-6 alkoxy, C6-10 aryl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkyl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C6-10 arylthio, C6-10 arylsulfinyl, C6-10 arylsulfonyl, C6-10 aryl, C1-6 alkyl(C6-10)aryl, and halo(C6-10)aryl.
129. The unit dosage form of claim 124, wherein R3 is C1-12 alkyl.
130. The unit dosage form of claim 124, wherein R3 is C1-6 alkyl.
131. The unit dosage form of claim 124, wherein R3 is C4 alkyl.
132. The unit dosage form of claim 124, wherein R3 is isobutyl.
133. The unit dosage form of claim 124, wherein R2 is one of isobutyl, 1-naphthylmethyl, 2-naphthylmethyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 4-(benzyloxy)benzyl, benzylnaphthylmethyl or phenethyl.
134. The unit dosage form of claim 124, wherein:
R is hydrogen or C1-8 alkyl;
R3 is isobutyl; and R2 is one of isobutyl, 1-naphthylmethyl, 2-naphthylmethyl, benzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl, 4(benzyloxy)benzyl, benzylnaphthylmethyl or phenethyl.
135. A unit dosage form comprising a compound which is N-(2-pyrazine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, which upon combination with a physiologically acceptable aqueous carrier forms a solution suitable for intravenous, intramuscular, or subcutaneous administration to a patient.
136. A unit dosage form comprising a compound having the formula:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein P is R7-C(O)- or R7-SO2 -, where R7 is quinolinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridyl, quinoxalinyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, or N-morpholinyl;
X2 is -C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or alkyl;
R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycle, and -CH2-R5, where R5, in each instance, is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl;
where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl or alkaryl in R2, R3 and R5 can be optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl(C3-8)cycloalkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, C2-8 alkynyl, cyano, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, di(C1-6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C1-6)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C1-6 alkoxy, C6-10 aryl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkyl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C6-10 arylthio, C6-10 arylsulfinyl, C6-10 arylsulfonyl, C6-10 aryl, C1-6 alkyl(C6-10)aryl, and halo(C6-10)aryl;
Z1 and Z2 are both hydroxy; and A is zero;
which upon combination with a physiologically acceptable aqueous carrier forms a solution suitable for intravenous, intramuscular, or sub-cutaneous administration to a patient.
137. The unit dosage form of claim 136, wherein said compound is one of N-(2-pyrazine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(2-quinoline)sulfonyl-L-homophenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid;
N-(3-pyridine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-.beta.-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine-leucine boronic acid, N-(8-quinoline)sulfonyl-.beta.-(1-naphthyl)-L-alanine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-(O-benzyl)-L-tyrosine-L-leucine boronic acid, N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-L-tyrosine-L-leucine boronic acid, and N-(4-morpholine)carbonyl-[O-(2-pyridylmethyl)]-L-tyrosine-L-leucine boronic acid.
138. The unit dosage form of claim 136, wherein R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl and -CH2-R5, wherein R5 is as defined in claim 136.
139. The unit dosage form of claim 136, wherein R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of C1-4 alkyl and -CH2-R5, wherein R5 is selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl, aryl, and heterocycle.
140. The unit dosage form of claim 136, wherein R3 is isobutyl and R2 is -CH2-R5, wherein R5 is C5-10 aryl or heterocycle.
141. The unit dosage form of claim 136, wherein R2 is:
142. The unit dosage form of claim 136, wherein:
R is hydrogen or C1-8 alkyl;
R2 and R3 are each independently one of hydrogen, C1-8 alkyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C6-10 aryl, C6-10 ar(C1-6)alkyl, pyridylmethyl, or quinolinylmethyl.
143. The unit dosage form of claim 136, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
N-(2-pyridine)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid;
N-(2-quinoline)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid;
N-(3-furoyl)-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid;
N-(2-pyrrolyl)carbonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid; and N-(8-quinoline)sulfonyl-L-phenylalanine-L-leucine boronic acid.
144. A unit dosage form comprising a compound having the formula:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein P is H or an amino-group-protecting moiety;
X2 is -C(O)-NH-;
R is hydrogen or alkyl;
R2 is naphthylmethyl, pyridylmethyl, or quinolylmethyl;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycle, and -CH2-R5, where R5 is one of aryl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl or -W-R6, where W is a chalcogen and R6 is alkyl;
where the ring portion of any of said aryl, aralkyl, or alkaryl in R2, R3 and R5 can be optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl(C3-8)cycloalkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, C2-8 alkynyl, cyano, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, di(C1-6)alkylamino, benzylamino, dibenzylamino, nitro, carboxy, carbo(C1-6)alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, halogen, C1-6 alkoxy, C6-10 aryl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkyl, C6-10 aryl(C1-6)alkoxy, hydroxy, C1-6 alkylthio, C1-6 alkylsulfinyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C6-10 arylthio, C6-10 arylsulfinyl, C6-10 arylsulfonyl, C6-10 aryl, C1-6 alkyl(C6-10)aryl, and halo(C6-10)aryl;
Z1 and Z2 are both hydroxy; and A is zero;
which upon combination with a physiologically acceptable aqueous carrier forms a solution suitable for intravenous, intramuscular, or sub-cutaneous administration to a patient.
145. The unit dosage form of claim 144, wherein R3 is isobutyl.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CA2496538A CA2496538C (en) | 1994-10-28 | 1995-10-27 | Boronic ester and acid compounds, synthesis and uses |
Applications Claiming Priority (5)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US33052594A | 1994-10-28 | 1994-10-28 | |
US08/330,525 | 1994-10-28 | ||
US08/442,581 US6083903A (en) | 1994-10-28 | 1995-05-16 | Boronic ester and acid compounds, synthesis and uses |
US08/442,581 | 1995-05-16 | ||
PCT/US1995/014117 WO1996013266A1 (en) | 1994-10-28 | 1995-10-27 | Boronic ester and acid compounds, synthesis and uses |
Related Child Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA2496538A Division CA2496538C (en) | 1994-10-28 | 1995-10-27 | Boronic ester and acid compounds, synthesis and uses |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2203936A1 CA2203936A1 (en) | 1996-05-09 |
CA2203936C true CA2203936C (en) | 2005-04-12 |
Family
ID=26987313
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA2496538A Expired - Lifetime CA2496538C (en) | 1994-10-28 | 1995-10-27 | Boronic ester and acid compounds, synthesis and uses |
CA002203936A Expired - Lifetime CA2203936C (en) | 1994-10-28 | 1995-10-27 | Boronic ester and acid compounds, synthesis and uses |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA2496538A Expired - Lifetime CA2496538C (en) | 1994-10-28 | 1995-10-27 | Boronic ester and acid compounds, synthesis and uses |
Country Status (25)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (16) | US6083903A (en) |
EP (4) | EP1312609B1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP3717934B2 (en) |
KR (1) | KR100398944B1 (en) |
CN (2) | CN101077875B (en) |
AT (3) | ATE241631T1 (en) |
AU (1) | AU710564B2 (en) |
CA (2) | CA2496538C (en) |
CH (1) | CH0788360H1 (en) |
CY (1) | CY2484B1 (en) |
DE (5) | DE69530936T3 (en) |
DK (3) | DK1627880T3 (en) |
ES (3) | ES2314540T3 (en) |
FI (2) | FI114801B (en) |
FR (1) | FR04C0014I2 (en) |
HK (2) | HK1002059A1 (en) |
IL (5) | IL115790A (en) |
LU (1) | LU91083I2 (en) |
MX (1) | MX9703063A (en) |
NL (1) | NL300151I2 (en) |
NO (2) | NO310558B1 (en) |
NZ (2) | NZ296717A (en) |
PT (3) | PT1627880E (en) |
TW (1) | TW318850B (en) |
WO (1) | WO1996013266A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (302)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6083903A (en) * | 1994-10-28 | 2000-07-04 | Leukosite, Inc. | Boronic ester and acid compounds, synthesis and uses |
US6838477B2 (en) * | 1995-04-12 | 2005-01-04 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Lactacystin analogs |
FR2758329B1 (en) * | 1997-01-16 | 1999-02-12 | Synthelabo | BORONIC IMIDAZOLE-4-BUTANE DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR THERAPEUTIC USE |
AU741802B2 (en) | 1997-02-15 | 2001-12-13 | Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Treatment of infarcts through inhibition of NF-kappaB |
US6221888B1 (en) * | 1997-05-29 | 2001-04-24 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Sulfonamides as cell adhesion inhibitors |
EP1017398A1 (en) * | 1997-09-25 | 2000-07-12 | Proscript, Inc. | Proteasome inhibitors, ubiquitin pathway inhibitors or agents that interfere with the activation of nf-kb via the ubiquitin proteasome pathway to treat inflammatory and autoimmune diseases |
KR100458403B1 (en) * | 1997-09-29 | 2004-11-26 | 포인트 써러퓨틱스, 인크. | Stimulation of Hematopoietic Cells in vitro |
US6831057B2 (en) * | 1997-10-28 | 2004-12-14 | The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill | Use of NF-κB inhibition in combination therapy for cancer |
CA2219867A1 (en) * | 1997-10-31 | 1999-04-30 | Jiangping Wu | The use of proteasome inhibitors for treating cancer, inflammation, autoimmune disease, graft rejection and septic shock |
DE19802450A1 (en) * | 1998-01-23 | 1999-07-29 | Hoechst Marion Roussel De Gmbh | New saccharide compounds useful in treating schizophrenia |
US6075150A (en) * | 1998-01-26 | 2000-06-13 | Cv Therapeutics, Inc. | α-ketoamide inhibitors of 20S proteasome |
US6617171B2 (en) * | 1998-02-27 | 2003-09-09 | The General Hospital Corporation | Methods for diagnosing and treating autoimmune disease |
FR2779653B1 (en) * | 1998-06-11 | 2002-12-20 | Inst Nat Sante Rech Med | USE OF PROTEASOME MODULATING COMPOUNDS IN THERAPY |
US6462019B1 (en) | 1998-07-10 | 2002-10-08 | Osteoscreen, Inc. | Inhibitors of proteasomal activity and production for stimulating bone growth |
US6838436B1 (en) * | 1998-07-10 | 2005-01-04 | Osteoscreen Inc. | Inhibitors of proteasomal activity for stimulating bone growth |
US6902721B1 (en) | 1998-07-10 | 2005-06-07 | Osteoscreen, Inc. | Inhibitors of proteasomal activity for stimulating bone growth |
US6979697B1 (en) * | 1998-08-21 | 2005-12-27 | Point Therapeutics, Inc. | Regulation of substrate activity |
EP0982317A1 (en) * | 1998-08-26 | 2000-03-01 | Max-Planck-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der Wissenschaften e.V. | Bivalent inhibitors of the proteasome |
EP1123412B1 (en) * | 1998-10-20 | 2004-10-06 | Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Method for monitoring proteasome inhibitor drug action |
US6492333B1 (en) | 1999-04-09 | 2002-12-10 | Osteoscreen, Inc. | Treatment of myeloma bone disease with proteasomal and NF-κB activity inhibitors |
US6890904B1 (en) * | 1999-05-25 | 2005-05-10 | Point Therapeutics, Inc. | Anti-tumor agents |
US6649593B1 (en) * | 1999-10-13 | 2003-11-18 | Tularik Inc. | Modulators of SREBP processing |
CA2419238A1 (en) * | 2000-08-16 | 2002-02-21 | University Of Alberta | Non-pressurized methods for the preparation of conjugated solid supports for boronic acids |
US6919382B2 (en) | 2000-08-31 | 2005-07-19 | The Governors Of The University Of Alberta | Preparation and uses of conjugated solid supports for boronic acids |
EP1430903A1 (en) * | 2000-10-12 | 2004-06-23 | Viromics Gmbh | Use of proteasome inhibitors for the treatment of viral infections |
TR201819416T4 (en) * | 2001-01-25 | 2019-01-21 | The United States Of America Represented By The Sec Dep Of Health And Human Services | Formulation of boronic acid compounds. |
US7112588B2 (en) * | 2001-05-21 | 2006-09-26 | Alcon, Inc. | Use of proteasome inhibitors to treat dry eye disorders |
PL367287A1 (en) | 2001-05-21 | 2005-02-21 | Alcon, Inc. | Use of proteasome inhibitors to treat dry eye disorders |
EP1399468B1 (en) | 2001-05-30 | 2006-02-15 | Novartis AG | 2-((n-(2-amino-3-(heteroaryl or aryl)propionyl)-aminoacyl)-amino)-alkylboronic acid derivatives |
WO2003033507A1 (en) * | 2001-10-12 | 2003-04-24 | Kyorin Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Benzylmalonic acid derivatives and proteasome inhibitors contaiing the same |
WO2003033506A1 (en) * | 2001-10-12 | 2003-04-24 | Kyorin Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Aminoborane acid derivative and proteasome inhibitory drug containing the same |
US7524883B2 (en) | 2002-01-08 | 2009-04-28 | Eisai R&D Management Co., Ltd. | Eponemycin and epoxomicin analogs and uses thereof |
EP1487459A4 (en) * | 2002-03-12 | 2006-05-24 | Ariad Pharma Inc | Peptide analogues and uses thereof |
KR20040093692A (en) * | 2002-03-13 | 2004-11-08 | 얀센 파마슈티카 엔.브이. | Piperazinyl-, piperidynyl- and morpholinyl-derivatives as novel inhibitors of histone deacetylase |
US7501417B2 (en) | 2002-03-13 | 2009-03-10 | Janssen Pharmaceutica, N.V. | Aminocarbonyl-derivatives as novel inhibitors of histone deacetylase |
CN100503599C (en) * | 2002-03-13 | 2009-06-24 | 詹森药业有限公司 | Carbonylamino-derivatives as novel inhibitors of histone deacetylase |
JP4725945B2 (en) | 2002-03-13 | 2011-07-13 | ジヤンセン・フアーマシユーチカ・ナームローゼ・フエンノートシヤツプ | Sulfonylamino derivatives as novel inhibitors of histone deacetylase |
ATE481104T1 (en) * | 2002-04-05 | 2010-10-15 | Virologik Gmbh | AGENTS FOR THE TREATMENT OF FLAVIVIRIDAE INFECTIONS |
US7514579B2 (en) * | 2002-06-13 | 2009-04-07 | Johns Hopkins University | Boronic chalcone derivatives and uses thereof |
JP2006506442A (en) * | 2002-07-09 | 2006-02-23 | ポイント セラピューティクス, インコーポレイテッド | Boroproline compound combination therapy |
WO2004016253A1 (en) * | 2002-08-14 | 2004-02-26 | Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. | Use of nf-kappa b inhibitors for the treatment of mastitis |
US20050282757A1 (en) * | 2002-09-09 | 2005-12-22 | Trigen Limited | Peptide boronic acid compounds useful in anticoagulation |
US20050119226A1 (en) * | 2003-09-09 | 2005-06-02 | Trigen Limited | Methods for synthesizing organoboronic compounds and products thereof |
US7112572B2 (en) * | 2002-09-09 | 2006-09-26 | Trigen Limited | Multivalent metal salts of boronic acids |
US20060084592A1 (en) * | 2002-09-09 | 2006-04-20 | Trigen Limited | Peptide boronic acid inhibitors |
WO2004022071A1 (en) * | 2002-09-09 | 2004-03-18 | Trigen Limited | Multivalent metal salts of boronic acids for treating thrombosis |
US20050176651A1 (en) * | 2002-09-09 | 2005-08-11 | Trigen Limited | Peptide boronic acids useful in making salts thereof |
WO2004026406A1 (en) * | 2002-09-20 | 2004-04-01 | Alcon, Inc. | Use of cytokine synthesis inhibitors for the treatment of dry eye disorders |
CA2508348C (en) | 2002-12-06 | 2016-07-12 | Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for the identification, assessment, and treatment of patients with proteasome inhibition therapy |
CN100341880C (en) * | 2003-02-13 | 2007-10-10 | 上海仁虎制药股份有限公司 | Boric acid and boric acid ester compound ,their preparing method and use in pharmacy |
US20070110785A1 (en) * | 2003-07-03 | 2007-05-17 | Eugene Tedeschi | Medical devices with proteasome inhibitors for the treatment of restenosis |
US7223745B2 (en) * | 2003-08-14 | 2007-05-29 | Cephalon, Inc. | Proteasome inhibitors and methods of using the same |
US7576206B2 (en) | 2003-08-14 | 2009-08-18 | Cephalon, Inc. | Proteasome inhibitors and methods of using the same |
JP2007513072A (en) | 2003-11-05 | 2007-05-24 | パリンゲン インコーポレーテッド | Enhanced B cell cytotoxicity in CDIM binding antibodies |
US20060052390A1 (en) * | 2003-12-24 | 2006-03-09 | Scios, Inc. | Treatment of multiple myeloma by p38 MAP kinase and proteasome inhibition |
BRPI0507972A (en) * | 2004-02-23 | 2007-07-24 | Tufts College | compound, pharmaceutical composition, use of a compound, method for inhibiting the proteolytic activity of a postproline cleavage enzyme and packaged pharmaceutical composition |
GB0405272D0 (en) * | 2004-03-09 | 2004-04-21 | Trigen Ltd | Compounds |
US7371875B2 (en) * | 2004-03-12 | 2008-05-13 | Miikana Therapeutics, Inc. | Cytotoxic agents and methods of use |
AU2016202747B2 (en) * | 2004-03-30 | 2017-11-23 | Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Synthesis of boronic ester and acid compounds |
UA90108C2 (en) | 2004-03-30 | 2010-04-12 | Мілленніум Фармасьютікалз, Інк. | Synthesis of boronic ester and acid compounds |
WO2005105827A2 (en) | 2004-04-15 | 2005-11-10 | Proteolix, Inc. | Compounds for proteasome enzyme inhibition |
US8198270B2 (en) | 2004-04-15 | 2012-06-12 | Onyx Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds for proteasome enzyme inhibition |
BRPI0510802A (en) | 2004-05-10 | 2007-11-06 | Proteolix Inc | enzyme inhibiting compounds |
EP1765313A2 (en) | 2004-06-24 | 2007-03-28 | Novartis Vaccines and Diagnostics, Inc. | Compounds for immunopotentiation |
ATE553077T1 (en) | 2004-07-23 | 2012-04-15 | Nuada Llc | PEPTIDATE INHIBITORS |
JP4948403B2 (en) | 2004-07-28 | 2012-06-06 | ジヤンセン・フアーマシユーチカ・ナームローゼ・フエンノートシヤツプ | Substituted indolylalkylamino derivatives as new inhibitors of histone deacetylase |
WO2006045066A2 (en) | 2004-10-20 | 2006-04-27 | Proteolix, Inc. | Labeled compounds for proteasome inhibition |
US8377435B2 (en) | 2004-11-05 | 2013-02-19 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Antibody induced cell membrane wounding |
TW200618820A (en) * | 2004-11-05 | 2006-06-16 | Alza Corp | Liposome formulations of boronic acid compounds |
US8017395B2 (en) | 2004-12-17 | 2011-09-13 | Lifescan, Inc. | Seeding cells on porous supports |
US20070098685A1 (en) * | 2005-01-19 | 2007-05-03 | Brand Stephen J | Methods and kits to treat chronic inflammatory immune diseases by administering a proteasome inhibitor and an interleukin 2 receptor agonist |
EP1845973B1 (en) | 2005-01-21 | 2015-08-12 | Astex Therapeutics Limited | Pharmaceutical compounds |
US20090018146A1 (en) * | 2005-01-27 | 2009-01-15 | Research Development Corporation | Combination Therapy with Triterpenoid Compounds and Proteasome Inhibitors |
US7468383B2 (en) * | 2005-02-11 | 2008-12-23 | Cephalon, Inc. | Proteasome inhibitors and methods of using the same |
PT1853251E (en) | 2005-02-16 | 2013-07-19 | Anacor Pharmaceuticals Inc | Halogen-substituted boronophthalides for the treatment of infections |
WO2006099261A2 (en) * | 2005-03-11 | 2006-09-21 | The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill | Potent and specific immunoproteasome inhibitors |
KR20080007642A (en) * | 2005-04-29 | 2008-01-22 | 코산 바이오사이언시즈, 인코포레이티드 | Method of treating multiple myeloma using 17-aag or 17-ag or a prodrug of either in combination with a proteasome inhibitor |
EP1885710B1 (en) | 2005-05-18 | 2015-08-19 | Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. | Substituted aminopropenyl piperidine or morpholine derivatives as novel inhibitors of histone deacetylase |
AU2006202209B2 (en) * | 2005-05-27 | 2011-04-14 | Lifescan, Inc. | Amniotic fluid derived cells |
WO2006133052A2 (en) * | 2005-06-08 | 2006-12-14 | Centocor, Inc. | A cellular therapy for ocular degeneration |
WO2007002972A2 (en) * | 2005-07-06 | 2007-01-11 | Biodevelops Pharma Entwicklung Gmbh | Use of a compound for enhancing the expression of membrane proteins on the cell surface |
EP1752467A1 (en) | 2005-08-10 | 2007-02-14 | 4Sc Ag | Inhibitors of cancer cell, t-cell and keratinocyte proliferation |
US7531517B2 (en) | 2005-08-10 | 2009-05-12 | 4Sc Ag | Inhibitors of cancer cell, T-cell and keratinocyte proliferation |
US20070059382A1 (en) * | 2005-09-09 | 2007-03-15 | Board Of Regents, Univ. And Comm. College System Of Nevada... | Medical treatment of breast cancer with boric acid materials |
JP5436860B2 (en) | 2005-11-09 | 2014-03-05 | オニキス セラピューティクス, インク. | Compounds for enzyme inhibition |
EP1956908A2 (en) * | 2005-12-08 | 2008-08-20 | Cytokinetics, Inc. | Certain compositions and methods of treatment |
CN105949230A (en) | 2005-12-30 | 2016-09-21 | 安纳考尔医药公司 | Boron-containing small molecules |
EP1979327A1 (en) * | 2006-01-19 | 2008-10-15 | Janssen Pharmaceutica, N.V. | Pyridine and pyrimidine derivatives as inhibitors of histone deacetylase |
WO2007082882A1 (en) * | 2006-01-19 | 2007-07-26 | Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. | Substituted indolyl-alkyl-amino-derivatives as inhibitors of histone deacetylase |
SI1981874T1 (en) * | 2006-01-19 | 2009-10-31 | Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv | Aminophenyl derivatives as novel inhibitors of histone deacetylase |
ES2396986T3 (en) | 2006-01-19 | 2013-03-01 | Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. | Pyridine and pyrimidine derivatives as histone deacetylase inhibitors |
JO2660B1 (en) | 2006-01-20 | 2012-06-17 | نوفارتيس ايه جي | PI-3 Kinase inhibitors and methods of their use |
PE20070978A1 (en) * | 2006-02-14 | 2007-11-15 | Novartis Ag | HETEROCICLIC COMPOUNDS AS INHIBITORS OF PHOSPHATIDYLINOSITOL 3-KINASES (PI3Ks) |
SI2719388T1 (en) | 2006-02-16 | 2019-06-28 | Anacor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Boron-containing small molecules as anti-inflammatory agents |
TW200808739A (en) * | 2006-04-06 | 2008-02-16 | Novartis Vaccines & Diagnostic | Quinazolines for PDK1 inhibition |
US8741643B2 (en) | 2006-04-28 | 2014-06-03 | Lifescan, Inc. | Differentiation of pluripotent stem cells to definitive endoderm lineage |
DE102006026464A1 (en) | 2006-06-01 | 2007-12-06 | Virologik Gmbh Innovationszentrum Medizintechnik Und Pharma | Pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of viral infections and / or tumors by inhibiting protein folding and protein degradation |
WO2007143600A2 (en) * | 2006-06-05 | 2007-12-13 | Incyte Corporation | Sheddase inhibitors combined with cd30-binding immunotherapeutics for the treatment of cd30 positive diseases |
US7691852B2 (en) | 2006-06-19 | 2010-04-06 | Onyx Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds for enzyme inhibition |
AU2007296259A1 (en) * | 2006-09-15 | 2008-03-20 | Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv | Combinations of class-I specific histone deacetylase inhibitors with proteasome inhibitors |
EA020276B1 (en) * | 2006-09-15 | 2014-10-30 | Янссен Фармацевтика Нв | Histone deacetylase inhibitors with combined activity on class-i and class-iib histone deacetylases in combination with proteasome inhibitors |
EP2073807A1 (en) | 2006-10-12 | 2009-07-01 | Astex Therapeutics Limited | Pharmaceutical combinations |
US8916552B2 (en) | 2006-10-12 | 2014-12-23 | Astex Therapeutics Limited | Pharmaceutical combinations |
AU2007221966A1 (en) * | 2006-12-08 | 2008-06-26 | Centenary Institute Of Cancer Medicine And Cell Biology | Assay for response to proteasome inhibitors |
JO3396B1 (en) | 2007-06-20 | 2019-10-20 | Anacor Pharmaceuticals Inc | Boron-containing small molecules |
US9080145B2 (en) | 2007-07-01 | 2015-07-14 | Lifescan Corporation | Single pluripotent stem cell culture |
DK2185693T3 (en) | 2007-07-31 | 2019-09-23 | Lifescan Inc | DIFFERENTIZING HUMAN EMBRYONIC STEM CELLS |
SI2170396T1 (en) | 2007-08-03 | 2017-04-26 | Summit (Oxford) Limited | Drug combinations for the treatment of duchenne muscular dystrophy |
GB0715087D0 (en) | 2007-08-03 | 2007-09-12 | Summit Corp Plc | Drug combinations for the treatment of duchenne muscular dystrophy |
AU2016253697A1 (en) * | 2007-08-06 | 2016-11-24 | Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Proteasome inhibitors |
CN101772507B (en) * | 2007-08-06 | 2012-12-12 | 米伦纽姆医药公司 | Proteasome inhibitors |
EA034601B1 (en) * | 2007-08-06 | 2020-02-25 | Милленниум Фармасьютикалз, Инк. | Process for producing boronic acids |
US7442830B1 (en) | 2007-08-06 | 2008-10-28 | Millenium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Proteasome inhibitors |
US20100226597A1 (en) * | 2007-09-12 | 2010-09-09 | Dr. Reddy's Laboratories Limited | Bortezomib and process for producing same |
US20090076031A1 (en) * | 2007-09-17 | 2009-03-19 | Protia, Llc | Deuterium-enriched bortezomib |
MY173938A (en) | 2007-10-04 | 2020-02-27 | Onyx Therapeutics Inc | Crystalline peptide epoxy ketone protease inhibitors and the synthesis of amino acid keto-epoxides |
US7838673B2 (en) * | 2007-10-16 | 2010-11-23 | Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Proteasome inhibitors |
US20090110688A1 (en) * | 2007-10-24 | 2009-04-30 | Georg Fertig | Combination therapy of type ii anti-cd20 antibody with a proteasome inhibitor |
CN107574142B (en) * | 2007-11-27 | 2021-07-06 | 生命扫描有限公司 | Differentiation of human embryonic stem cells |
CN101220048B (en) * | 2007-12-14 | 2012-08-15 | 江苏先声药物研究有限公司 | Method for preparing pinane diol ester under ZnCl2 catalysis |
UY31545A1 (en) | 2007-12-20 | 2009-08-03 | NEW DERIVATIVES OF 2-CARBOXAMIDE CIANOAMINOUREA, ITS SALTS AND PHARMACEUTICALLY ACCEPTABLE PROFARMS, PREPARATION PROCESSES AND APPLICATIONS | |
CA2715878C (en) | 2008-02-21 | 2017-06-13 | Centocor Ortho Biotech Inc. | Methods, surface modified plates and compositions for cell attachment, cultivation and detachment |
KR101672511B1 (en) * | 2008-03-06 | 2016-11-03 | 아나코르 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 | Boron-containing small molecules as anti-inflammatory agents |
WO2009140309A2 (en) * | 2008-05-12 | 2009-11-19 | Anacor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Boron-containing small molecules |
EA027346B1 (en) * | 2008-06-17 | 2017-07-31 | Милленниум Фармасьютикалз, Инк. | Boronate ester compounds and pharmaceutical compositions thereof |
KR20180018839A (en) | 2008-06-30 | 2018-02-21 | 얀센 바이오테크 인코포레이티드 | Differentiation of pluripotent stem cells |
CN101638414B (en) * | 2008-07-30 | 2014-01-08 | 江苏先声药物研究有限公司 | Peptidyl boronic acid, ester compound thereof, preparation method of peptidyl boronic acid and ester compound thereof, and use of peptidyl boronic acid and ester compound thereof |
US20100028307A1 (en) * | 2008-07-31 | 2010-02-04 | O'neil John J | Pluripotent stem cell differentiation |
EP2348863A4 (en) * | 2008-09-04 | 2012-03-07 | Anacor Pharmaceuticals Inc | Boron-containing small molecules |
WO2010028005A1 (en) | 2008-09-04 | 2010-03-11 | Anacor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Boron-containing small molecules |
AR075090A1 (en) | 2008-09-29 | 2011-03-09 | Millennium Pharm Inc | ACID DERIVATIVES 1-AMINO-2-CYCLLOBUTILETILBORONICO PROTEOSOMA INHIBITORS, USEFUL AS ANTI-BANKER AGENTS, AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS THAT UNDERSTAND THEM. |
US9493489B2 (en) * | 2008-10-15 | 2016-11-15 | Anacor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Boron-containing small molecules as anti-protozoal agents |
KR20110073584A (en) | 2008-10-21 | 2011-06-29 | 오닉스 세라퓨틱스, 인크. | Combination therapy with peptide epoxyketones |
JP2012507289A (en) * | 2008-10-31 | 2012-03-29 | ヤンセン バイオテツク,インコーポレーテツド | Differentiation of human embryonic stem cells into the pancreatic endocrine system |
US9234178B2 (en) | 2008-10-31 | 2016-01-12 | Janssen Biotech, Inc. | Differentiation of human pluripotent stem cells |
EP2366022B1 (en) * | 2008-11-20 | 2016-04-27 | Janssen Biotech, Inc. | Methods and compositions for cell attachment and cultivation on planar substrates |
MX356756B (en) | 2008-11-20 | 2018-06-11 | Centocor Ortho Biotech Inc | Pluripotent stem cell culture on micro-carriers. |
CN101747354B (en) * | 2008-12-04 | 2014-08-13 | 江苏先声药物研究有限公司 | Dipeptide boronic acids consisting of beta amino acids, ester compounds and preparation methods and uses thereof |
KR20110111407A (en) * | 2008-12-17 | 2011-10-11 | 아나코르 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 | Polymorphs of (s)-3-aminomethyl-7-(3-hydroxy-propoxy)-3h-benzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-1-ol |
CA2748921A1 (en) * | 2009-01-09 | 2010-08-12 | Sun Pharma Advanced Research Company Limited | Bortezumib containing pharmaceutical composition |
EP3021120A1 (en) | 2009-02-20 | 2016-05-18 | Michael P. Lisanti | Diagnosis, prognosis, therapeutics and methods for treating neoplastic deiseases comprising determining the level of caveolin-1 in a stromal cell sample |
US8536161B2 (en) | 2009-03-12 | 2013-09-17 | Genentech, Inc. | Combinations of phosphoinositide 3-kinase inhibitor compounds and chemotherapeutic agents for the treatment of hematopoietic malignancies |
WO2010106135A1 (en) | 2009-03-20 | 2010-09-23 | Sigma-Tau Industrie Farmaceutiche Riunite S.P.A. | Combined use for the treatment of ovarian carcinoma |
AR075899A1 (en) | 2009-03-20 | 2011-05-04 | Onyx Therapeutics Inc | PROTEASA INHIBITING CRYSTALLINE EPOXYCETON TRIPEPTIDES |
WO2010111361A1 (en) * | 2009-03-24 | 2010-09-30 | Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv | Biomarkers for assessing peripheral neuropathy response to treatment with a proteasome inhibitor |
WO2010114770A1 (en) * | 2009-03-30 | 2010-10-07 | Cerulean Pharma Inc. | Polymer-agent conjugates, particles, compositions, and related methods of use |
CA2756072A1 (en) * | 2009-03-30 | 2010-10-14 | Cerulean Pharma Inc. | Polymer-agent conjugates, particles, compositions, and related methods of use |
WO2010114768A1 (en) * | 2009-03-30 | 2010-10-07 | Cerulean Pharma Inc. | Polymer-epothilone conjugates, particles, compositions, and related methods of use |
MX2011012538A (en) * | 2009-05-27 | 2012-02-08 | Cephalon Inc | Combination therapy for the treatment of multiple myeloma. |
CA2765811C (en) | 2009-06-19 | 2018-06-05 | Lek Pharmaceuticals D.D. | Process for hydrogenation of halogenoalkenes without dehalogenation |
EP2270019A1 (en) | 2009-06-19 | 2011-01-05 | LEK Pharmaceuticals d.d. | New synthetic route for the preparation of alpha-amino boronic esters |
EP2280016A1 (en) | 2009-07-27 | 2011-02-02 | LEK Pharmaceuticals d.d. | New synthetic route for the preparation of alpha-amino boronic esters via substituted alk-1-ynes |
CN101928329B (en) * | 2009-06-19 | 2013-07-17 | 北京大学 | Tripeptide boric acid (ester) compound and preparation method and application thereof |
US8293753B2 (en) | 2009-07-02 | 2012-10-23 | Novartis Ag | Substituted 2-carboxamide cycloamino ureas |
DE102009027754A1 (en) | 2009-07-15 | 2011-05-05 | Schubert, Ulrich, Dr. | Method for inhibiting the maturation of dendritic cells |
JP6219568B2 (en) | 2009-07-20 | 2017-10-25 | ヤンセン バイオテツク,インコーポレーテツド | Differentiation of human embryonic stem cells |
US8785185B2 (en) | 2009-07-20 | 2014-07-22 | Janssen Biotech, Inc. | Differentiation of human embryonic stem cells |
JP5819825B2 (en) * | 2009-07-20 | 2015-11-24 | ヤンセン バイオテツク,インコーポレーテツド | Differentiation of human embryonic stem cells |
US8343944B2 (en) * | 2009-07-28 | 2013-01-01 | Anacor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Trisubstituted boron-containing molecules |
WO2011019618A1 (en) | 2009-08-14 | 2011-02-17 | Anacor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Boron-containing small molecules as antiprotozoal agents |
WO2011022502A1 (en) | 2009-08-18 | 2011-02-24 | Georgetown University | Boronic acid compositions and methods related to cancer |
US20110207701A1 (en) * | 2009-08-19 | 2011-08-25 | Anacor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Boron-containing small molecules as antiprotozoal agents |
JP5567136B2 (en) | 2009-09-08 | 2014-08-06 | エフ・ホフマン−ラ・ロシュ・アクチェンゲゼルシャフト | 4-Substituted pyridin-3-yl-carboxamide compounds and methods of use |
US20110124597A1 (en) * | 2009-09-25 | 2011-05-26 | Anacor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Boron containing small molecules |
EP2305285A1 (en) | 2009-09-29 | 2011-04-06 | Julius-Maximilians-Universität Würzburg | Means and methods for treating ischemic conditions |
DK2519231T3 (en) * | 2009-10-01 | 2017-06-26 | Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv | Proteasome inhibitors for the treatment of cancer |
US9346834B2 (en) | 2009-10-20 | 2016-05-24 | Anacor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Boron-containing small molecules as antiprotozoal agents |
US20110212918A1 (en) * | 2009-11-11 | 2011-09-01 | Anacor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Boron-containing small molecules |
WO2011060179A1 (en) | 2009-11-13 | 2011-05-19 | Onyx Therapeutics, Inc | Use of peptide epoxyketones for metastasis suppression |
EP2516449A1 (en) | 2009-12-22 | 2012-10-31 | Cephalon, Inc. | Proteasome inhibitors and processes for their preparation, purification and use |
RU2664864C1 (en) | 2009-12-23 | 2018-08-23 | Янссен Байотек, Инк. | Ways to increase expression of ngn3 and nkx6.1 in pancreatic endocrine cells |
MX343786B (en) | 2009-12-23 | 2016-11-22 | Janssen Biotech Inc | Differentiation of human embryonic stem cells. |
WO2011090940A1 (en) | 2010-01-19 | 2011-07-28 | Cerulean Pharma Inc. | Cyclodextrin-based polymers for therapeutic delivery |
US8716478B2 (en) | 2010-01-27 | 2014-05-06 | Anacor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Boron-containing small molecules |
JP6013196B2 (en) * | 2010-03-01 | 2016-10-25 | ヤンセン バイオテツク,インコーポレーテツド | Method for purifying cells derived from pluripotent stem cells |
EP2542238B1 (en) * | 2010-03-01 | 2015-08-12 | Onyx Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds for immunoproteasome inhibition |
EP2547333B1 (en) * | 2010-03-18 | 2017-08-23 | Innopharma, Inc. | Stable bortezomib formulations |
US8263578B2 (en) | 2010-03-18 | 2012-09-11 | Innopharma, Inc. | Stable bortezomib formulations |
AP2012006482A0 (en) | 2010-03-19 | 2012-10-31 | Anacor Pharmacueticals Inc | Boron-containing small molecules as anti-protozoalagent |
EP2550362B1 (en) | 2010-03-25 | 2017-01-04 | Oregon Health&Science University | Cmv glycoproteins and recombinant vectors |
EA029521B1 (en) | 2010-03-31 | 2018-04-30 | Милленниум Фармасьютикалз, Инк. | Derivatives of 1-amino-2-cyclopropylethylboronic acid |
AU2013204868B2 (en) * | 2010-03-31 | 2016-10-13 | Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Derivatives of 1-amino-2-cyclopropylethylboronic acid |
MX2012011604A (en) | 2010-04-07 | 2013-02-27 | Onyx Therapeutics Inc | Crystalline peptide epoxyketone immunoproteasome inhibitor. |
CN101812026B (en) * | 2010-04-12 | 2013-08-28 | 亚邦医药股份有限公司 | Method for synthesizing bortezomib |
EP2560647B1 (en) | 2010-04-19 | 2016-04-13 | Niiki Pharma Inc. | Combination therapy with a proteasome inhibitor and a gallium complex |
WO2011139379A2 (en) | 2010-05-06 | 2011-11-10 | Duke University | A method of treating patients undergoing protein replacement therapy, gene replacement therapy, or other therapeutic modalities |
RU2587634C2 (en) | 2010-05-12 | 2016-06-20 | Янссен Байотек, Инк. | Differentiation of human embryo stem cells |
EP2571525A4 (en) | 2010-05-18 | 2016-04-27 | Cerulean Pharma Inc | Compositions and methods for treatment of autoimmune and other diseases |
AR082418A1 (en) | 2010-08-02 | 2012-12-05 | Novartis Ag | CRYSTAL FORMS OF 1- (4-METHYL-5- [2- (2,2,2-TRIFLUORO-1,1-DIMETHYL-Ethyl) -PIRIDIN-4-IL] -TIAZOL-2-IL) -AMIDE OF 2 -AMIDA OF THE ACID (S) -PIRROLIDIN-1,2-DICARBOXILICO |
ES2585028T3 (en) | 2010-08-31 | 2016-10-03 | Janssen Biotech, Inc. | Differentiation of pluripotent stem cells |
KR101851956B1 (en) | 2010-08-31 | 2018-04-25 | 얀센 바이오테크 인코포레이티드 | Differentiation of human embryonic stem cells |
ES2659393T3 (en) | 2010-08-31 | 2018-03-15 | Janssen Biotech, Inc. | Differentiation of human embryonic stem cells |
BR112013005426B1 (en) | 2010-09-07 | 2021-08-24 | Anacor Pharmaceuticals, Inc | COMPOUND, COMPOSITION, COMBINATION, AND, PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULATION |
US9126997B1 (en) | 2010-09-07 | 2015-09-08 | Northwestern University | Synergistic effect of glucocorticoid receptor agonists in combination with proteosome inhibitors for treating leukemia and myeloma |
CA2813003A1 (en) | 2010-10-05 | 2012-04-12 | Fresenius Kabi Usa, Llc | Bortezomib formulations stabilised with boric acid |
ES2548256T3 (en) | 2010-10-14 | 2015-10-15 | Synthon Bv | Process for the preparation of bortezomib and intermediates for the process |
PT2670753T (en) | 2011-01-31 | 2017-01-10 | Novartis Ag | Novel heterocyclic derivatives |
TW201309303A (en) * | 2011-03-03 | 2013-03-01 | Cephalon Inc | Proteasome inhibitor for the treatment of lupus |
WO2012135528A2 (en) | 2011-03-29 | 2012-10-04 | Texas Tech University System | Galectin-3c combination therapy for human cancer |
WO2012133884A1 (en) | 2011-03-31 | 2012-10-04 | ナノキャリア株式会社 | Pharmaceutical composition containing block copolymer comprising boric acid compound |
EP2691530B1 (en) | 2011-06-10 | 2018-03-07 | Oregon Health & Science University | Cmv glycoproteins and recombinant vectors |
US20140121182A1 (en) * | 2011-06-22 | 2014-05-01 | Cephalon, Inc. | Proteasome inhibitors and processes for their preparation, purification and use |
US8481655B2 (en) | 2011-07-27 | 2013-07-09 | Wacker Chemical Corporation | Copper complexes of amino-functional organosilicon compounds and their use |
WO2013021032A1 (en) | 2011-08-11 | 2013-02-14 | Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv | Histone deacetylase inhibitors in combination with proteasome inhibitors and dexamethasone |
ES2586328T3 (en) | 2011-08-11 | 2016-10-13 | Janssen Pharmaceutica, N.V. | Predisposing factors for cancer treatment |
CA2844086A1 (en) | 2011-08-19 | 2013-02-28 | Glaxo Group Limited | Benzofuran compounds for the treatment of hepatitis c virus infections |
CN108383893A (en) * | 2011-08-30 | 2018-08-10 | 塔夫茨大学信托人 | The proteasome inhibitor that FAP- for treating solid tumor is activated |
EP2568289A3 (en) | 2011-09-12 | 2013-04-03 | International AIDS Vaccine Initiative | Immunoselection of recombinant vesicular stomatitis virus expressing hiv-1 proteins by broadly neutralizing antibodies |
US9402894B2 (en) | 2011-10-27 | 2016-08-02 | International Aids Vaccine Initiative | Viral particles derived from an enveloped virus |
ES2776144T3 (en) | 2011-10-28 | 2020-07-29 | Millennium Pharm Inc | Biomarkers of response to NAE inhibitors |
EP2771342B1 (en) | 2011-10-28 | 2016-05-18 | Novartis AG | Purine derivatives and their use in the treatment of disease |
CA2855368A1 (en) | 2011-11-11 | 2013-05-16 | Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Biomarkers of response to proteasome inhibitors |
CN104039328B (en) | 2011-11-11 | 2018-10-09 | 米伦纽姆医药公司 | To the biomarker of the reaction of proteasome inhibitor |
KR101912978B1 (en) | 2011-11-17 | 2018-10-29 | 도꾜 다이가꾸 | Block copolymer having phenylboronic acid group introduced therein, and use thereof |
RU2705001C2 (en) | 2011-12-22 | 2019-11-01 | Янссен Байотек, Инк. | Differentiation of human embryonic stem cells into single-hormonal insulin-positive cells |
WO2013110005A1 (en) | 2012-01-18 | 2013-07-25 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Boronate-mediated delivery of molecules into cells |
US9732101B2 (en) | 2012-01-18 | 2017-08-15 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Bioreversible boronates for delivery of molecules into cells |
WO2013112601A1 (en) | 2012-01-24 | 2013-08-01 | Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods of treatment of cancer |
GB2523211B (en) | 2012-01-27 | 2020-03-18 | Univ Jefferson | MCT protein inhibitor-related prognostic and therapeutic methods |
MX363819B (en) | 2012-02-08 | 2019-04-03 | Igm Biosciences Inc | Cdim binding proteins and uses thereof. |
US10293048B2 (en) | 2012-03-02 | 2019-05-21 | Dr. Reddy's Laboratories Limited | Pharmaceutical compositions comprising boronic acid compounds |
CA2866590A1 (en) | 2012-03-07 | 2013-09-12 | Janssen Biotech, Inc. | Defined media for expansion and maintenance of pluripotent stem cells |
CA2784240C (en) | 2012-03-27 | 2014-07-08 | Innopharma, Inc. | Stable bortezomib formulations |
WO2013173283A1 (en) | 2012-05-16 | 2013-11-21 | Novartis Ag | Dosage regimen for a pi-3 kinase inhibitor |
JP6469003B2 (en) | 2012-06-08 | 2019-02-13 | ヤンセン バイオテツク,インコーポレーテツド | Differentiation of human embryonic stem cells into pancreatic endocrine cells |
EP2679596B1 (en) | 2012-06-27 | 2017-04-12 | International Aids Vaccine Initiative | HIV-1 env glycoprotein variant |
EP2869820A4 (en) | 2012-07-09 | 2016-02-17 | Onyx Therapeutics Inc | Prodrugs of peptide epoxy ketone protease inhibitors |
JP2013006855A (en) * | 2012-09-03 | 2013-01-10 | Millennium Pharmaceuticals Inc | Proteasome inhibitor |
BR112015005343A2 (en) * | 2012-09-11 | 2017-07-04 | Cipla Ltd | process for the preparation of bortezomib, compound, bortezomib or its anhydride, and process for the preparation of a compound |
CA2886783A1 (en) | 2012-10-01 | 2014-04-10 | Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Biomarkers and methods to predict response to inhibitors and uses thereof |
WO2014072985A1 (en) | 2012-11-06 | 2014-05-15 | Natco Pharma Limited | Novel boronic acid derivatives as anti cancer agents |
EP2919786A4 (en) | 2012-11-16 | 2016-06-01 | Shilpa Medicare Ltd | Crystalline bortezomib process |
WO2014097306A1 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2014-06-26 | Natco Pharma Limited | Stable and pure polymorphic form of bortezomib |
EP2938723B1 (en) | 2012-12-31 | 2023-02-01 | Janssen Biotech, Inc. | Differentiation of human embryonic stem cells into pancreatic endocrine cells using hb9 regulators |
US10370644B2 (en) | 2012-12-31 | 2019-08-06 | Janssen Biotech, Inc. | Method for making human pluripotent suspension cultures and cells derived therefrom |
JP6557146B2 (en) | 2012-12-31 | 2019-08-07 | ヤンセン バイオテツク,インコーポレーテツド | Culture of human embryonic stem cells at the air-liquid interface for differentiation from pluripotent stem cells to pancreatic endocrine cells |
EP4039798A1 (en) | 2012-12-31 | 2022-08-10 | Janssen Biotech, Inc. | Suspension and clustering of human pluripotent cells |
KR102194745B1 (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2020-12-24 | 포르마 세라퓨틱스 인크. | Novel compounds and compositions for inhibition of fasn |
US10023611B2 (en) | 2013-04-16 | 2018-07-17 | Cipla Limited | Process for the preparation of bortezomib mannitol ester |
WO2014172627A1 (en) | 2013-04-19 | 2014-10-23 | Thomas Jefferson University | Caveolin-1 related methods for treating glioblastoma with temozolomide |
US9603775B2 (en) | 2013-04-24 | 2017-03-28 | Corning Incorporated | Delamination resistant pharmaceutical glass containers containing active pharmaceutical ingredients |
US10478445B2 (en) | 2013-07-03 | 2019-11-19 | Georgetown University | Boronic acid derivatives of resveratrol for activating deacetylase enzymes |
US20150065381A1 (en) | 2013-09-05 | 2015-03-05 | International Aids Vaccine Initiative | Methods of identifying novel hiv-1 immunogens |
KR20160058886A (en) | 2013-10-03 | 2016-05-25 | 밀레니엄 파머슈티컬스 인코퍼레이티드 | Method for the prophylaxis or treatment of systemic lupus erythematosus and/or lupus nephritis |
US10058604B2 (en) | 2013-10-07 | 2018-08-28 | International Aids Vaccine Initiative | Soluble HIV-1 envelope glycoprotein trimers |
CN104586776B (en) * | 2013-10-30 | 2017-05-17 | 扬子江药业集团上海海尼药业有限公司 | Preparation taking bortezomib as active composition and preparation method thereof |
WO2015076359A1 (en) * | 2013-11-21 | 2015-05-28 | 国立大学法人北海道大学 | Proteasome-inhibiting compound |
WO2015085097A1 (en) * | 2013-12-05 | 2015-06-11 | The Broad Institute, Inc. | Compositions and methods for identifying and treating cachexia or pre-cachexia |
PT3076969T (en) | 2013-12-06 | 2021-11-23 | Novartis Ag | Dosage regimen for an alpha-isoform selective phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase inhibitor |
US10167311B2 (en) | 2014-02-03 | 2019-01-01 | Ohio State Innovation Foundation | Boronic acid esters and pharmaceutical formulations thereof |
EP2910557A1 (en) * | 2014-02-20 | 2015-08-26 | Ikerchem, S.L. | Enantiopure tetrasubstituted pyrrolidines as scaffolds for proteasome inhibitors and medicinal applications thereof |
US10993960B1 (en) | 2014-05-08 | 2021-05-04 | Kawasaki Institute Of Industrial Promotion | Pharmaceutical composition |
CA2949056A1 (en) | 2014-05-16 | 2015-11-19 | Janssen Biotech, Inc. | Use of small molecules to enhance mafa expression in pancreatic endocrine cells |
UY36132A (en) | 2014-05-20 | 2015-11-30 | Millennium Pharm Inc | METHODS FOR CANCER THERAPY |
EP3177292B1 (en) | 2014-08-07 | 2020-11-25 | Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research | Compounds and methods for treating cancer |
CN107074885B (en) * | 2014-10-01 | 2020-11-27 | 默克专利股份公司 | Boronic acid derivatives |
WO2016110870A1 (en) | 2015-01-07 | 2016-07-14 | Emcure Pharmaceuticals Limited | Pharmaceutical composition of bortezomid |
MA41505A (en) | 2015-02-11 | 2017-12-19 | Millennium Pharm Inc | NEW CRYSTALLINE FORM OF A PROTEASOME INHIBITOR |
US20180243217A1 (en) | 2015-03-17 | 2018-08-30 | Leon-Nanodrugs Gmbh | Nanoparticles comprising a stabilized boronic acid compound |
EP3069730A3 (en) | 2015-03-20 | 2017-03-15 | International Aids Vaccine Initiative | Soluble hiv-1 envelope glycoprotein trimers |
US9931394B2 (en) | 2015-03-23 | 2018-04-03 | International Aids Vaccine Initiative | Soluble HIV-1 envelope glycoprotein trimers |
WO2016184793A1 (en) | 2015-05-15 | 2016-11-24 | INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) | Methods for treating a patient with vegfr inhibitor-resistant metastatic renal cell carcinoma |
WO2016205790A2 (en) | 2015-06-19 | 2016-12-22 | Hanlin Scientific, Inc. | Chiral specific boron-containing compounds and their use in treating cancer or amyloidosis |
EP3120837A1 (en) | 2015-07-22 | 2017-01-25 | Stada Arzneimittel Ag | Ready-to-use solution of bortezomib |
CN106478700B (en) * | 2015-08-26 | 2020-12-29 | 杭州雷索药业有限公司 | Boron-substituted aniline protein kinase inhibitor |
CN106588965A (en) * | 2015-10-15 | 2017-04-26 | 北京大学 | Urea peptidomimetic boric acid compound as well as pharmaceutical composition, preparation method and application thereof |
MX2018005298A (en) | 2015-11-02 | 2018-06-22 | Novartis Ag | Dosage regimen for a phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase inhibitor. |
EP3389715A4 (en) | 2015-12-14 | 2019-06-12 | David K. Thomas | Compositions and methods for treating cardiac dysfunction |
CN107151254A (en) * | 2016-03-06 | 2017-09-12 | 复旦大学 | It is a kind of to be used as boric acid compound of 20S proteasome inhibitors and preparation method thereof |
CN107151255A (en) * | 2016-03-06 | 2017-09-12 | 复旦大学 | Boric acid compound and its production and use |
MA45479A (en) | 2016-04-14 | 2019-02-20 | Janssen Biotech Inc | DIFFERENTIATION OF PLURIPOTENT STEM CELLS IN ENDODERMAL CELLS OF MIDDLE INTESTINE |
US11447506B2 (en) | 2016-05-09 | 2022-09-20 | Anacor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Crystal forms of crisaborole in free form and preparation method and use thereof |
CN106008572B (en) * | 2016-05-23 | 2018-08-17 | 成都千禧莱医药科技有限公司 | A kind of dipeptide boronic acid compound and preparation method and purposes |
EP3472151A4 (en) | 2016-06-21 | 2020-03-04 | Orion Ophthalmology LLC | Carbocyclic prolinamide derivatives |
KR102595723B1 (en) | 2016-06-21 | 2023-10-27 | 오리온 옵탈몰로지 엘엘씨 | Heterocyclic Prolinamide Derivatives |
JP6681284B2 (en) * | 2016-06-23 | 2020-04-15 | 信越化学工業株式会社 | Method for reducing metal of sugar alcohol compound |
JP6223508B2 (en) * | 2016-06-27 | 2017-11-01 | ミレニアム ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッドMillennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Proteasome inhibitor |
WO2018038687A1 (en) | 2016-08-22 | 2018-03-01 | Mustafa Nevzat Ilaç Sanayii A.Ş. | Pharmaceutical formulations comprising a bortezomib-cyclodextrin complex |
WO2018060833A1 (en) | 2016-09-27 | 2018-04-05 | Novartis Ag | Dosage regimen for alpha-isoform selective phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase inhibitor alpelisib |
WO2018073790A1 (en) | 2016-10-20 | 2018-04-26 | Pfizer Inc. | Therapeutic particles with peptide boronic acid or boronate ester compounds and methods of making and using same |
ES2914123T3 (en) | 2017-01-09 | 2022-06-07 | Shuttle Pharmaceuticals Inc | Selective histone deacetylase inhibitors for the treatment of a human disease |
US11584733B2 (en) | 2017-01-09 | 2023-02-21 | Shuttle Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Selective histone deacetylase inhibitors for the treatment of human disease |
CN110312727A (en) | 2017-02-17 | 2019-10-08 | 费森尤斯卡比肿瘤学有限公司 | A kind of improved method for preparing borate |
EP3589659A4 (en) | 2017-02-28 | 2021-03-24 | Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research | Compounds and methods for treating cancer |
CN117338932A (en) | 2017-08-23 | 2024-01-05 | 科智生命科学公司 | Immunoproteasome inhibitors and immunosuppressives in the treatment of autoimmune disorders |
WO2019053611A1 (en) | 2017-09-14 | 2019-03-21 | Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited | Combination treatment for cancer |
JP2018024694A (en) * | 2017-10-03 | 2018-02-15 | ミレニアム ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッドMillennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Proteasome inhibitor |
ES2928787T3 (en) * | 2017-11-16 | 2022-11-22 | Principia Biopharma Inc | Immunoproteasome inhibitors |
IL274523B2 (en) | 2017-11-16 | 2024-02-01 | Principia Biopharma Inc | Immunoproteasome inhibitors |
US10537585B2 (en) | 2017-12-18 | 2020-01-21 | Dexcel Pharma Technologies Ltd. | Compositions comprising dexamethasone |
CA3087565A1 (en) | 2018-01-09 | 2019-07-18 | Shuttle Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Selective histone deacetylase inhibitors for the treatment of human disease |
WO2019178438A1 (en) | 2018-03-15 | 2019-09-19 | Abbvie Inc. | Abbv-621 in combination with anti-cancer agents for the treatment of cancer |
US11243207B2 (en) | 2018-03-29 | 2022-02-08 | Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research | Assessing and treating cancer |
US10793554B2 (en) | 2018-10-29 | 2020-10-06 | Forma Therapeutics, Inc. | Solid forms of 4-(2-fluoro-4-(1-methyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-5-yl)benzoyl)piperazin-1-yl)(1-hydroxycyclopropyl)methanone |
CN109824756B (en) * | 2019-03-19 | 2022-03-22 | 山东大学 | Phenylalanine derivative containing 4- (benzenesulfonyl) piperazine-2-ketone and preparation method and application thereof |
CN114437119A (en) * | 2020-10-30 | 2022-05-06 | 苏州开拓药业股份有限公司 | C-Myc protein inhibitor and preparation method and application thereof |
US20240016815A1 (en) * | 2020-12-02 | 2024-01-18 | Hoffman Technologies Llc | Compositions and methods for modulating cancer in non-human mammals |
TW202237143A (en) * | 2020-12-10 | 2022-10-01 | 南韓商Lg化學股份有限公司 | Boronic acid compounds |
US20230062279A1 (en) | 2021-08-12 | 2023-03-02 | Extrovis Ag | Pharmaceutical compositions of bortezomib |
CN113957441B (en) * | 2021-10-29 | 2024-01-02 | 光华科学技术研究院(广东)有限公司 | Etching solution and preparation method and application thereof |
WO2023220641A2 (en) | 2022-05-11 | 2023-11-16 | Juno Therapeutics, Inc. | Methods and uses related to t cell therapy and production of same |
WO2023220655A1 (en) | 2022-05-11 | 2023-11-16 | Celgene Corporation | Methods to overcome drug resistance by re-sensitizing cancer cells to treatment with a prior therapy via treatment with a t cell therapy |
Family Cites Families (49)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4261868A (en) * | 1979-08-08 | 1981-04-14 | Lever Brothers Company | Stabilized enzymatic liquid detergent composition containing a polyalkanolamine and a boron compound |
US4369183A (en) * | 1979-09-06 | 1983-01-18 | Merck & Co., Inc. | 2-Pyridyl-1,2-benzisothiazolinone-1,1-dioxides and their use as selective protease inhibitors |
US4510130A (en) | 1983-05-20 | 1985-04-09 | Genetic Diagnostics Corporation | Promoting animal and plant growth with leupeptin |
US4499082A (en) * | 1983-12-05 | 1985-02-12 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | α-Aminoboronic acid peptides |
US4537773A (en) | 1983-12-05 | 1985-08-27 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | α-Aminoboronic acid derivatives |
US4537707A (en) * | 1984-05-14 | 1985-08-27 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Liquid detergents containing boric acid and formate to stabilize enzymes |
US4842769A (en) * | 1985-07-26 | 1989-06-27 | Colgate-Palmolive Co. | Stabilized fabric softening built detergent composition containing enzymes |
US4759032A (en) | 1987-06-03 | 1988-07-19 | Monsanto Company | Electrode seal assembly |
US5187157A (en) * | 1987-06-05 | 1993-02-16 | Du Pont Merck Pharmaceutical Company | Peptide boronic acid inhibitors of trypsin-like proteases |
US5250720A (en) * | 1987-06-05 | 1993-10-05 | The Dupont Merck Pharmaceutical Company | Intermediates for preparing peptide boronic acid inhibitors of trypsin-like proteases |
US5242904A (en) * | 1987-06-05 | 1993-09-07 | The Dupont Merck Pharmaceutical Company | Peptide boronic acid inhibitors of trypsin-like proteases |
SE8702550D0 (en) * | 1987-06-18 | 1987-06-18 | Anders Grubb | CYSTEINPROTEASHEMMARE |
KR960012512B1 (en) | 1987-06-19 | 1996-09-20 | 캔디스 엘. 볼커 | A new class of low calorie protein sweeteners |
EP0315574A3 (en) * | 1987-11-05 | 1990-08-22 | Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft | Renin inhibitors |
US5106948A (en) * | 1988-05-27 | 1992-04-21 | Mao Foundation For Medical Education And Research | Cytotoxic boronic acid peptide analogs |
US4963655A (en) * | 1988-05-27 | 1990-10-16 | Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research | Boron analogs of amino acid/peptide protease inhibitors |
DE3827340A1 (en) * | 1988-08-12 | 1990-02-15 | Hoechst Ag | USE OF (ALPHA) -AMINOBORONIC ACID DERIVATIVES FOR THE PROPHYLAXIS AND TREATMENT OF VIRUS DISEASES |
ZA897515B (en) * | 1988-10-07 | 1990-06-27 | Merrell Dow Pharma | Novel peptidase inhibitors |
US4997929A (en) * | 1989-01-05 | 1991-03-05 | Synergen, Inc. | Purified ciliary neurotrophic factor |
US4959179A (en) * | 1989-01-30 | 1990-09-25 | Lever Brothers Company | Stabilized enzymes liquid detergent composition containing lipase and protease |
JP2701932B2 (en) * | 1989-04-10 | 1998-01-21 | サントリー株式会社 | Protease inhibitor |
US5030378A (en) * | 1990-01-02 | 1991-07-09 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Liquid detergents containing anionic surfactant, builder and proteolytic enzyme |
AU661270B2 (en) | 1990-03-05 | 1995-07-20 | Cephalon, Inc. | Chymotrypsin-like proteases and their inhibitors |
GB9017694D0 (en) * | 1990-08-13 | 1990-09-26 | Sandoz Ltd | Improvements in or relating to organic chemistry |
EP0478050A1 (en) * | 1990-09-24 | 1992-04-01 | Unilever N.V. | Detergent composition |
GB9024129D0 (en) * | 1990-11-06 | 1990-12-19 | Thrombosis Research Trust | Inhibitors and substrates of thrombin |
JP2703408B2 (en) | 1990-12-28 | 1998-01-26 | 麒麟麦酒株式会社 | 1,4-benzothiazepine derivatives |
JPH06504061A (en) * | 1990-12-28 | 1994-05-12 | コーテックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド | Use of calpain inhibitors in the treatment and prevention of neurodegeneration |
EP0564561A4 (en) * | 1990-12-28 | 1994-08-10 | Georgia Tech Res Inst | Peptides ketoamides, ketoacids, and ketoesters |
AU666660B2 (en) * | 1991-04-30 | 1996-02-22 | Procter & Gamble Company, The | Built liquid detergents with boric-polyol complex to inhibit proteolytic enzyme |
EP0511456A1 (en) * | 1991-04-30 | 1992-11-04 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Liquid detergents with aromatic borate ester to inhibit proteolytic enzyme |
JPH06507198A (en) * | 1991-04-30 | 1994-08-11 | ザ、プロクター、エンド、ギャンブル、カンパニー | Liquid cleaning agents containing arylboronic acids |
US5554728A (en) * | 1991-07-23 | 1996-09-10 | Nexstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Lipid conjugates of therapeutic peptides and protease inhibitors |
AU4077193A (en) * | 1992-04-16 | 1993-11-18 | Zeneca Limited | Alpha-aminoboronic acid peptides and their use as elastase inhibitors |
DE69314169T2 (en) * | 1992-04-16 | 1998-01-15 | Zeneca Ltd | PEPTIDES WITH AN ALPHAAMINOBORONAIRE GROUP AND THEIR USE AS AN ELASTASE INHIBITOR |
EP0583536B1 (en) | 1992-08-14 | 1997-03-05 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Liquid detergents containing an alpha-amino boronic acid |
WO1994017816A1 (en) | 1993-02-10 | 1994-08-18 | The President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Role of atp-ubiquitin-dependent proteolysis in mhc-1 restricted antigen presentation and inhibitors thereof |
US5384410A (en) * | 1993-03-24 | 1995-01-24 | The Du Pont Merck Pharmaceutical Company | Removal of boronic acid protecting groups by transesterification |
DE4311835A1 (en) * | 1993-04-07 | 1994-10-13 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | Method for inhibiting gene transcription |
US5424904A (en) | 1993-10-04 | 1995-06-13 | Taylor, Sr.; Thomas T. | Circuit for electrically controlled intermittent motion |
IL111176A0 (en) * | 1993-10-07 | 1994-12-29 | Du Pont Merck Pharma | Dipeptide boronic acid inhibitors of trypsin-like enzymes and pharmaceutical compositions containing them |
US5693617A (en) * | 1994-03-15 | 1997-12-02 | Proscript, Inc. | Inhibitors of the 26s proteolytic complex and the 20s proteasome contained therein |
US6660268B1 (en) * | 1994-03-18 | 2003-12-09 | The President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Proteasome regulation of NF-KB activity |
US5574017A (en) | 1994-07-05 | 1996-11-12 | Gutheil; William G. | Antibacterial agents |
US6083903A (en) * | 1994-10-28 | 2000-07-04 | Leukosite, Inc. | Boronic ester and acid compounds, synthesis and uses |
US5550262A (en) * | 1994-11-14 | 1996-08-27 | Cephalon, Inc. | Multicatalytic protease inhibitors |
US5614649A (en) | 1994-11-14 | 1997-03-25 | Cephalon, Inc. | Multicatalytic protease inhibitors |
TR201819416T4 (en) * | 2001-01-25 | 2019-01-21 | The United States Of America Represented By The Sec Dep Of Health And Human Services | Formulation of boronic acid compounds. |
UA90108C2 (en) * | 2004-03-30 | 2010-04-12 | Мілленніум Фармасьютікалз, Інк. | Synthesis of boronic ester and acid compounds |
-
1995
- 1995-05-16 US US08/442,581 patent/US6083903A/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1995-10-27 TW TW084111436A patent/TW318850B/zh not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1995-10-27 WO PCT/US1995/014117 patent/WO1996013266A1/en active IP Right Grant
- 1995-10-27 CA CA2496538A patent/CA2496538C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1995-10-27 PT PT05023462T patent/PT1627880E/en unknown
- 1995-10-27 DE DE69530936T patent/DE69530936T3/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1995-10-27 DK DK05023462T patent/DK1627880T3/en active
- 1995-10-27 ES ES05023462T patent/ES2314540T3/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1995-10-27 ES ES95939670T patent/ES2199257T7/en active Active
- 1995-10-27 DK DK95939670.6T patent/DK0788360T5/en active
- 1995-10-27 EP EP03004280A patent/EP1312609B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1995-10-27 AT AT95939670T patent/ATE241631T1/en active
- 1995-10-27 DE DE69534727T patent/DE69534727T2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1995-10-27 DE DE200412000025 patent/DE122004000025I1/en active Pending
- 1995-10-27 NZ NZ296717A patent/NZ296717A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1995-10-27 US US08/549,318 patent/US5780454A/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1995-10-27 NZ NZ337211A patent/NZ337211A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1995-10-27 PT PT03004280T patent/PT1312609E/en unknown
- 1995-10-27 EP EP95939670A patent/EP0788360B3/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1995-10-27 AT AT05023462T patent/ATE411324T1/en active
- 1995-10-27 EP EP08016076A patent/EP1997823A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 1995-10-27 CA CA002203936A patent/CA2203936C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1995-10-27 DK DK03004280T patent/DK1312609T3/en active
- 1995-10-27 PT PT95939670T patent/PT788360E/en unknown
- 1995-10-27 CH CH95939670T patent/CH0788360H1/en unknown
- 1995-10-27 IL IL11579095A patent/IL115790A/en active Protection Beyond IP Right Term
- 1995-10-27 DE DE69535866T patent/DE69535866D1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1995-10-27 IL IL13383195A patent/IL133831A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1995-10-27 AU AU41398/96A patent/AU710564B2/en not_active Expired
- 1995-10-27 AT AT03004280T patent/ATE314378T1/en active
- 1995-10-27 ES ES03004280T patent/ES2254803T3/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1995-10-27 EP EP05023462A patent/EP1627880B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1995-10-27 DE DE1995630936 patent/DE122004000025I2/en active Active
- 1995-10-27 CN CN2007100887250A patent/CN101077875B/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1995-10-27 IL IL13772695A patent/IL137726A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1995-10-27 KR KR1019970702789A patent/KR100398944B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1995-10-27 JP JP51483496A patent/JP3717934B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1995-10-27 CN CNB951965905A patent/CN1305475C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
1997
- 1997-04-23 FI FI971746A patent/FI114801B/en active Protection Beyond IP Right Term
- 1997-04-25 NO NO19971929A patent/NO310558B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1997-04-25 MX MX9703063A patent/MX9703063A/en unknown
-
1998
- 1998-02-07 HK HK98100951A patent/HK1002059A1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1998-05-26 US US09/085,404 patent/US6066730A/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
1999
- 1999-12-30 IL IL13383199A patent/IL133831A0/en unknown
-
2000
- 2000-01-25 US US09/490,511 patent/US6297217B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2000-08-07 IL IL13772600A patent/IL137726A0/en unknown
-
2001
- 2001-09-14 US US09/953,540 patent/US6465433B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2002
- 2002-03-18 US US10/100,295 patent/US6548668B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2002-04-19 US US10/125,997 patent/US6617317B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2003
- 2003-03-19 US US10/392,165 patent/US6747150B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2003-12-08 US US10/730,231 patent/US7119080B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2004
- 2004-05-14 NL NL300151C patent/NL300151I2/en unknown
- 2004-05-19 FR FR04C0014C patent/FR04C0014I2/fr active Active
- 2004-06-09 LU LU91083C patent/LU91083I2/en unknown
- 2004-08-06 NO NO2004004C patent/NO2004004I2/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2004-11-03 FI FI20041415A patent/FI120974B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2004-11-19 CY CY0400082A patent/CY2484B1/en unknown
-
2005
- 2005-10-17 US US11/252,291 patent/US20060122390A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2006
- 2006-07-11 HK HK06107756.3A patent/HK1087714A1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2006-12-20 US US11/642,372 patent/US20070282100A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2008
- 2008-01-02 US US12/006,422 patent/US7531526B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2009
- 2009-04-01 US US12/416,193 patent/US8003791B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2011
- 2011-08-19 US US13/213,157 patent/US8378099B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2013
- 2013-01-11 US US13/739,223 patent/US20130310320A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2014
- 2014-04-08 US US14/247,711 patent/US20150072942A1/en not_active Abandoned
Also Published As
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CA2203936C (en) | Boronic ester and acid compounds, synthesis and uses |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
EEER | Examination request | ||
MKEX | Expiry |
Effective date: 20151027 |